
/** \page FMT4 HDF5 File Format Specification Version 4.0

Navigate back: \ref index "Main" / \ref SPEC
<hr>

<table align="right">
<tr><td>
    <ol type="I">
      <li> @ref sec_fmt4_intro
          <ol type="A">
          <li> @ref subsec_fmt4_intro_doc</li>
          <li> @ref subsec_fmt4_intro_20</li>
          <li> @ref subsec_fmt4_intro_112</li>
          <li> @ref subsec_fmt4_intro_110</li>
          </ol></li>
      <li> @ref sec_fmt4_meta
          <ol type="A">
          <li> @ref subsec_fmt4_boot_super</li>
          <li> @ref subsec_fmt4_boot_driver</li>
          <li> @ref subsec_fmt4_boot_supext</li>
          </ol></li>
      <li> @ref sec_fmt4_infra
          <ol type="A">
          <li> @ref subsec_fmt4_infra_btrees
            <ol type="1">
            <li> @ref subsubsec_fmt4_infra_btrees_v1</li>
            <li> @ref subsubsec_fmt4_infra_btrees_v2</li>
            </ol></li>
          <li> @ref subsec_fmt4_infra_symboltable</li>
          <li> @ref subsec_fmt4_infra_symboltableentry</li>
          <li> @ref subsec_fmt4_infra_localheap</li>
          <li> @ref subsec_fmt4_infra_globalheap</li>
          <li> @ref subsec_fmt4_infra_globalheapvds</li>
          <li> @ref subsec_fmt4_infra_fractalheap</li>
          <li> @ref subsec_fmt4_infra_freespaceindex</li>
          <li> @ref subsec_fmt4_infra_sohm</li>
          </ol></li>
      <li> @ref sec_fmt4_dataobject
        <ol type="A">
          <li> @ref subsec_fmt4_dataobject_hdr
            <ol type="1">
              <li> @ref subsec_fmt4_dataobject_hdr_prefix</li>
              <ol type="a">
                <li> @ref subsubsec_fmt4_dataobject_hdr_prefix_one</li>
                <li> @ref subsubsec_fmt4_dataobject_hdr_prefix_two</li>
              </ol></li>
              <li> @ref subsec_fmt4_dataobject_hdr_msg</li>
              <ol type="a">
                <li> @ref subsubsec_fmt4_dataobject_hdr_msg_nil</li>
                <li> @ref subsubsec_fmt4_dataobject_hdr_msg_simple</li>
                <li> @ref subsubsec_fmt4_dataobject_hdr_msg_linkinfo</li>
                <li> @ref subsubsec_fmt4_dataobject_hdr_msg_dtmessage</li>
                <li> @ref subsubsec_fmt4_dataobject_hdr_msg_ofvmessage</li>
                <li> @ref subsubsec_fmt4_dataobject_hdr_msg_fvmessage</li>
                <li> @ref subsubsec_fmt4_dataobject_hdr_msg_link</li>
                <li> @ref subsubsec_fmt4_dataobject_hdr_msg_external</li>
                <li> @ref subsubsec_fmt4_dataobject_hdr_msg_layout</li>
                <li> @ref subsubsec_fmt4_dataobject_hdr_msg_bogus</li>
                <li> @ref subsubsec_fmt4_dataobject_hdr_msg_groupinfo</li>
                <li> @ref subsubsec_fmt4_dataobject_hdr_msg_filter</li>
                <li> @ref subsubsec_fmt4_dataobject_hdr_msg_attribute</li>
                <li> @ref subsubsec_fmt4_dataobject_hdr_msg_comment</li>
                <li> @ref subsubsec_fmt4_dataobject_hdr_msg_omodified</li>
                <li> @ref subsubsec_fmt4_dataobject_hdr_msg_shared</li>
                <li> @ref subsubsec_fmt4_dataobject_hdr_msg_continuation</li>
                <li> @ref subsubsec_fmt4_dataobject_hdr_msg_stmgroup</li>
                <li> @ref subsubsec_fmt4_dataobject_hdr_msg_mod</li>
                <li> @ref subsubsec_fmt4_dataobject_hdr_msg_btreek</li>
                <li> @ref subsubsec_fmt4_dataobject_hdr_msg_drvinfo</li>
                <li> @ref subsubsec_fmt4_dataobject_hdr_msg_attrinfo</li>
                <li> @ref subsubsec_fmt4_dataobject_hdr_msg_refcount</li>
                <li> @ref subsubsec_fmt4_dataobject_hdr_msg_fsinfo</li>
              </ol></li>
            </ol></li>
          <li> @ref subsec_fmt4_dataobject_storage</li>
        </ol>
      </li>
      <li> @ref sec_fmt4_appendixa
      <li> @ref sec_fmt4_appendixb
      <li> @ref sec_fmt4_appendixc
        <ol type="A">
          <li> @ref subsec_fmt4_appendixc_chunk
          <li> @ref subsec_fmt4_appendixc_implicit
          <li> @ref subsec_fmt4_appendixc_fixedarr
          <li> @ref subsec_fmt4_appendixc_extarr
          <li> @ref subsec_fmt4_appendixc_appv2btree
        </ol>
      </li>
      <li> @ref sec_fmt4_appendixd
        <ol type="A">
          <li> @ref subsec_fmt4_appendixd_encode
          <li> @ref subsec_fmt4_appendixd_encoderv
          <li> @ref subsec_fmt4_appendixd_encodedp
        </ol>
      </li>
    </ol>
</td></tr>
</table>

\section sec_fmt4_intro I. Introduction

<table align="right">
<tr>
<td><strong>Figure 1:</strong> Relationships among the HDF5 root group, other groups, and objects</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>\image html FF-IH_FileGroup.gif</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>Figure 2:</strong> HDF5 objects -- datasets, datatypes, or dataspaces</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>\image html FF-IH_FileObject.gif</td>
</tr>
</table>

The format of an HDF5 file on disk encompasses several key ideas of the HDF4 and AIO file formats as well
as addressing some shortcomings therein. The new format is more self-describing than the HDF4 format and
is more uniformly applied to data objects in the file.

An HDF5 file appears to the user as a directed graph. The nodes of this graph are the higher-level HDF5
objects that are exposed by the HDF5 APIs:
\li Groups
\li Datasets
\li Committed (formerly Named) datatypes

At the lowest level, as information is actually written to the disk, an HDF5 file is made up of the
following objects:
\li A superblock
\li B-tree nodes
\li Heap blocks
\li Object headers
\li Object data
\li Free space

The HDF5 library uses these lower-level objects to represent the higher-level objects that are then
presented to the user or to applications through the APIs. For instance, a group is an object header that
contains a message that points to a local heap (for storing the links to objects in the group) and to a
B-tree (which indexes the links). A dataset is an object header that contains messages that describe
datatype, dataspace, layout, filters, external files, fill value, and other elements with the layout message
pointing to either a raw data chunk or to a B-tree that points to raw data chunks.

\subsection subsec_fmt4_intro_doc I.A. This Document
This document describes the lower-level data objects; the higher-level objects and their properties are
described in the \ref UG.

Three levels of information comprise the file format. Level 0 contains basic information for identifying
and defining information about the file. Level 1 information contains the information about the pieces of a
file shared by many objects in the file (such as a B-trees and heaps). Level 2 is the rest of the file and
contains all of the data objects with each object partitioned into header information, also known as
<em>metadata</em>, and data.

The various components of the lower-level data objects are described in pairs of tables. The first table
shows the format layout, and the second table describes the fields. The titles of format layout tables
begin with &ldquo;Layout&rdquo;. The titles of the tables where the fields are described begin with
&ldquo;Fields&rdquo;. For example, the table that describes the format of the
@ref subsubsec_fmt4_infra_btrees_v2 has a title of &ldquo;Layout: Version 2 B-tree Header&rdquo;, and the
fields in the version 2 B-tree header are described in the table titled &ldquo;Fields: Version 2 B-tree Header&rdquo;.

The sizes of various fields in the following layout tables are determined by looking at the number of
columns the field spans in the table. There are exceptions:
\li The size may be overridden by specifying a size in parentheses
\li The size of addresses is determined by the <em> @ref FMT4SizeOfOffsetsV0 "Size of Offsets"</em> field
in the superblock and is indicated in this document with a superscripted &lsquo;O&rsquo;
\li The size of length fields is determined by the <em> @ref FMT4SizeOfLengthsV0 "Size of Lengths"</em> field
in the superblock and is indicated in this document with a superscripted &lsquo;L&rsquo;.

Values for all fields in this document should be treated as unsigned integers, unless otherwise noted in
the description of a field. Additionally, all metadata fields are stored in little-endian byte order.

All checksums used in the format are computed with the
<a href="https://www.burtleburtle.net/bob/hash/doobs.html">Jenkins&rsquo; lookup3</a> algorithm.

Whenever a bit flag or field is mentioned for an entry, bits are numbered from the lowest bit position
in the entry.

Various format tables in this document have cells with &ldquo;This space inserted only to align table nicely&rdquo;.
These entries in the table are just to make the table presentation nicer and do not represent any values
or padding in the file.

\subsection subsec_fmt4_intro_20 I.B. Changes for HDF5 2.0
The following sections have been changed or added for the 2.0 release:
\li Under @ref subsubsec_fmt4_dataobject_hdr_msg_dtmessage, in the Description for
    &ldquo;Fields:Datatype Message&rdquo;, version 5 was added, as well as the new Complex class (11).

\subsection subsec_fmt4_intro_112 I.C. Changes for HDF5 1.12
The following sections have been changed or added for the 1.12 release:
\li Under @ref subsubsec_fmt4_dataobject_hdr_msg_dtmessage, in the Description for
    &ldquo;Fields:Datatype Message&rdquo;, version 4 was added and Reference class (7) of the
    datatype was updated to describe version 4.
\li @ref sec_fmt4_appendixd was added.

\subsection subsec_fmt4_intro_110 I.D. Changes for HDF5 1.10
The following sections have been changed or added for the 1.10 release:
\li In the @ref subsec_fmt4_boot_super section, version 3 of the superblock was added.
\li In the @ref subsec_fmt4_boot_supext section, a link to the Data Storage message was added.
\li In the @ref subsubsec_fmt4_infra_btrees_v2 section, additional B-tree types were added.
    Tables that describe the @ref FMT4V2BtType10"type 10" and @ref FMT4V2BtType11"11" record
    layouts were added at the end of the section.
\li The @ref subsec_fmt4_infra_globalheapvds was added.
\li @ref subsubsec_fmt4_dataobject_hdr_msg_layout section was changed. The name was changed,
    and @ref FMT4DataLayoutV4"version 4" of the data layout message was added for the virtual type.
\li The @ref subsubsec_fmt4_dataobject_hdr_msg_fsinfo header message type was added.
\li @ref sec_fmt4_appendixc was added. Five indexing types were added.

\section sec_fmt4_meta II. Disk Format: Level 0 - File Metadata

\subsection subsec_fmt4_boot_super II.A. Disk Format: Level 0A - Format Signature and Superblock
The superblock may begin at certain predefined offsets within the HDF5 file, allowing a block of
unspecified content for users to place additional information at the beginning (and end) of the HDF5 file
without limiting the HDF5 library&rsquo;s ability to manage the objects within the file itself. This feature
was designed to accommodate wrapping an HDF5 file in another file format or adding descriptive information
to an HDF5 file without requiring the modification of the actual file&rsquo;s information. The superblock
is located by searching for the HDF5 file signature at byte offset 0, byte offset 512 and at successive
locations in the file, each a multiple of two of the previous location, in other words, at these byte
offsets: 0, 512, 1024, 2048, and so on.

The superblock is composed of the format signature, followed by a superblock version number and information
that is specific to each version of the superblock.

Currently, there are four versions of the superblock format:
\li Version 0 is the default format.
\li Version 1 is the same as version 0 but with the &ldquo;<em>Indexed Storage Internal Node K</em>&rdquo;
    field for storing non-default B-tree &lsquo;K&rsquo; value.
\li Version 2 has some fields eliminated and compressed from superblock format versions 0 and 1. It has
    added checksum support and superblock extension to store additional superblock metadata.
\li Version 3 is the same as version 2 except that the field &ldquo;<em>File Consistency Flags</em>&rdquo;
    is used for file locking. This format version will enable support for the latest version.

Version 0 and 1 of the superblock are described below:
<table>
<caption align="top"><strong>Layout: Superblock (Versions 0 and 1)</strong></caption>
<tr align="center">
  <th width="25%">byte</th>
  <th width="25%">byte</th>
  <th width="25%">byte</th>
  <th>byte</th>
</tr>
<tr align="center">
  <td colspan="4"><br />Format Signature <em>(8 bytes)</em><br /><br /></td>
</tr>
<tr align="center">
  <td>Version \# of Superblock</td>
  <td>Version \# of File&rsquo;s Free Space Storage</td>
  <td>Version \# of Root Group Symbol Table Entry</td>
  <td>Reserved <em>(zero)</em></td>
</tr>
<tr align="center">
  <td>Version \# of Shared Header Message Format</td>
  <td>Size of Offsets</td>
  <td>Size of Lengths</td>
  <td>Reserved <em>(zero)</em></td>
</tr>
<tr align="center">
  <td colspan="2">Group Leaf Node K</td>
  <td colspan="2">Group Internal Node K</td>
</tr>
<tr align="center">
  <td colspan="4">File Consistency Flags</td>
</tr>
<tr align="center">
  <td colspan="2">Indexed Storage Internal Node K<sup>1</sup></td>
  <td colspan="2">Reserved <em>(zero)</em><sup>1</sup></td>
</tr>
<tr align="center">
  <td colspan="4">Base Address<sup>O</sup></td>
</tr>
<tr align="center">
  <td colspan="4">Address of File Free Space Info<sup>O</sup></td>
</tr>
<tr align="center">
  <td colspan="4">End of File Address<sup>O</sup></td>
</tr>
<tr align="center">
  <td colspan="4">Driver Information Block Address<sup>O</sup></td>
</tr>
<tr align="center">
  <td colspan="4">Root Group Symbol Table Entry</td>
</tr>
</table>
\li Items marked with an &lsquo;1&rsquo; in the above table are new in version 1 of the superblock.
\li Items marked with an &lsquo;O&rsquo; in the above table are of the size specified in
    &ldquo;@ref FMT4SizeOfOffsetsV0 "Size of Offsets"&rdquo; field in the superblock.

<table>
<caption align="top"><strong>Fields: Superblock (Versions 0 and 1)</strong></caption>
<tr>
  <th width="30%">Field Name</th>
  <th>Description</th>
</tr>
<tr valign=top>
  <td>Format Signature</td>
  <td>This field contains a constant value and can be used to quickly identify a file as being an HDF5
      file. The constant value is designed to allow easy identification of an HDF5 file and to allow
      certain types of data corruption to be detected. The file signature of an HDF5 file always
      contains the following values:
    <br /><br /><center>
    <table align="center" cellpadding="4" width="100%">
    <tr align="center">
      <td align="right">Decimal:</td>
      <td width="8%">137</td>
      <td width="8%">72</td>
      <td width="8%">68</td>
      <td width="8%">70</td>
      <td width="8%">13</td>
      <td width="8%">10</td>
      <td width="8%">26</td>
      <td width="8%">10</td>
    </tr>
    <tr align="center">
      <td align="right">Hexadecimal:</td>
      <td width="8%">89</td>
      <td width="8%">48</td>
      <td width="8%">44</td>
      <td width="8%">46</td>
      <td width="8%">0d</td>
      <td width="8%">0a</td>
      <td width="8%">1a</td>
      <td width="8%">0a</td>
    </tr>
    <tr align="center">
      <td align="right">ASCII C Notation:</td>
      <td width="8%">\211</td>
      <td width="8%">H</td>
      <td width="8%">D</td>
      <td width="8%">F</td>
      <td width="8%">\\r</td>
      <td width="8%">\\n</td>
      <td width="8%">\032</td>
      <td width="8%">\\n</td>
    </tr>
    </table></center>
    <br />
    This signature both identifies the file as an HDF5 file and provides for immediate detection of common
    file-transfer problems. The first two bytes distinguish HDF5 files on systems that expect the first two
    bytes to identify the file type uniquely. The first byte is chosen as a non-ASCII value to reduce the
    probability that a text file may be misrecognized as an HDF5 file; also, it catches bad file transfers
    that clear bit 7. Bytes two through four name the format. The CR-LF sequence catches bad file transfers
    that alter newline sequences. The control-Z character stops file display under MS-DOS. The final line
    feed checks for the inverse of the CR-LF translation problem. (This is a direct descendent of the
    <a href="http://www.libpng.org/pub/png/spec/1.2/PNG-Rationale.html#R.PNG-file-signature">PNG</a>
    file signature.)<br />
    <em>This field is present in version 0+ of the superblock.</em></td>
</tr>
<tr valign=top>
  <td>Version Number of the Superblock</td>
  <td>This value is used to determine the format of the information in the superblock. When the format of
      the information in the superblock is changed, the version number is incremented to the next integer
      and can be used to determine how the information in the superblock is formatted.<br />
      Values of 0, 1 and 2 are defined for this field (the format of version 2 is described below, not
      here).<br />
      <em>This field is present in version 0+ of the superblock.</em></td>
</tr>
<tr valign=top>
  <td>Version Number of the File&rsquo;s Free Space Information</td>
  <td>This value is used to determine the format of the file&rsquo;s free space information.<br />
      The only value currently valid in this field is &lsquo;0&rsquo;, which indicates that the file&rsquo;s
      free space index is as described in @ref subsec_fmt4_infra_freespaceindex below.<br />
      <em>This field is present in version 0 and 1 of the superblock.</em></td>
</tr>
<tr valign=top>
  <td>Version Number of the Root Group Symbol Table Entry</td>
  <td>This value is used to determine the format of the information in the Root Group Symbol Table Entry.
      When the format of the information in that field is changed, the version number is incremented to the
      next integer and can be used to determine how the information in the field is formatted.<br />
      The only value currently valid in this field is &lsquo;0&rsquo;, which indicates that the root group
      symbol table entry is formatted as described in @ref subsec_fmt4_infra_symboltableentry below.<br />
      <em>This field is present in version 0 and 1 of the superblock.</em></td>
</tr>
<tr valign=top>
  <td>Version Number of the Shared Header Message Format</td>
  <td>This value is used to determine the format of the information in a shared object header message.
      Since the format of the shared header messages differs from the other private header messages, a
      version number is used to identify changes in the format.<br />
      The only value currently valid in this field is &lsquo;0&rsquo;, which indicates that shared
      header messages are formatted as described in @ref subsubsec_fmt4_dataobject_hdr_msg_shared below.<br />
      <em>This field is present in version 0 and 1 of the superblock.</em></td>
</tr>
<tr valign=top>
  <td>\anchor FMT4SizeOfOffsetsV0 Size of Offsets</td>
  <td>This value contains the number of bytes used to store addresses in the file. The values for the
      addresses of objects in the file are offsets relative to a base address, usually the address of the
      superblock signature. This allows a wrapper to be added after the file is created without invalidating
      the internal offset locations.<br />
      <em>This field is present in version 0+ of the superblock.</em></td>
</tr>
<tr valign=top>
  <td>\anchor FMT4SizeOfLengthsV0 Size of Lengths</td>
  <td>This value contains the number of bytes used to store the size of an object.<br />
      <em>This field is present in version 0+ of the superblock.</em></td>
</tr>
<tr valign=top>
  <td>Group Leaf Node K</td>
  <td>Each leaf node of a group B-tree will have at least this many entries but not more than twice this
      many. If a group has a single leaf node then it may have fewer entries.<br />
      This value must be greater than zero.<br />
      See the @ref subsec_fmt4_infra_btrees below.<br />
      <em>This field is present in version 0 and 1 of the superblock.</em></td>
</tr>
<tr valign=top>
  <td>Group Internal Node K</td>
  <td>Each internal node of a group B-tree will have at least this many entries but not more than twice this
      many. If the group has only one internal node then it might have fewer entries.<br />
      This value must be greater than zero.<br />
      See the @ref subsec_fmt4_infra_btrees below.<br />
      <em>This field is present in version 0 and 1 of the superblock.</em></td>
</tr>
<tr valign=top>
  <td>File Consistency Flags</td>
  <td>This field is unused and should be ignored.<br />
      <em>This field is present in version 0+ of the superblock.</em></td>
</tr>
<tr valign=top>
  <td>Indexed Storage Internal Node K</td>
  <td>Each internal node of a indexed storage B-tree will have at least this many entries but not more than
      twice this many. If the ndex storage B-tree has only one internal node then it might have fewer
      entries.<br />
      This value must be greater than zero.<br />
      See the @ref subsec_fmt4_infra_btrees below.<br />
      <em>This field is present in version 1 of the superblock.</em></td>
</tr>
<tr valign=top>
  <td>Base Address</td>
  <td>This is the absolute file address of the first byte of the HDF5 data within the file. The library
      currently constrains this value to be the absolute file address of the superblock itself when creating
      new files; future versions of the library may provide greater flexibility. When opening an existing
      file and this address does not match the offset of the superblock, the library assumes that the entire
      contents of the HDF5 file have been adjusted in the file and adjusts the base address and end of file
      address to reflect their new positions in the file. Unless otherwise noted, all other file addresses
      are relative to this base address.<br />
      <em>This field is present in version 0+ of the superblock.</em></td>
</tr>
<tr valign=top>
  <td>Address of Global Free Space Index</td>
  <td>The file&rsquo;s free space management is not persistent for version 0 and 1 of the superblock.
      Currently this field always contains the @ref FMT4UndefinedAddress "undefined address".<br />
      <em>This field is present in version 0 and 1 of the superblock.</em></td>
</tr>
<tr valign=top>
  <td>End of File Address</td>
  <td>This is the absolute file address of the first byte past the end of all HDF5 data. It is used to
      determine whether a file has been accidentally truncated and as an address where file data allocation
      can occur if space from the free list is not used.<br />
      <em>This field is present in version 0+ of the superblock.</em></td>
</tr>
<tr valign=top>
  <td>Driver Information Block Address</td>
  <td>This is the relative file address of the file driver information block which contains driver-specific
      information needed to reopen the file. If there is no driver information block then this entry should
      be the @ref FMT4UndefinedAddress "undefined address".<br />
      <em>This field is present in version 0 and 1 of the superblock.</em></td>
</tr>
<tr valign=top>
  <td>Root Group Symbol Table Entry</td>
  <td>This is the @ref subsec_fmt4_infra_symboltableentry of the root group, which serves as the entry-point
      into the group graph for the file.<br />
      <em>This field is present in version 0 and 1 of the superblock.</em></td>
</tr>
</table>

Versions 2 and 3 of the superblock is described below:
<table>
<caption align="top"><strong>Layout: Superblock (Versions 2 and 3)</strong></caption>
<tr>
  <th width="25%">byte</th>
  <th width="25%">byte</th>
  <th width="25%">byte</th>
  <th>byte</th>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="4"><br />Format Signature <em>(8 bytes)</em><br /><br /></td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Version \# of Superblock</td>
  <td>Size of Offsets</td>
  <td>Size of Lengths</td>
  <td>File Consistency Flags</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="4"><br />Base Address<sup>O</sup><br /><br /></td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="4"><br />Superblock Extension Address<sup>O</sup><br /><br /></td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="4"><br />End of File Address<sup>O</sup><br /><br /></td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="4"><br />Root Group Object Header Address<sup>O</sup><br /><br /></td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="4">Superblock Checksum</td>
</tr>
</table>
\li Items marked with an &lsquo;O&rsquo; in the above table are of the size specified in
    &ldquo;@ref FMT4SizeOfOffsetsV0 "Size of Offsets"&rdquo; field in the superblock.

<table>
<caption align="top"><strong>Fields: Superblock (Versions 2 and 3)</strong></caption>
<tr>
  <th width="30%">Field Name</th>
  <th>Description</th>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Format Signature</td>
  <td>This field is the same as described for versions 0 and 1 of the superblock.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Version Number of the Superblock</td>
  <td>This field has a value of 2 and has the same meaning as for versions 0 and 1.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Size of Offsets</td>
  <td>This field is the same as described for @ref FMT4SizeOfOffsetsV0 "versions 0 and 1" of the superblock.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Size of Lengths</td>
  <td>This field is the same as described for  @ref FMT4SizeOfLengthsV0 "versions 0 and 1" of the superblock.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>File Consistency Flags</td>
  <td>For superblock version 2: This field is unused and should be ignored.<br />
      For superblock version 3: This value contains flags to ensure file consistency for file locking.
      Currently, the following bit flags are defined:
      <ul>
        <li>Bit 0 if set indicates that the file has been opened for write access.</li>
        <li>Bit 1 is reserved for future use.</li>
        <li>Bit 2 if set indicates that the file has been opened for single-writer/multiple-reader
            (SWMR) write access.</li>
        <li>Bits 3-7 are reserved for future use.</li>
      </ul><br />
      Bit 0 should be set as the first action when a file has been opened for write access. Bit 2 should
      be set when a file has been opened for SWMR write access. These two bits should be cleared only as
      the final action when closing a file.<br />
      <em>This field is present in version 0+ of the superblock.</em><br />
      <em>The size of this field has been reduced from 4 bytes in superblock format versions 0 and 1 to
      1 byte.</em></td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Base Address</td>
  <td>This field is the same as described for versions 0 and 1 of the superblock.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Superblock Extension Address</td>
  <td>The field is the address of the object header for the @ref subsec_fmt4_boot_supext. If there is no
      extension then this entry should be the @ref FMT4UndefinedAddress "undefined address".</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>End of File Address</td>
  <td>This field is the same as described for versions 0 and 1 of the superblock.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Root Group Object Header Address</td>
  <td>This is the address of the @ref sec_fmt4_dataobject, which serves as the entry point into the group
     graph for the file.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Superblock Checksum</td>
  <td>The checksum for the superblock.</td>
</tr>
</table>

\subsection subsec_fmt4_boot_driver II.B. Disk Format: Level 0B - File Driver Info
The <strong>driver information block</strong> is an optional region of the file which contains information
needed by the file driver in order to reopen a file. The format is described below:
<table>
<caption align=top><strong>Layout: Driver Information Block</strong></caption>
<tr align="center">
  <th width="25%">byte</th>
  <th width="25%">byte</th>
  <th width="25%">byte</th>
  <th>byte</th>
</tr>
<tr align="center">
  <td>Version</td>
  <td colspan="3">Reserved</td>
</tr>
<tr align="center">
  <td colspan="4">Driver Information Size</td>
</tr>
<tr align="center">
  <td colspan="4"><br />Driver Identification <em>(8 bytes)</em><br /><br /></td>
</tr>
<tr align="center">
  <td colspan="4"><br /><br />Driver Information <em>(variable size)</em><br /><br /><br /></td>
</tr>
</table>

<table>
<caption align=top><strong>Fields: Driver Information Block</strong></caption>
<tr>
 <th width="30%">Field Name</th>
 <th>Description</th>
</tr>
<tr valign=top>
  <td>Version</td>
  <td>The version number of the Driver Information Block. This document describes version 0.</td>
</tr>
<tr valign=top>
  <td>Driver Information Size</td>
  <td>The size in bytes of the <em>Driver Information</em> field.</td>
</tr>
<tr valign=top>
  <td>Driver Identification</td>
  <td>This is an eight-byte ASCII string without null termination which identifies the driver and/or version number
    of the Driver Information block. The predefined driver encoded in this field by the HDF5 library is identified
    by the letters <code>NCSA</code> followed by the first four characters of the driver name. If the Driver Information
    Block is not the original version then the last letter(s) of the identification will be replaced by a version
    number in ASCII, starting with 0.<br />
    Identification for user-defined drivers is also eight-byte long. It can be arbitrary but should be unique to
    avoid the four character prefix &ldquo;NCSA&rdquo;.</td>
</tr>
<tr valign=top>
  <td>Driver Information</td>
  <td>Driver information is stored in a format defined by the file driver (see description below).</td>
</tr>
</table>

The two drivers encoded in the <em>Driver Identification</em> field are as follows:
\li Multi driver:<br />The identifier for this driver is &ldquo;NCSAmulti&rdquo;. This driver provides
    a mechanism for segregating raw data and different types of metadata into multiple files. These files
    are viewed by the library as a single virtual HDF5 file with a single file address. A maximum of 6
    files will be created for the following data: superblock, B-tree, raw data, global heap, local heap,
    and object header. More than one type of data can be written to the same file.
\li Family driver:<br />The identifier for this driver is &ldquo;NCSAfami&rdquo; and is encoded in this
    field for library version 1.8 and after. This driver is designed for systems that do not support files
    larger than 2 gigabytes by splitting the HDF5 file address space across several smaller files. It does
    nothing to segregate metadata and raw data; they are mixed in the address space just as they would be
    in a single contiguous file.

The format of the <em>Driver Information</em> field for the above two drivers are described below:
<table>
<caption><strong>Layout: Multi Driver Information</strong></caption>
<tr>
  <th width="25%">byte</th>
  <th width="25%">byte</th>
  <th width="25%">byte</th>
  <th>byte</th>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Member Mapping</td>
  <td>Member Mapping</td>
  <td>Member Mapping</td>
  <td>Member Mapping</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Member Mapping</td>
  <td>Member Mapping</td>
  <td>Reserved</td>
  <td>Reserved</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="4"><br />Address of Member File 1<br /><br /></td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="4"><br />End of Address for Member File 1<br /><br /></td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="4"><br />Address of Member File 2<br /><br /></td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="4"><br />End of Address for Member File 2<br /><br /></td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="4"><br />... ...<br /><br /></td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="4"><br />Address of Member File N<br /><br /></td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="4"><br />End of Address for Member File N<br /><br /></td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="4"><br />Name of Member File 1 <em>(variable size)</em><br /><br /></td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="4"><br />Name of Member File 2 <em>(variable size)</em><br /><br /></td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="4"><br />... ...<br /><br /></td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="4"><br />Name of Member File N <em>(variable size)</em><br /><br /></td>
</tr>
</table>

<table>
<caption><strong>Fields: Multi Driver Information</strong></caption>
<tr>
  <th width="30%">Field Name</th>
  <th>Description</th>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Member Mapping</td>
  <td>These fields are integer values from 1 to 6 indicating how the data can be mapped to or
      merged with another type of data.
      <table>
      <tr>
        <th width="20%" align="center">Member Mapping</th>
        <th width="80%" align="left">Description</th>
      </tr>
      <tr>
        <td align="center">1</td>
        <td>The superblock data.</td>
      </tr>
      <tr>
        <td align="center">2</td>
        <td>The B-tree data.</td>
      </tr>
      <tr>
        <td align="center">3</td>
        <td>The raw data.</td>
      </tr>
      <tr>
        <td align="center">4</td>
        <td>The global heap data.</td>
      </tr>
      <tr>
        <td align="center">5</td>
        <td>The local heap data.</td>
      </tr>
      <tr>
        <td align="center">6</td>
        <td>The object header data.</td>
      </tr>
      </table><br />
      For example, if the third field has the value 3 and all the rest have the
      value 1, it means there are two files, one for raw data, and one for superblock,
      B-tree, global heap, local heap, and object header.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Reserved</td>
  <td>These fields are reserved and should always be zero.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Address of Member File N</td>
  <td>This field specifies the virtual address at which the member file starts.<br />
      N is the number of member files.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>End of Address for Member File N</td>
  <td>This field is the end of allocated address for the member file.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Name of Member File N</td>
  <td>This field is the null-terminated name of member file. And its length should be multiples
      of 8 bytes. Additional bytes will be padded with <em>NULL</em>s. The default naming convention is
      <em>%%s-X.h5</em>, where <em>X</em> is one of the letters <em>s</em> (for superblock),
      <em>b</em> (for B-tree), <em>r</em> (for raw data), <em>g</em> (for global heap),
      <em>l</em> (for local heap), and <em>o</em> (for object header). The name for the whole
      HDF5 file will substitute the <em>%s</em> in the string.</td>
</tr>
</table>
<br />
<table>
<caption><strong>Layout: Family Driver Information</strong></caption>
<tr>
    <th width="25%">byte</th>
    <th width="25%">byte</th>
    <th width="25%">byte</th>
    <th width="25%">byte</th>
</tr>
<tr>
    <td colspan="4"><br />Size of Member File<br /><br /></td>
</tr>
</table>
<br />
<table>
<caption><strong>Fields: Family Driver Information</strong></caption>
<tr>
  <th width="30%">Field Name</th>
  <th>Description</th>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Size of Member File</td>
  <td>This field is the size of the member file in the family of files.</td>
</tr>
</table>

\subsection subsec_fmt4_boot_supext II.C. Disk Format: Level 0C - Superblock Extension
The <em>superblock extension</em> is used to store superblock metadata which is either optional, or added
after the version of the superblock was defined. Superblock extensions may only exist when version 2+ or
later of the superblock is used. A superblock extension is an object header which may hold the following messages:
\li \ref subsec_fmt4_infra_sohm containing information to locate the master table of shared object
         header message indices.
\li \ref subsubsec_fmt4_dataobject_hdr_msg_btreek containing non-default B-tree &lsquo;K&rsquo; values.
\li \ref subsubsec_fmt4_dataobject_hdr_msg_drvinfo containing information needed by the file driver in
         order to reopen a file. See also the \ref subsec_fmt4_boot_driver section above.
\li \ref subsubsec_fmt4_dataobject_hdr_msg_fsinfo containing information about file space handling in the file.

\section sec_fmt4_infra III. Disk Format: Level 1 - File Infrastructure

\subsection subsec_fmt4_infra_btrees III.A. Disk Format: Level 1A - B-trees and B-tree Nodes
B-trees allow flexible storage for objects which tend to grow in ways that cause the object to be stored
discontiguously. B-trees are described in various algorithms books including "Introduction to Algorithms" by
Thomas H. Cormen, Charles E. Leiserson, and Ronald L. Rivest. The B-trees are used in several places in
the HDF5 file format, when an index is needed for another data structure.

The version 1 B-tree structure described below is the original index structure. The version 1 B-trees are
being phased out in favor of the version 2 B-trees described below. Note that both types of structures may
be found in the same file depending on the application settings when creating the file.

\subsubsection subsubsec_fmt4_infra_btrees_v1 III.A.1. Disk Format: Level 1A1 - Version 1 B-trees
Version 1 B-trees in HDF5 files an implementation of the B-tree. The sibling nodes at a
particular level in the tree are stored in a doubly-linked list. See the &ldquo;Efficient Locking
for Concurrent Operations on B-trees&rdquo; paper by Phillip Lehman and S. Bing Yao as published in the
 <cite>ACM Transactions on Database Systems</cite>, Vol. 6, No. 4, December 1981.

The B-trees implemented by the file format contain one more key than the number of children. In other
words, each child pointer out of a B-tree node has a left key and a right key. The pointers out of internal
nodes point to sub-trees while the pointers out of leaf nodes point to symbol nodes and raw data chunks.
Aside from that difference, internal nodes and leaf nodes are identical.

<table>
<caption align="top"><strong>Layout: B-tree Nodes</strong></caption>
<tr align="center">
  <th width="25%">byte</th>
  <th width="25%">byte</th>
  <th width="25%">byte</th>
  <th>byte</th>
</tr>
<tr align="center">
  <td colspan="4">Signature</td>
</tr>
<tr align="center">
  <td>Node Type</td>
  <td>Node Level</td>
  <td colspan="2">Entries Used</td>
</tr>
<tr align="center">
  <td colspan="4"><br />Address of Left Sibling<sup>O</sup><br /><br /></td>
<tr align="center">
  <td colspan="4"><br />Address of Right Sibling<sup>O</sup><br /><br /></td>
</tr>
<tr align="center">
  <td colspan="4">Key 1 <em>(variable size)</em></td>
</tr>
<tr align="center">
  <td colspan="4"><br />Address of Child 1<sup>O</sup><br /><br /></td>
<tr align="center">
  <td colspan="4">Key 2 <em>(variable size)</em></td>
<tr align="center">
  <td colspan="4"><br />Address of Child 2<sup>O</sup><br /><br /></td>
</tr>
<tr align="center">
  <td colspan="4">...</td>
</tr>
<tr align="center">
  <td colspan="4">Key 2<em>K</em> <em>(variable size)</em></td>
</tr>
<tr align="center">
  <td colspan="4"><br />Address of Child 2<em>K</em><sup>O</sup><br /><br /></td>
</tr>
<tr align="center">
  <td colspan="4">Key 2<em>K</em>+1 <em>(variable size)</em></td>
</tr>
</table>
\li Items marked with an &lsquo;O&rsquo; in the above table are of the size specified in
    &ldquo;@ref FMT4SizeOfOffsetsV0 "Size of Offsets"&rdquo; field in the superblock.

<table>
<caption align="top"><strong>Fields: B-tree Nodes</strong></caption>
<tr>
  <th width="30%">Field Name</th>
  <th>Description</th>
</tr>
<tr valign=top>
  <td>Signature</td>
  <td>The ASCII character string &ldquo;<code>TREE</code>&rdquo; is used to indicate the beginning of a
      B-tree node. This gives file consistency checking utilities a better chance of reconstructing
      a damaged file.</td>
</tr>
<tr valign=top>
  <td>Node Type</td>
  <td>Each B-tree points to a particular type of data. This field indicates the type of data as well as
    implying the maximum degree <em>K</em> of the tree and the size of each Key field.<br />
    <table>
    <tr>
        <th width="20%">Node Type</th>
        <th width="80%" align="left">Description</th>
    </tr>
    <tr>
      <td align="center">0</td>
      <td>This tree points to group nodes.</td>
    </tr>
    <tr>
      <td align="center">1</td>
      <td>This tree points to a raw data chunk.</td>
    </tr>
    </table>
  </td>
</tr>
<tr valign=top>
  <td>Node Level</td>
  <td>The node level indicates the level at which this node appears in the tree (leaf nodes are at level
      zero). Not only does the level indicate whether child pointers point to sub-trees or to data, but it
      can also be used to help file consistency checking utilities reconstruct damaged trees.</td>
</tr>
<tr valign=top>
  <td>Entries Used</td>
  <td>This determines the number of children to which this node points. All nodes of a particular type of
      tree have the same maximum degree, but most nodes will point to less than that number of children. The
      valid child pointers and keys appear at the beginning of the node and the unused pointers and keys
      appear at the end of the node. The unused pointers and keys have undefined values.</td>
</tr>
<tr valign=top>
  <td>Address of Left Sibling</td>
  <td>This is the relative file address of the left sibling of the current node. If the current node is the
      left-most node at this level then this field is the @ref FMT4UndefinedAddress "undefined address".</td>
</tr>
<tr valign=top>
  <td>Address of Right Sibling</td>
  <td>This is the relative file address of the right sibling of the current node. If the current node is the
      right-most node at this level then this field is the @ref FMT4UndefinedAddress "undefined address".</td>
</tr>
<tr valign=top>
  <td>Keys and Child Pointers</td>
  <td>Each tree has 2<em>K</em>+1 keys with 2<em>K</em> child pointers interleaved between the keys. The number
      of keys and child pointers actually containing valid values is determined by the node&rsquo;s
      <em>Entries Used</em> field. If that field is <em>N</em> then the B-tree contains <em>N</em> child
      pointers and <em>N</em>+1 keys.</td>
</tr>
<tr valign=top>
  <td>Key</td>
  <td>The format and size of the key values is determined by the type of data to which this tree points. The
      keys are ordered and are boundaries for the contents of the child pointer; that is, the key values
      represented by child <em>N</em> fall between Key <em>N</em> and Key <em>N</em>+1. Whether the interval
      is open or closed on each end is determined by the type of data to which the tree points.<br />
      The format of the key depends on the node type. For nodes of node type 0 (group nodes), the key is
      formatted as follows:
      <table>
      <tr valign=top align="left">
        <td width=20%>A single field of <i>@ref FMT4SizeOfLengthsV0 "Size of Lengths"</i> bytes.</td>
        <td>Indicates the byte offset into the local heap for the first object name in the subtree which
            that key describes.</td>
      </tr>
      </table>
      <br />
      For nodes of node type 1 (chunked raw data nodes), the key is formatted as follows:
      <table>
      <tr valign=top align="left">
        <td width=20%>Bytes 1-4</td>
        <td>Size of chunk in bytes.</td>
      </tr>
      <tr valign=top align="left">
        <td>Bytes 4-8</td>
        <td>Filter mask, a 32-bit bit field indicating which filters have been skipped for this chunk. Each
            filter has an index number in the pipeline (starting at 0, with the first filter to apply) and
            if that filter is skipped, the bit corresponding to its index is set.</td>
      </tr>
      <tr valign=top align="left">
        <td>(<em>D + 1</em>) 64-bit fields</td>
        <td>The offset of the chunk within the dataset where <i>D</i> is the number
            of dimensions of the dataset, and the last value is the offset within the dataset&rsquo;s
            datatype and should always be zero. For example, if a chunk in a 3-dimensional dataset begins at the
            position <code>[5,5,5]</code>, there will be three such 64-bit indices, each with the value of
            <code>5</code>, followed by a <code>0</code> value.</td>
      </tr>
      </table>
    </td>
</tr>
<tr valign=top>
  <td>Child Pointer</td>
  <td>The tree node contains file addresses of subtrees or data depending on the node level. Nodes at Level
      0 point to data addresses, either raw data chunks or group nodes. Nodes at non-zero levels point to other
      nodes of the same B-tree.<br />
      For raw data chunk nodes, the child pointer is the address of a single raw data chunk. For group nodes,
      the child pointer points to a @ref subsec_fmt4_infra_symboltableentry, which contains
      information for multiple symbol table entries.</td>
</tr>
</table>

Conceptually, each B-tree node looks like this:
<table>
<tr valign=top align="center">
  <td>key[0]</td>
  <td>&nbsp;</td>
  <td>child[0]</td>
  <td>&nbsp;</td>
  <td>key[1]</td>
  <td>&nbsp;</td>
  <td>child[1]</td>
  <td>&nbsp;</td>
  <td>key[2]</td>
  <td>;&nbsp;</td>
  <td>...</td>
  <td>&nbsp;</td>
  <td>...</td>
  <td>&nbsp;</td>
  <td>key[<i>N</i>-1]</td>
  <td>&nbsp;</td>
  <td>child[<i>N</i>-1]</td>
  <td>&nbsp;</td>
  <td>key[<i>N</i>]</td>
</tr>
</table>
where child[<i>i</i>] is a pointer to a sub-tree (at a level above Level 0) or to data (at Level 0).
Each key[<i>i</i>] describes an <i>item</i> stored by the B-tree (a chunk or an object of a group node).
The range of values represented by child[<i>i</i>] is indicated by key[<i>i</i>] and key[<i>i</i>+1].

The following question must next be answered: &ldquo;Is the value described by key[<i>i</i>] contained in
child[<i>i</i>-1] or in child[<i>i</i>]?&rdquo; The answer depends on the type of tree. In trees for groups (node
type 0) the object described by key[<i>i</i>] is the greatest object contained in child[<i>i</i>-1] while
in chunk trees (node type 1) the chunk described by key[<i>i</i>] is the least chunk in child[<i>i</i>].

That means that key[0] for group trees is sometimes unused; it points to offset zero in the heap, which is
always the empty string and compares as "less-than" any valid object name.

And key[<i>N</i>] for chunk trees is sometimes unused; it contains a chunk offset which compares as
"greater-than" any other chunk offset and has a chunk byte size of zero to indicate that it is not actually
allocated.

\subsubsection subsubsec_fmt4_infra_btrees_v2 III.A.2. Disk Format: Level 1A2 - Version 2 B-trees
Version 2 (v2) B-trees are &ldquo;traditional&rdquo; B-trees, with one major difference. Instead of just using
a simple pointer (or address in the file) to a child of an internal node, the pointer to the child node
contains two additional pieces of information: the number of records in the child node itself, and the
total number of records in the child node and all its descendants. Storing this additional information
allows fast array-like indexing to locate the n<sup>th</sup> record in the B-tree.

The entry into a version 2 B-tree is a header which contains global information about the structure of
the B-tree. The <em>root node address</em> field in the header points to the B-tree root node, which is
either an internal or leaf node, depending on the value in the header&rsquo;s <em>depth</em> field. An
internal node consists of records plus pointers to further leaf or internal nodes in the tree. A leaf
node consists of solely of records. The format of the records depends on the B-tree type (stored in
the header).

<table>
<caption><strong>Layout: Version 2 B-tree Header</strong></caption>
<tr>
  <th width="25%">byte</th>
  <th width="25%">byte</th>
  <th width="25%">byte</th>
  <th>byte</th>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="4">Signature</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Version</td>
  <td>Type</td>
  <td colspan="2" bgcolor="#DDDDDD"><em>This space inserted only to align table nicely</em></td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="4">Node Size</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="2">Record Size</td>
  <td colspan="2">Depth</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Split Percent</td>
  <td>Merge Percent</td>
  <td colspan="2" bgcolor="#DDDDDD"><em>This space inserted only to align table nicely</em></td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="4"><br />Root Node Address<sup>O</sup><br /><br /></td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="2">Number of Records in Root Node</td>
  <td colspan="2" bgcolor="#DDDDDD"><em>This space inserted only to align table nicely</em></td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="4"><br />Total Number of Records in B-tree<sup>L</sup><br /><br /></td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="4">Checksum</td>
</tr>
</table>
\li Items marked with an &lsquo;O&rsquo; in the above table are of the size specified in
    &ldquo;@ref FMT4SizeOfOffsetsV0 "Size of Offsets"&rdquo; field in the superblock.
\li Items marked with an &lsquo;L&rsquo; in the above table are of the size specified in
    &ldquo;@ref FMT4SizeOfLengthsV0 "Size of Lengths"&rdquo; field in the superblock.

<table>
<caption><strong>Fields: Version 2 B-tree Header</strong></caption>
<tr>
  <th width="30%">Field Name</th>
  <th>Description</th>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Signature</td>
  <td>The ASCII character string &ldquo;<code>BTHD</code>&rdquo; is used to indicate the header of a
      version 2 (v2) B-tree node.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Version</td>
  <td>The version number for this B-tree header. This document describes version 0.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Type</td>
  <td>This field indicates the type of B-tree:
      <table>
        <tr>
          <th width="20%" align="center">Value</th>
          <th width="80%" align="left">Description</th>
        </tr>
        <tr>
          <td align="center">0</td>
          <td>This B-tree is used for testing only. This value should <em>not</em> be used for storing
              records in actual HDF5 files.</td>
        </tr>
        <tr>
          <td align="center">1</td>
          <td>This B-tree is used for indexing indirectly accessed, non-filtered &lsquo;huge&rsquo;
              fractal heap objects.</td>
        </tr>
        <tr>
          <td align="center">2</td>
          <td>This B-tree is used for indexing indirectly accessed, filtered &lsquo;huge&rsquo;
              fractal heap objects.</td>
        </tr>
        <tr>
          <td align="center">3</td>
          <td>This B-tree is used for indexing directly accessed, non-filtered &lsquo;huge&rsquo;
              fractal heap objects.</td>
        </tr>
        <tr>
          <td align="center">4</td>
          <td>This B-tree is used for indexing directly accessed, filtered &lsquo;huge&rsquo;
              fractal heap objects.</td>
        </tr>
        <tr>
          <td align="center">5</td>
          <td>This B-tree is used for indexing the &lsquo;name&rsquo; field for links in indexed 
              groups.</td>
        </tr>
        <tr>
          <td align="center">6</td>
          <td>This B-tree is used for indexing the &lsquo;creation order&rsquo; field for links
              in indexed groups.</td>
        </tr>
        <tr>
          <td align="center">7</td>
          <td>This B-tree is used for indexing shared object header messages.</td>
        </tr>
        <tr>
          <td align="center">8</td>
          <td>This B-tree is used for indexing the &lsquo;name&rsquo; field for indexed
              attributes.</td>
        </tr>
        <tr>
          <td align="center">9</td>
          <td>This B-tree is used for indexing the &lsquo;creation order&rsquo; field for
              indexed attributes.</td>
        </tr>
        <tr>
          <td align="center">10</td>
          <td>This B-tree is used for indexing chunks of datasets with no filters and with more
              than one dimension of unlimited extent.</td>
        </tr>
        <tr>
          <td align="center">11</td>
          <td>This B-tree is used for indexing chunks of datasets with filters and more than one
              dimension of unlimited extent.</td>
        </tr>
      </table>
      The format of records for each type is described below.</td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
  <td>Node Size</td>
  <td>This is the size in bytes of all B-tree nodes.</td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
  <td>Record Size</td>
  <td>This field is the size in bytes of the B-tree record.</td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
  <td>Depth</td>
  <td>This is the depth of the B-tree.</td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
  <td>Split Percent</td>
  <td>The percent full that a node needs to increase above before it is split.</td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
  <td>Merge Percent</td>
  <td>The percent full that a node needs to be decrease below before it is split.</td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
  <td>Root Node Address</td>
  <td>This is the address of the root B-tree node. A B-tree with no records will have the
      @ref FMT4UndefinedAddress "undefined address" in this field.</td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
  <td>Number of Records in Root Node</td>
  <td>This is the number of records in the root node.</td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
  <td>Total Number of Records in B-tree</td>
  <td>This is the total number of records in the entire B-tree.</td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
  <td>Checksum</td>
  <td>This is the checksum for the B-tree header.</td>
</tr>
</table>

<table>
<caption><strong>Layout: Version 2 B-tree Internal Node</strong></caption>
<tr>
  <th width="25%">byte</th>
  <th width="25%">byte</th>
  <th width="25%">byte</th>
  <th>byte</th>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="4">Signature</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Version</td>
  <td>Type</td>
  <td colspan="2">Records 0, 1, 2...N-1 <em>(variable size)</em></td>
</tr>
<tr>
    <td colspan="4"><br />Child Node Pointer 0<sup>O</sup><br /><br /></td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="4"><br />Number of Records N<sub>0</sub> for Child Node 0 <em>(variable size)</em></td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="4"><br />Total Number of Records for Child Node 0 <em>(optional, variable size)</em></td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="4"><br />Child Node Pointer 1<sup>O</sup><br /> <br /></td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="4"><br />Number of Records N<sub>1</sub> for Child Node 1 <em>(variable size)</em></td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="4"><br />Total Number of Records for Child Node 1 <em>(optional, variable size)</em></td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="4">...</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="4"><br />Child Node Pointer N<sup>O</sup><br /><br /></td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="4"><br />Number of Records N<sub>n</sub> for Child Node N <em>(variable size)</em></td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="4"><br />Total Number of Records for Child Node N <em>(optional, variable size)</em></td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="4">Checksum</td>
</tr>
</table>
\li Items marked with an &lsquo;O&rsquo; in the above table are of the size specified in
    &ldquo;@ref FMT4SizeOfOffsetsV0 "Size of Offsets"&rdquo; field in the superblock.

<table>
<caption><strong>Fields: Version 2 B-tree Internal Node</strong></caption>
<tr>
  <th width="30%">Field Name</th>
  <th>Description</th>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Signature</td>
  <td>The ASCII character string &ldquo; <code>BTIN</code> &rdquo; is used to indicate the internal node
      of a B-tree.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Version</td>
  <td>The version number for this B-tree internal node. This document describes version 0.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Type</td>
  <td>This field is the type of the B-tree node. It should always be the same as the B-tree type in
      the header.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Records</td>
  <td>The size of this field is determined by the number of records for this node and the record size
      (from the header). The format of records depends on the type of B-tree.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Child Node Pointer</td>
  <td>This field is the address of the child node pointed to by the internal node.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Number of Records in Child Node</td>
  <td>This is the number of records in the child node pointed to by the corresponding <em>Node Pointer</em>.<br />
      The number of bytes used to store this field is determined by the maximum possible number of records able
      to be stored in the child node.<br />
      The maximum number of records in a child node is computed in the following way:
      <ul>
        <li>Subtract the fixed size overhead for the child node (for example, its signature, version,
            checksum, and so on and <em>one</em> pointer triplet of information for the child node
            (because there is one more pointer triplet than records in each internal node)) from the size
            of nodes for the B-tree.</li>
        <li>Divide that result by the size of a record plus the pointer triplet of information stored to
            reach each child node from this node.</li>
      </ul><br />
      Note that leaf nodes do not encode any child pointer triplets, so the maximum number of records in a
      leaf node is just the node size minus the leaf node overhead, divided by the record size.<br />
      Also note that the first level of internal nodes above the leaf nodes do not encode the <em>Total
      Number of Records in Child Node</em> value in the child pointer triplets (since it is the same as
      the <em>Number of Records in Child Node</em>), so the maximum number of records in these nodes is
      computed with the equation above, but using (<em>Child Pointer</em>, <em>Number of Records in Child
      Node</em>) pairs instead of triplets.<br />
      The number of bytes used to encode this field is the least number of bytes required to encode the
      maximum number of records in a child node value for the child nodes below this level in the B-tree.<br />
      For example, if the maximum number of child records is 123, one byte will be used to encode these
      values in this node; if the maximum number of child records is 20000, two bytes will be used to
      encode these values in this node; and so on. The maximum number of bytes used to encode these values
      is 8 (in other words, an unsigned 64-bit integer).</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Total Number of Records in Child Node</td>
  <td>This is the total number of records for the node pointed to by the corresponding <em>Node Pointer</em>
      and all its children. This field exists only in nodes whose depth in the B-tree node is greater than 1
      (in other words, the &ldquo;twig&rdquo; internal nodes, just above leaf nodes, do not store this field
      in their child node pointers).<br />
      The number of bytes used to store this field is determined by the maximum possible number of records
      able to be stored in the child node and its descendants.<br />
      The maximum possible number of records able to be stored in a child node and its descendants is
      computed iteratively, in the following way: The maximum number of records in a leaf node is
      computed, then that value is used to compute the maximum possible number of records in the first
      level of internal nodes above the leaf nodes. Multiplying these two values together determines the
      maximum possible number of records in child node pointers for the level of nodes two levels above
      leaf nodes. This process is continued up to any level in the B-tree.<br />
      The number of bytes used to encode this value is computed in the same way as for the <em>Number
      of Records in Child Node</em> field.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Checksum</td>
  <td>This is the checksum for this node.</td>
</tr>
</table>

<table>
<caption><strong>Layout: Version 2 B-tree Leaf Node</strong></caption>
<tr>
  <th width="25%">byte</th>
  <th width="25%">byte</th>
  <th width="25%">byte</th>
  <th>byte</th>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="4">Signature</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Version</td>
  <td>Type</td>
  <td colspan="2">Record 0, 1, 2...N-1 <em>(variable size)</em></td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="4">Checksum</td>
</tr>
</table>

<table>
<caption><strong>Fields: Version 2 B-tree Leaf Node</strong></caption>
<tr>
  <th width="30%">Field Name</th>
  <th>Description</th>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Signature</td>
  <td>The ASCII character string &ldquo; <code>BTLF</code> &ldquo; is used to indicate the leaf node
      of a version 2 (v2) B-tree.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Version</td>
  <td>The version number for this B-tree leaf node. This document describes version 0.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Type</td>
  <td>This field is the type of the B-tree node. It should always be the same as the B-tree type in
      the header.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Records</td>
  <td>The size of this field is determined by the number of records for this node and the record size
      (from the header). The format of records depends on the type of B-tree.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Checksum</td>
  <td>This is the checksum for this node.</td>
</tr>
</table>

The record layout for each stored (in other words, non-testing) B-tree type is as follows:
<table>
<caption><strong>Layout: Version 2 B-tree, Type 1 Record Layout - Indirectly Accessed, Non-Filtered,
                 &lsquo;Huge&rsquo; Fractal Heap Objects</strong></caption>
<tr>
  <th width="25%">byte</th>
  <th width="25%">byte</th>
  <th width="25%">byte</th>
  <th>byte</th>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="4"><br />Huge Object Address<sup>O</sup><br /><br /></td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="4"><br />Huge Object Length<sup>L</sup><br /><br /></td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="4"><br />Huge Object ID<sup>L</sup><br /><br /></td>
</tr>
</table>
\li Items marked with an &lsquo;O&rsquo; in the above table are of the size specified in
    &ldquo;@ref FMT4SizeOfOffsetsV0 "Size of Offsets"&rdquo; field in the superblock.
\li Items marked with an &lsquo;L&rsquo; in the above table are of the size specified in
    &ldquo;@ref FMT4SizeOfLengthsV0 "Size of Lengths"&rdquo; field in the superblock.

<table>
<caption><strong>Fields: Version 2 B-tree, Type 1 Record Layout - Indirectly Accessed, Non-Filtered,
                 &lsquo;Huge&rsquo; Fractal Heap Objects</strong></caption>
<tr>
  <th width="30%">Field Name</th>
  <th>Description</th>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Huge Object Address</td>
  <td>The address of the huge object in the file.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Huge Object Length</td>
  <td>The length of the huge object in the file.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Huge Object ID</td>
  <td>The heap ID for the huge object.</td>
</tr>
</table>

<table>
<caption><strong>Layout: Version 2 B-tree, Type 2 Record Layout - Indirectly Accessed, Filtered, &lsquo;Huge&rsquo;
                 Fractal Heap Objects</strong></caption>
<tr>
  <th width="25%">byte</th>
  <th width="25%">byte</th>
  <th width="25%">byte</th>
    <th>byte</th>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="4"><br />Filtered Huge Object Address<sup>O</sup><br /><br /></td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="4"><br />Filtered Huge Object Length<sup>L</sup><br /><br /></td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="4">Filter Mask</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="4"><br />Filtered Huge Object Memory Size<sup>L</sup><br /><br /></td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="4"><br />Huge Object ID<sup>L</sup><br /><br /></td>
</tr>
</table>
\li Items marked with an &lsquo;O&rsquo; in the above table are of the size specified in
    &ldquo;@ref FMT4SizeOfOffsetsV0 "Size of Offsets"&rdquo; field in the superblock.
\li Items marked with an &lsquo;L&rsquo; in the above table are of the size specified in
    &ldquo;@ref FMT4SizeOfLengthsV0 "Size of Lengths"&rdquo; field in the superblock.

<table>
<caption><strong>Fields: Version 2 B-tree, Type 2 Record Layout - Indirectly Accessed, Filtered, &lsquo;Huge&rsquo;
                 Fractal Heap Objects</strong></caption>
<tr>
  <th width="30%">Field Name</th>
  <th>Description</th>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Filtered Huge Object Address</td>
  <td>The address of the filtered huge object in the file.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Filtered Huge Object Length</td>
  <td>The length of the filtered huge object in the file.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Filter Mask</td>
  <td>A 32-bit bit field indicating which filters have been skipped for this chunk. Each filter has
      an index number in the pipeline (starting at 0, with the first filter to apply) and if that filter
      is skipped, the bit corresponding to its index is set.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Filtered Huge Object Memory Size</td>
  <td>The size of the de-filtered huge object in memory.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Huge Object ID</td>
  <td>The heap ID for the huge object.</td>
</tr>
</table>

<table>
<caption><strong>Layout: Version 2 B-tree, Type 3 Record Layout - Directly Accessed, Non-Filtered, &lsquo;Huge&rsquo;
                 Fractal Heap Objects</strong></caption>
<tr>
  <th width="25%">byte</th>
  <th width="25%">byte</th>
  <th width="25%">byte</th>
    <th>byte</th>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="4"><br />Huge Object Address<sup>O</sup><br /><br /></td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="4"><br />Huge Object Length<sup>L</sup><br /><br /></td>
</tr>
</table>
\li Items marked with an &lsquo;O&rsquo; in the above table are of the size specified in
    &ldquo;@ref FMT4SizeOfOffsetsV0 "Size of Offsets"&rdquo; field in the superblock.
\li Items marked with an &lsquo;L&rsquo; in the above table are of the size specified in
    &ldquo;@ref FMT4SizeOfLengthsV0 "Size of Lengths"&rdquo; field in the superblock.

<table>
<caption><strong>Fields: Version 2 B-tree, Type 3 Record Layout - Directly Accessed, Non-Filtered, &lsquo;Huge&rsquo;
                 Fractal Heap Objects</strong></caption>
<tr>
  <th width="30%">Field Name</th>
  <th>Description</th>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Huge Object Address</td>
  <td>The address of the huge object in the file.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Huge Object Length</td>
  <td>The length of the huge object in the file.</td>
</tr>
</table>

<table>
<caption><strong>Layout: Version 2 B-tree, Type 4 Record Layout - Directly Accessed, Filtered, &lsquo;Huge&rsquo;
                 Fractal Heap Objects</strong></caption>
<tr>
  <th width="25%">byte</th>
  <th width="25%">byte</th>
  <th width="25%">byte</th>
  <th>byte</th>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="4"><br />Filtered Huge Object Address<sup>O</sup><br /><br /></td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="4"><br />Filtered Huge Object Length<sup>L</sup><br /><br /></td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="4">Filter Mask</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="4"><br />Filtered Huge Object Memory Size<sup>L</sup><br /><br /></td>
</tr>
</table>
\li Items marked with an &lsquo;O&rsquo; in the above table are of the size specified in
    &ldquo;@ref FMT4SizeOfOffsetsV0 "Size of Offsets"&rdquo; field in the superblock.
\li Items marked with an &lsquo;L&rsquo; in the above table are of the size specified in
    &ldquo;@ref FMT4SizeOfLengthsV0 "Size of Lengths"&rdquo; field in the superblock.

<table>
<caption><strong>Fields: Version 2 B-tree, Type 4 Record Layout - Directly Accessed, Filtered, &lsquo;Huge&rsquo;
                 Fractal Heap Objects</strong></caption>
<tr>
  <th width="30%">Field Name</th>
  <th>Description</th>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Filtered Huge Object Address</td>
  <td>The address of the filtered huge object in the file.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Filtered Huge Object Length</td>
  <td>The length of the filtered huge object in the file.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Filter Mask</td>
  <td>A 32-bit bit field indicating which filters have been skipped for this chunk. Each filter has an
      index number in the pipeline (starting at 0, with the first filter to apply) and if that filter
      is skipped, the bit corresponding to its index is set.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Filtered Huge Object Memory Size</td>
  <td>The size of the de-filtered huge object in memory.</td>
</tr>
</table>

<table>
<caption><strong>Layout: Version 2 B-tree, Type 5 Record Layout - Link Name for Indexed Group</strong></caption>
<tr>
  <th width="25%">byte</th>
  <th width="25%">byte</th>
  <th width="25%">byte</th>
  <th>byte</th>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="4">Hash of Name</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="4">ID <em>(bytes 1-4)</em></td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="3">ID <em>(bytes 5-7)</em></td>
</tr>
</table>

<table>
<caption><strong>Fields: Version 2 B-tree, Type 5 Record Layout - Link Name for Indexed Group</strong></caption>
<tr>
  <th width="30%">Field Name</th>
  <th>Description</th>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Hash</td>
  <td>This field is hash value of the name for the link. The hash value is the Jenkins&rsquo; lookup3
      checksum algorithm applied to the link&rsquo;s name.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>ID</td>
  <td>This is a 7-byte sequence of bytes and is the heap ID for the link record in the group&rsquo;s
      fractal heap.</td>
</tr>
</table>

<table>
<caption><strong>Layout: Version 2 B-tree, Type 6 Record Layout - Creation Order for Indexed Group</strong></caption>
<tr>
  <th width="25%">byte</th>
  <th width="25%">byte</th>
  <th width="25%">byte</th>
  <th>byte</th>
</tr>

<tr>
  <td colspan="4"><br />Creation Order <em>(8 bytes)</em><br /><br /></td>
</tr>
<tr>
 <td colspan="4">ID <em>(bytes 1-4)</em></td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="3">ID <em>(bytes 5-7)</em></td>
</tr>
</table>

<table>
<caption><strong>Fields: Version 2 B-tree, Type 6 Record Layout - Creation Order for Indexed Group</strong></caption>
<tr>
  <th width="30%">Field Name</th>
  <th>Description</th>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Creation Order</td>
  <td>This field is the creation order value for the link.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>ID</td>
  <td>This is a 7-byte sequence of bytes and is the heap ID for the link record in the group&rsquo;s
      fractal heap.</td>
</tr>
</table>

<table>
<caption><strong>Layout: Version 2 B-tree, Type 7 Record Layout - Shared Object Header Messages
                 (Sub-Type 0 - Message in Heap)</strong></caption>
<tr>
  <th width="25%">byte</th>
  <th width="25%">byte</th>
  <th width="25%">byte</th>
  <th>byte</th>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan>Message Location</td>
  <td colspan="3" bgcolor="#DDDDDD"><em>This space inserted only to align table nicely</em></td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="4">Hash</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="4">Reference Count</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="4"><br />Heap ID <em>(8 bytes)</em><br /><br /></td>
</tr>
</table>

<table>
<caption><strong>Fields: Version 2 B-tree, Type 7 Record Layout - Shared Object Header Messages
                 (Sub-Type 0 - Message in Heap)</strong></caption>
<tr>
  <th width="30%">Field Name</th>
  <th>Description</th>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Message Location</td>
  <td>This field Indicates the location where the message is stored:
      <table>
      <tr>
        <th width="20%" align="center">Value</th>
        <th width="80%" align="left">Description</th>
      </tr>
      <tr>
        <td align="center">0</td>
        <td>Shared message is stored in shared message index heap.</td>
      </tr>
      <tr>
        <td align="center">1</td>
        <td>Shared message is stored in object header.</td>
      </tr>
      </table>
  </td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Hash</td>
  <td>This field is hash value of the shared message. The hash value is the Jenkins&rsquo; lookup3
      checksum algorithm applied to the shared message.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Reference Count</td>
  <td>The number of objects which reference this message.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Heap ID</td>
  <td>This is an 8-byte sequence of bytes and is the heap ID for the shared message in the shared
      message index&rsquo;s fractal heap.</td>
</tr>
</table>

<table>
<caption><strong>Layout: Version 2 B-tree, Type 7 Record Layout - Shared Object Header Messages
                (Sub-Type 1 - Message in Object Header)</strong></caption>
<tr>
  <th width="25%">byte</th>
  <th width="25%">byte</th>
  <th width="25%">byte</th>
  <th>byte</th>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan>Message Location</td>
  <td colspan="3" bgcolor="#DDDDDD"><em>This space inserted only to align table nicely</em></td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="4">Hash</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Reserved (zero)</td>
  <td>Message Type</td>
  <td colspan="2">Object Header Index</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="4"><br />Object Header Address<sup>O</sup><br /><br /></td>
</tr>
</table>
\li Items marked with an &lsquo;O&rsquo; in the above table are of the size specified in
    &ldquo;@ref FMT4SizeOfOffsetsV0 "Size of Offsets"&rdquo; field in the superblock.

<table>
<caption><strong>Fields: Version 2 B-tree, Type 7 Record Layout - Shared Object Header Messages
                (Sub-Type 1 - Message in Object Header)</strong></caption>
<tr>
  <th width="30%">Field Name</th>
  <th>Description</th>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Message Location</td>
  <td>This field Indicates the location where the message is stored:
      <table>
      <tr>
        <th width="20%" align="center">Value</th>
        <th width="80%" align="left">Description</th>
      </tr>
      <tr>
        <td align="center">0</td>
        <td>Shared message is stored in shared message index heap.</td>
      </tr>
      <tr>
        <td align="center">1</td>
        <td>Shared message is stored in object header.</td>
      </tr>
      </table>
  </td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Hash</td>
  <td>This field is hash value of the shared message. The hash value is the Jenkins&rsquo; lookup3
      checksum algorithm applied to the shared message.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Message Type</td>
  <td>The object header message type of the shared message.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Object Header Index</td>
  <td>This field indicates that the shared message is the n<sup>th</sup> message of its type in the
      specified object header.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Object Header Address</td>
  <td>The address of the object header containing the shared message.</td>
</tr>
</table>

<table>
<caption><strong>Layout: Version 2 B-tree, Type 8 Record Layout - Attribute Name for Indexed Attributes</strong></caption>
<tr>
  <th width="25%">byte</th>
  <th width="25%">byte</th>
  <th width="25%">byte</th>
  <th>byte</th>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="4"><br />Heap ID <em>(8 bytes)</em><br /><br /></td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan>Message Flags</td>
  <td colspan="3" bgcolor="#DDDDDD"><em>This space inserted only to align table nicely</em></td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="4">Creation Order</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="4">Hash of Name</td>
</tr>
</table>

<table>
<caption><strong>Fields: Version 2 B-tree, Type 8 Record Layout - Attribute Name for Indexed Attributes</strong></caption>
<tr>
  <th width="30%">Field Name</th>
  <th>Description</th>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Heap ID</td>
  <td>This is an 8-byte sequence of bytes and is the heap ID for the attribute in the object&rsquo;s
      attribute fractal heap.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Message Flags</td>
  <td>The object header message flags for the attribute message.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Creation Order</td>
  <td>This field is the creation order value for the attribute.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Hash</td>
  <td>This field is hash value of the name for the attribute. The hash value is the Jenkins&rsquo;
      lookup3 checksum algorithm applied to the attribute&rsquo;s name.</td>
</tr>
</table>

<table>
<caption><strong>Layout: Version 2 B-tree, Type 9 Record Layout- Creation Order for Indexed Attributes</strong></caption>
<tr>
  <th width="25%">byte</th>
  <th width="25%">byte</th>
  <th width="25%">byte</th>
  <th>byte</th>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="4"><br />Heap ID <em>(8 bytes)</em><br /><br /></td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan>Message Flags</td>
  <td colspan="3" bgcolor="#DDDDDD"><em>This space inserted only to align table nicely</em></td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="4">Creation Order</td>
</tr>
</table>

<table>
<caption><strong>Fields: Version 2 B-tree, Type 9 Record Layout- Creation Order for Indexed Attributes</strong></caption>
<tr>
  <th width="30%">Field Name</th>
  <th>Description</th>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Heap ID</td>
  <td>This is an 8-byte sequence of bytes and is the heap ID for the attribute in the object&rsquo;s
      attribute fractal heap.</td>
</tr>

<tr>
  <td>Message Flags</td>
  <td>The object header message flags for the attribute message.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Creation Order</td>
  <td>This field is the creation order value for the attribute.</td>
</tr>
</table>

<table>
<caption>\anchor FMT4V2BtType10 <strong>Layout: Version 2 B-tree, Type 10 Record Layout - Non-filtered Dataset Chunks</strong></caption>
<tr>
  <th width="25%">byte</th>
  <th width="25%">byte</th>
  <th width="25%">byte</th>
  <th>byte</th>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="4"><br />Address<sup>O</sup><br /><br /></td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="4"><br />Dimension 0 Scaled Offset <em>(8 bytes)</em><br /><br /></td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="4"><br />Dimension 1 Scaled Offset <em>(8 bytes)</em><br /><br /></td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="4"><br />...<br /><br /></td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="4"><br />Dimension \#n Scaled Offset <em>(8 bytes)</em><br /><br /></td>
</tr>
</table>
\li Items marked with an &lsquo;O&rsquo; in the above table are of the size specified in
    &ldquo;@ref FMT4SizeOfOffsetsV0 "Size of Offsets"&rdquo; field in the superblock.

<table>
<caption><strong>Fields: Version 2 B-tree, Type 10 Record Layout - Non-filtered Dataset Chunks</strong></caption>
<tr>
  <th width="30%">Field Name</th>
  <th>Description</th>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Address</td>
  <td>This field is the address of the dataset chunk in the file.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Dimension \#n Scaled Offset</td>
  <td>This field is the scaled offset of the chunk within the dataset. <em>n</em> is the number of
      dimensions for the dataset. The first scaled offset stored in the list is for the slowest
      changing dimension, and the last scaled offset stored is for the fastest changing dimension.
      Scaled offset is calculated by dividing the chunk dimension sizes into the chunk offsets.</td>
</tr>
</table>

<table>
<caption>\anchor FMT4V2BtType11 <strong>Layout: Version 2 B-tree, Type 11 Record Layout - Filtered Dataset Chunks (Layout Version 4)</strong></caption>
<tr>
  <th width="25%">byte</th>
  <th width="25%">byte</th>
  <th width="25%">byte</th>
  <th>byte</th>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="4"><br />Address<sup>O</sup><br /><br /></td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="4"><br />Chunk Size <em>(variable size; at most 8 bytes)</em><br /><br /></td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="4">Filter Mask</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="4"><br />Dimension 0 Scaled Offset <em>(8 bytes)</em><br /><br /></td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="4"><br />Dimension 1 Scaled Offset <em>(8 bytes)</em><br /><br /></td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="4"><br />...<br /><br /></td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="4"><br />Dimension \#n Scaled Offset <em>(8 bytes)</em><br /><br /></td>
</tr>
</table>
\li Items marked with an &lsquo;O&rsquo; in the above table are of the size specified in
    &ldquo;@ref FMT4SizeOfOffsetsV0 "Size of Offsets"&rdquo; field in the superblock.
\li This encoding is used when this B-Tree is used as an index for a dataset with layout message version 4.

<table>
<caption>Type11 <strong>Layout: Version 2 B-tree, Type 11 Record Layout - Filtered Dataset Chunks (Layout Version 5)</strong></caption>
<tr>
  <th width="25%">byte</th>
  <th width="25%">byte</th>
  <th width="25%">byte</th>
  <th>byte</th>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="4"><br />Address<sup>O</sup><br /><br /></td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="4"><br />Chunk Size<sup>O</sup><br /><br /></td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="4">Filter Mask</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="4"><br />Dimension 0 Scaled Offset <em>(8 bytes)</em><br /><br /></td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="4"><br />Dimension 1 Scaled Offset <em>(8 bytes)</em><br /><br /></td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="4"><br />...<br /><br /></td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="4"><br />Dimension \#n Scaled Offset <em>(8 bytes)</em><br /><br /></td>
</tr>
</table>
\li Items marked with an &lsquo;O&rsquo; in the above table are of the size specified in
    &ldquo;@ref FMT4SizeOfOffsetsV0 "Size of Offsets"&rdquo; field in the superblock.
\li This encoding is used when this B-tree is used as an index for a dataset with layout message version 5 or above.

<table>
<caption><strong>Fields: Version 2 B-tree, Type 11 Record Layout - Filtered Dataset Chunks</strong></caption>
<tr>
  <th width="30%">Field Name</th>
  <th>Description</th>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Address</td>
  <td>This field is the address of the dataset chunk in the file.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Chunk Size</td>
  <td>This field is the size of the dataset chunk in bytes. The length of this field is determined depending on the version of the associated layout message as follows:
      <table>
      <tr>
        <th width="20%" align="center">Layout Message Version</th>
        <th align="left">Chunk Size Encoding Length</th>
      </tr>
      <tr>
        <td align="center"><code>4</code></td>
        <td>One more than the number of bytes that would be needed to encode the size of an unfiltered chunk, but not more than 8.</td>
      </tr>
      <tr>
        <td align="center"><code>5</code> or above</td>
        <td>The size specified in the &ldquo;@ref FMT4SizeOfOffsetsV0 "Size of Offsets"&rdquo; field in the superblock.</td>
      </tr>
      </table></td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Filter Mask</td>
  <td>This field is the filter mask which indicates the filter
      to skip for the dataset chunk.  Each filter has an index
      number in the pipeline and if that filter is skipped,
      the bit corresponding to its index is set.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Dimension \#n Scaled Offset</td>
  <td>This field is the scaled offset of the chunk within the dataset. <em>n</em> is the number of
      dimensions for the dataset. The first scaled offset stored in the list is for the slowest
      changing dimension, and the last scaled offset stored is for the fastest changing dimension.</td>
</tr>
</table>

\subsection subsec_fmt4_infra_symboltable III.B. Disk Format: Level 1B - Group Symbol Table Nodes
A group is an object internal to the file that allows arbitrary nesting of objects within the file (including
other groups). A group maps a set of link names in the group to a set of relative file addresses of objects
in the file. Certain metadata for an object to which the group points can be cached in
object&rsquo;s header.

An HDF5 object name space can be stored hierarchically by partitioning the name into components and storing
each component as a link in a group. The link for a non-ultimate component points to the group containing the
next component. The link for the last component points to the object being named.

One implementation a group is a collection of symbol table nodes indexed by a B-tree. Each symbol table
node contains entries for one or more links. If an attempt is made to add a link to an already full
symbol table node containing 2<em>K</em> entries, then the node is split and one node contains <em>K</em>
symbols and the other contains <em>K</em>+1 symbols.

<table>
<caption align="top"><strong>Layout: Symbol Table Node (A Leaf of a B-tree)</strong></caption>
<tr align="center">
  <th width="25%">byte</th>
  <th width="25%">byte</th>
  <th width="25%">byte</th>
  <th>byte</th>
</tr>
<tr align="center">
  <td colspan="4">Signature</td>
</tr>
<tr align="center">
  <td>Version Number</td>
  <td>Reserved <em>(zero)</em></td>
  <td colspan="2">Number of Symbols</td>
</tr>
<tr align="center">
  <td colspan="4"><br /><br />Group Entries<br /><br /><br /></td>
</tr>
</table>

<table>
<caption align="top"><strong>Fields: Symbol Table Node (A Leaf of a B-tree)</strong></caption>
<tr>
  <th width="30%">Field Name</th>
  <th>Description</th>
</tr>
<tr valign=top>
  <td>Signature</td>
  <td>The ASCII character string <code>SNOD</code> is used to indicate the beginning of a symbol table node. This
      gives file consistency checking utilities a better chance of reconstructing a damaged file.</td>
</tr>
<tr valign=top>
  <td>Version Number</td>
  <td>The version number for the symbol table node. This document describes version 1. (There is no version
      &lsquo;0&rsquo; of the symbol table node)</td>
</tr>
<tr valign=top>
  <td>Number of Symbols</td>
  <td>Although all symbol table nodes have the same length, most contain fewer than the maximum possible number of
      link entries. This field indicates how many entries contain valid data. The valid entries are packed
      at the beginning of the symbol table node while the remaining entries contain undefined values.</td>
</tr>
<tr valign=top>
  <td>Group Entries</td>
  <td>Each link has an entry in the symbol table node. The format of the entry is described below. There are
      2<em>K</em> entries in each group node, where <em>K</em> is the &ldquo;Group Leaf Node K&rdquo; value
      from the @ref subsec_fmt4_boot_super.</td>
</tr>
</table>

\subsection subsec_fmt4_infra_symboltableentry III.C. Disk Format: Level 1C - Symbol Table Entry
Each symbol table entry in a symbol table node is designed to allow for very fast browsing of stored objects.
Toward that design goal, the symbol table entries include space for caching certain constant metadata from the
object header.

<table>
<caption align="top"><strong>Layout: Symbol Table Entry</strong></caption>
<tr align="center">
  <th width="25%">byte</th>
  <th width="25%">byte</th>
  <th width="25%">byte</th>
  <th>byte</th>
</tr>
<tr align="center">
  <td colspan="4">Link Name Offset<sup>O</sup></td>
</tr>
<tr align="center">
  <td colspan="4">Object Header Address<sup>O</sup></td>
</tr>
<tr align="center">
  <td colspan="4">Cache Type</td>
</tr>
<tr align="center">
  <td colspan="4">Reserved <em>(zero)</em></td>
</tr>
<tr align="center">
  <td colspan="4"><br /><br />Scratch-pad Space <em>(16 bytes)</em><br /><br /><br /></td>
</tr>
</table>
\li Items marked with an &lsquo;O&rsquo; in the above table are of the size specified in
    &ldquo;@ref FMT4SizeOfOffsetsV0 "Size of Offsets"&rdquo; field in the superblock.

<table>
<caption align="top"><strong>Fields: Symbol Table Entry</strong></caption>
<tr>
  <th width="30%">Field Name</th>
  <th>Description</th>
</tr>
<tr valign=top>
  <td>Link Name Offset</td>
  <td>This is the byte offset into the group&rsquo;s local heap for the name of the link. The name is null
    terminated.</td>
</tr>
<tr valign=top>
  <td>Object Header Address</td>
  <td>Every object has an object header which serves as a permanent location for the object&rsquo;s metadata.
      In addition to appearing in the object header, some of the object&rsquo;s metadata can be cached in the
      scratch-pad space.</td>
</tr>
<tr valign=top>
  <td>Cache Type</td>
  <td>The cache type is determined from the object header. It also determines the format for the scratch-pad
      space.<br />
      <table>
      <tr align="left">
        <th>Type:</th>
        <th>Description:</th>
      </tr>
      <tr>
        <td width="10%" align="center">0</td>
        <td>No data is cached by the group entry. This is guaranteed to be the case when an object header has
            a link count greater than one.</td>
      </tr>
      <tr>
        <td align="center">1</td>
        <td>Group object header metadata is cached in the scratch-pad space. This implies that the symbol table
            entry refers to another group.</td>
      </tr>
      <tr>
        <td align="center">2</td>
        <td>The entry is a symbolic link. The first four bytes of the scratch-pad space are the offset into
            the local heap for the link value. The object header address will be undefined.</td>
      </tr>
      </table>
  </td>
</tr>
<tr valign=top>
  <td>Reserved</td>
  <td>These four bytes are present so that the scratch-pad space is aligned on an eight-byte boundary. They
      are always set to zero.</td>
</tr>
<tr valign=top>
  <td>Scratch-pad Space</td>
  <td>This space is used for different purposes, depending on the value of the Cache Type field. Any meta-data
      about an object represented in the scratch-pad space is duplicated in the object header for
      that object.<br />
      Furthermore, no data is cached in the group entry scratch-pad space if the object header for the object
      has a link count greater than one.</td>
</tr>
</table>

\subsubsection subsubsec_fmt4_infra_symboltableentry_scratch Format of the Scratch-pad Space
The symbol table entry scratch-pad space is formatted according to the value in the Cache Type field.

If the Cache Type field contains the value zero (<code>(0)</code>) then no information is stored in the
scratch-pad space.

If the Cache Type field contains the value one (<code>1</code>), then the scratch-pad space contains
cached metadata for another object header in the following format:
<table>
<caption align="top"><strong>Layout: Object Header Scratch-pad Format</strong></caption>
<tr align="center">
  <th width="25%">byte</th>
  <th width="25%">byte</th>
  <th width="25%">byte</th>
  <th>byte</th>
</tr>
<tr align="center">
  <td colspan="4">Address of B-tree<sup>O</sup></td>
</tr>
<tr align="center">
  <td colspan="4">Address of Name Heap<sup>O</sup></td>
</table>
\li Items marked with an &lsquo;O&rsquo; in the above table are of the size specified in
    &ldquo;@ref FMT4SizeOfOffsetsV0 "Size of Offsets"&rdquo; field in the superblock.

<table>
<caption align="top"><strong>Fields: Object Header Scratch-pad Format</strong></caption>
<tr>
  <th width="30%">Field Name</th>
  <th>Description</th>
</tr>
<tr valign=top>
  <td>Address of B-tree</td>
  <td>This is the file address for the root of the group&rsquo;s B-tree.</td>
</tr>
<tr valign=top>
  <td>Address of Name Heap</td>
  <td>This is the file address for the group&rsquo;s local heap, in which are stored the group&rsquo;s
      symbol names.</td>
</tr>
</table>

If the Cache Type field contains the value two (<code>(2)</code>), then the scratch-pad space contains
cached metadata for a symbolic link in the following format:
<table>
<caption align="top"><strong>Layout: Symbolic Link Scratch-pad Format</strong></caption>
<tr align="center">
  <th width="25%">byte</th>
  <th width="25%">byte</th>
  <th width="25%">byte</th>
  <th>byte</th>
</tr>
<tr align="center">
  <td colspan="4">Offset to Link Value</td>
</tr>
</table>

<table>
<caption align="top"><strong>Fields: Symbolic Link Scratch-pad Format</strong></caption>
<tr>
  <th width="30%">Field Name</th>
  <th>Description</th>
</tr>
<tr valign=top>
  <td>Offset to Link Value</td>
  <td>The value of a symbolic link (that is, the name of the thing to which it points) is stored in the
      local heap. This field is the 4-byte offset into the local heap for the start of the link value, which
      is null terminated.</td>
</tr>
</table>

\subsection subsec_fmt4_infra_localheap III.D. Disk Format: Level 1D - Local Heaps
A local heap is a collection of small pieces of data that are particular to a single object in the HDF5 file.
Objects can be inserted and removed from the heap at any time. The address of a heap does not change once
the heap is created. For example, a group stores addresses of objects in symbol table nodes with the names
of links stored in the group&rsquo;s local heap.
<table>
<caption align="top"><strong>Layout: Local Heap</strong></caption>
<tr align="center">
  <th width="25%">byte</th>
  <th width="25%">byte</th>
  <th width="25%">byte</th>
  <th>byte</th>
</tr>
<tr align="center">
  <td colspan="4">Signature</td>
</tr>
<tr align="center">
  <td>Version</td>
  <td colspan="3">Reserved <em>(zero)</em></td>
</tr>
<tr align="center">
  <td colspan="4">Data Segment Size<sup>L</sup></td>
</tr>
<tr align="center">
  <td colspan="4">Offset to Head of Free-list<sup>L</sup></td>
</tr>
<tr align="center">
  <td colspan="4">Address of Data Segment<sup>O</sup></td>
</tr>
</table>
\li Items marked with an &lsquo;O&rsquo; in the above table are of the size specified in
    &ldquo;@ref FMT4SizeOfOffsetsV0 "Size of Offsets"&rdquo; field in the superblock.
\li Items marked with an &lsquo;L&rsquo; in the above table are of the size specified in
    &ldquo;@ref FMT4SizeOfLengthsV0 "Size of Lengths"&rdquo; field in the superblock.

<table>
<caption align="top"><strong>Fields: Local Heap</strong></caption>
<tr>
  <th width="30%">Field Name</th>
  <th>Description</th>
</tr>
<tr valign=top>
  <td>Signature</td>
  <td>The ASCII character string &ldquo;<code>HEAP</code> &rdquo; is used to indicate the beginning of a heap.
      This gives file consistency checking utilities a better chance of reconstructing a damaged file.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Version</td>
  <td>Each local heap has its own version number so that new heaps can be added to old files. This document
      describes version zero (0) of the local heap.</td>
</tr>
<tr valign=top>
  <td>Data Segment Size</td>
  <td>The total amount of disk memory allocated for the heap data. This may be larger than the amount of space
      required by the objects stored in the heap. The extra unused space in the heap holds a linked list of
      free blocks.</td>
</tr>
<tr valign=top>
  <td>Offset to Head of Free-list</td>
  <td>This is the offset within the heap data segment of the first free block (or the
      @ref FMT4UndefinedAddress "undefined address" if there is no no free block). The free block
      contains &ldquo;@ref FMT4SizeOfLengthsV0 "Size of Lengths"&rdquo; bytes that are the offset of the next free block (or the value
      &lsquo;1&rsquo; if this is the last free block) followed by &ldquo;@ref FMT4SizeOfLengthsV0 "Size of Lengths"&rdquo; bytes that
      store the size of this free block. The size of the free block includes the space used to store the
      offset of the next free block and the size of the current block, making the minimum size of a free
      block 2 * &ldquo;@ref FMT4SizeOfLengthsV0 "Size of Lengths"&rdquo;.</td>
</tr>
<tr valign=top>
  <td>Address of Data Segment</td>
  <td>The data segment originally starts immediately after the heap header, but if the data segment must grow
      as a result of adding more objects, then the data segment may be relocated, in its entirety, to another
      part of the file.</td>
</tr>
</table>

Objects within a local heap should be aligned on an 8-byte boundary.

\subsection subsec_fmt4_infra_globalheap III.E. Disk Format: Level 1E - Global Heap
Each HDF5 file has a global heap which stores various types of information which is typically shared between
datasets. The global heap was designed to satisfy these goals:
<ol type="A">
  <li>Repeated access to a heap object must be efficient without resulting in repeated file I/O requests.
      Since global heap objects will typically be shared among several datasets, it is probable that the
      object will be accessed repeatedly.</li>
  <li>Collections of related global heap objects should result in fewer and larger I/O requests. For
      instance, a dataset of object references will have a global heap object for each reference. Reading
      the entire set of object references should result in a few large I/O requests instead of one small
      I/O request for each reference.</li>
  <li>It should be possible to remove objects from the global heap and the resulting file hole should be
      eligible to be reclaimed for other uses.</li>
</ol>

The implementation of the heap makes use of the memory management already available at the file level and
combines that with a new object called a <em>collection</em> to achieve goal B. The global heap is
the set of all collections. Each global heap object belongs to exactly one collection and each collection
contains one or more global heap objects. For the purposes of disk I/O and caching, a collection is treated
as an atomic object, addressing goal A.

When a global heap object is deleted from a collection (which occurs when its reference count falls to zero),
objects located after the deleted object in the collection are packed down toward the beginning of the
collection and the collection&rsquo;s global heap object 0 is created (if possible) or its size is increased
to account for the recently freed space. There are no gaps between objects in each collection, with the possible
exception of the final space in the collection, if it is not large enough to hold the header for the
collection&rsquo;s global heap object 0. These features address goal C.

The HDF5 library creates global heap collections as needed, so there may be multiple collections throughout
the file. The set of all of them is abstractly called the &ldquo;global heap&rdquo;, although they do not
actually link to each other, and there is no global place in the file where you can discover all of the
collections. The collections are found simply by finding a reference to one through another object in the file.
For example, data of variable-length datatype elements is stored in the global heap and is accessed via a
global heap ID. The format for global heap IDs is described at the end of this section.

<table>
<caption align="top"><strong>Layout: A Global Heap Collection</strong></caption>
<tr align="center">
  <th width="25%">byte</th>
  <th width="25%">byte</th>
  <th width="25%">byte</th>
  <th>byte</th>
</tr>
<tr align="center">
  <td colspan="4">Signature</td>
</tr>
<tr align="center">
  <td>Version</td>
  <td colspan="3">Reserved <em>(zero)</em></td>
</tr>
<tr align="center">
  <td colspan="4"><br />Collection Size<sup>L</sup><br /><br /></td>
</tr>
<tr align="center">
  <td colspan="4"><br />Global Heap Object 1<br /><br /></td>
</tr>
<tr align="center">
  <td colspan="4"><br />Global Heap Object 2<br /><br /></td>
</tr>
<tr align="center">
  <td colspan="4"><br />...<br /><br /></td>
</tr>
<tr align="center">
  <td colspan="4"><br />Global Heap Object <em>N</em><br /><br /></td>
</tr>
<tr align="center">
  <td colspan="4"><br />Global Heap Object 0 <em>(free space)</em><br /><br /></td>
</tr>
</table>
\li Items marked with an &lsquo;L&rsquo; in the above table are of the size specified in
    &ldquo;@ref FMT4SizeOfLengthsV0 "Size of Lengths"&rdquo; field in the superblock.

<table>
<caption align="top"><strong>Fields: A Global Heap Collection</strong></caption>
<tr>
  <th width="30%">Field Name</th>
  <th>Description</th>
</tr>
<tr valign=top>
  <td>Signature</td>
  <td>The ASCII character string &ldquo;<code>GCOL</code>&rdquo; is used to indicate the beginning of a collection.
      This gives file consistency checking utilities a better chance of reconstructing a damaged file.</td>
</tr>
<tr valign=top>
  <td>Version</td>
  <td>Each collection has its own version number so that new collections can be added to old files. This
      document describes version one (1) of the collections (there is no version zero (0)).</td>
</tr>
<tr valign=top>
  <td>Collection Size</td>
  <td>This is the size in bytes of the entire collection including this field. The default (and minimum)
    collection size is 4096 bytes which is a typical file system block size. This allows for 127 16-byte
    heap objects plus their overhead (the collection header of 16 bytes and the 16 bytes of information
    about each heap object).</td>
</tr>
<tr valign=top>
  <td>Global Heap Object 1 through <em>N</em></td>
  <td>The objects are stored in any order with no intervening unused space.</td>
</tr>
<tr valign=top>
  <td>Global Heap Object 0</td>
  <td>Global Heap Object 0 (zero), when present, represents the free space in the collection. Free space always
      appears at the end of the collection. If the free space is too small to store the header for Object 0
      (described below) then the header is implied and is not written.<br />
      The field <em>Object Size</em> for Object 0 indicates the amount of possible free space in the collection
      including the 16-byte header size of Object 0.</td>
</tr>
</table>

<table>
<caption align="top"><strong>Layout: Global Heap Object</strong></caption>
<tr align="center">
  <th width="25%">byte</th>
  <th width="25%">byte</th>
  <th width="25%">byte</th>
  <th>byte</th>
</tr>
<tr align="center">
  <td colspan="2">Heap Object Index</td>
  <td colspan="2">Reference Count</td>
</tr>
<tr align="center">
  <td colspan="4">Reserved <em>(zero)</em></td>
</tr>
<tr align="center">
  <td colspan="4"><br />Object Size<sup>L</sup><br /><br /></td>
</tr>
<tr align="center">
  <td colspan="4"><br />Object Data<br /><br /></td>
</tr>
</table>
\li Items marked with an &lsquo;L&rsquo; in the above table are of the size specified in
    &ldquo;@ref FMT4SizeOfLengthsV0 "Size of Lengths"&rdquo; field in the superblock.

<table>
<caption align="top"><strong>Fields: Global Heap Object</strong></caption>
<tr>
  <th width="30%">Field Name</th>
  <th>Description</th>
</tr>
<tr valign=top>
  <td>Heap Object Index</td>
  <td>Each object has a unique identification number within a collection. The identification numbers are
      chosen so that new objects have the smallest value possible with the exception that the identifier
      <code>0</code> always refers to the object which represents all free space within the collection.</td>
</tr>
<tr valign=top>
  <td>Reference Count</td>
  <td>All heap objects have a reference count field. An object which is referenced from some other part of the
    file will have a positive reference count. The reference count for Object 0 is always zero.</td>
</tr>
<tr valign=top>
  <td>Reserved</td>
  <td>Zero padding to align next field on an 8-byte boundary.</td>
</tr>
<tr valign=top>
  <td>Object Size</td> <td>This is the size of the object data stored for the object. The actual storage space
      allocated for the object data is rounded up to a multiple of eight.</td>
</tr>
<tr valign=top>
  <td>Object Data</td>
  <td>The object data is treated as a one-dimensional array of bytes to be interpreted by the caller.</td>
</tr>
</table>

<br />
\anchor FMT4GlobalHeapID <h4>The format for the ID used to locate an object in the global heap is described here:</h4>
<table>
<caption><strong>Layout: Global Heap ID</strong></caption>
<tr>
  <th width="25%">byte</th>
  <th width="25%">byte</th>
  <th width="25%">byte</th>
  <th>byte</th>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="4"><br />Collection Address<sup>O</sup><br /><br /></td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="4">Object Index</td>
</tr>
</table>
\li Items marked with an &lsquo;L&rsquo; in the above table are of the size specified in
    &ldquo;@ref FMT4SizeOfLengthsV0 "Size of Lengths"&rdquo; field in the superblock.

<table>
<caption><strong>Fields: Global Heap ID</strong></caption>
<tr>
  <th width="30%">Field Name</th>
  <th>Description</th>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Collection Address</td>
  <td>This field is the address of the global heap collection where the data object is stored.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>ID</td>
  <td>This field is the index of the data object within the global heap collection.</td>
</tr>
</table>

\subsection subsec_fmt4_infra_globalheapvds III.F. Disk Format: Level 1F - Global Heap Block for Virtual Datasets
The layout for the global heap block used with virtual datasets is described below. For more information
on global heaps, see &ldquo; @ref subsec_fmt4_infra_globalheap &rdquo;

There are two versions of the Virtual Dataset Global Heap Block format:

\li Version 0 is the original format without shared string support.
\li Version 1 introduces a new flags field that supports shared filenames and dataset names to reduce 
    storage requirements when the same names are used across multiple mappings. Version 1 will only 
    be used when the lower bound for the HDF5 library version bounds is set to 2.0 or later.

<table>
<caption align="top"><strong>Layout: Global Heap Block for Virtual Dataset (Version 0)</strong></caption>
<tr align="center">
  <th width="25%">byte</th>
  <th width="25%">byte</th>
  <th width="25%">byte</th>
  <th>byte</th>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Version</td>
  <td colspan="3" bgcolor="#DDDDDD"><em>This space inserted only to align table nicely</em></td>
</tr>
<tr align="center">
  <td colspan="4"><br />Num Entries<sup>L</sup><br /><br /></td>
</tr>
<tr align="center">
  <td colspan="4"><br />Source Filename \#1 <em>(variable size)</em><br /><br /></td>
</tr>
<tr align="center">
  <td colspan="4"><br />Source Dataset \#1 <em>(variable size)</em><br /><br /></td>
</tr>
<tr align="center">
  <td colspan="4"><br />Source Selection \#1 <em>(variable size)</em><br /><br /></td>
</tr>
<tr align="center">
  <td colspan="4"><br />Virtual Selection \#1 <em>(variable size)</em><br /><br /></td>
</tr>
<tr align="center">
  <td colspan="4">.<br />.<br />.<br /></td>
</tr>
<tr align="center">
  <td colspan="4"><br />Source Filename \#n <em>(variable size)</em><br /><br /></td>
</tr>
<tr align="center">
  <td colspan="4"><br />Source Dataset \#n <em>(variable size)</em><br /><br /></td>
</tr>
<tr align="center">
  <td colspan="4"><br />Source Selection \#n <em>(variable size)</em><br /><br /></td>
</tr>
<tr align="center">
  <td colspan="4"><br />Virtual Selection \#n <em>(variable size)</em><br /><br /></td>
</tr>
<tr align="center">
  <td colspan="4">Checksum</td>
</tr>
</table>

<br />

<table>
<caption align="top"><strong>Layout: Global Heap Block for Virtual Dataset (Version 1)</strong></caption>
<tr align="center">
  <th width="25%">byte</th>
  <th width="25%">byte</th>
  <th width="25%">byte</th>
  <th>byte</th>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Version</td>
  <td colspan="3" bgcolor="#DDDDDD"><em>This space inserted only to align table nicely</em></td>
</tr>
<tr align="center">
  <td colspan="4"><br />Num Entries<sup>L</sup><br /><br /></td>
</tr>
<tr align="center">
  <td>Flags \#1</td>
  <td colspan="3" bgcolor="#DDDDDD"><em>This space inserted only to align table nicely</em></td>
</tr>
<tr align="center">
  <td colspan="4"><br />Source Filename \#1 <em>(variable size)</em><br /><br /></td>
</tr>
<tr align="center">
  <td colspan="4"><br />Source Dataset \#1 <em>(variable size)</em><br /><br /></td>
</tr>
<tr align="center">
  <td colspan="4"><br />Source Selection \#1 <em>(variable size)</em><br /><br /></td>
</tr>
<tr align="center">
  <td colspan="4"><br />Virtual Selection \#1 <em>(variable size)</em><br /><br /></td>
</tr>
<tr align="center">
  <td colspan="4">.<br />.<br />.<br /></td>
</tr>
<tr align="center">
  <td>Flags \#n</td>
  <td colspan="3" bgcolor="#DDDDDD"><em>This space inserted only to align table nicely</em></td>
</tr>
<tr align="center">
  <td colspan="4"><br />Source Filename \#n <em>(variable size)</em><br /><br /></td>
</tr>
<tr align="center">
  <td colspan="4"><br />Source Dataset \#n <em>(variable size)</em><br /><br /></td>
</tr>
<tr align="center">
  <td colspan="4"><br />Source Selection \#n <em>(variable size)</em><br /><br /></td>
</tr>
<tr align="center">
  <td colspan="4"><br />Virtual Selection \#n <em>(variable size)</em><br /><br /></td>
</tr>
<tr align="center">
  <td colspan="4">Checksum</td>
</tr>
</table>

\li Items marked with an &lsquo;L&rsquo; in the above table are of the size specified in
    &ldquo;@ref FMT4SizeOfLengthsV0 "Size of Lengths"&rdquo; field in the superblock.

<table>
<caption align="top"><strong>Fields: Global Heap Block for Virtual Dataset</strong></caption>
<tr>
  <th width="40%">Field Name</th>
  <th>Description</th>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Version</td>
  <td>The version number for the block; the value is 0 for version 0 format, 1 for version 1 format.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Num Entries<sup>L</sup></td>
  <td>The number of entries in the block.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Flags \#n</td>
  <td>This field is a bit field containing additional information about the mapping.
      <em>This field is present only in version 1 of the format.</em>
      <table>
        <tr>
          <th width="15%">Bit</th>
          <th>Description</th>
        </tr>
        <tr>
          <td>0</td>
          <td>If set, the source filename is shared</td>
        </tr>
        <tr>
          <td>1</td>
          <td>If set, the source dataset name is shared</td>
        </tr>
        <tr>
          <td>2</td>
          <td>If set, the source file is the same as the virtual file</td>
        </tr>
        <tr>
          <td>3-7</td>
          <td>Reserved for future use</td>
        </tr>
      </table>
  </td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Source Filename \#n <em>(variable size)</em></td>
  <td>The source file name where the source dataset is located.<br /><br />
      If the source filename is shared (bit 0 of flags is set), this is a "Size of Lengths" 
      length unsigned integer containing the index into the array of mappings where the source 
      filename is stored. For example, if the value stored here is 1, then the actual string 
      value for this field is stored in the Source Filename 1 field. If the source filename 
      is not shared, this is stored as a NULL terminated string. If the source file is the 
      same as the virtual file (bit 2 of flags is set), this field is not present.<br /><br />
      <em>For version 0 format, this is always stored as a NULL terminated string.</em></td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Source Dataset \#n <em>(variable size)</em></td>
  <td>The source dataset name that is mapped to the virtual dataset.<br /><br />
      If the source dataset name is shared (bit 1 of flags is set), this is a "Size of Lengths" 
      length unsigned integer containing the index into the array of mappings where the source 
      dataset name is stored. For example, if the value stored here is 1, then the actual string 
      value for this field is stored in the Source Dataset 1 field. If the source dataset name 
      is not shared, this is stored as a NULL terminated string.<br /><br />
      <em>For version 0 format, this is always stored as a NULL terminated string.</em></td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Source Selection \#n <em>(variable size)</em></td>
  <td>The @ref FMT4DataspaceSEL "dataspace selection" in the source dataset that is mapped
      to the virtual selection.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Virtual Selection \#n <em>(variable size)</em></td>
  <td>This is the @ref FMT4DataspaceSEL "dataspace selection" in the virtual dataset that
      is mapped to the source selection.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Checksum</td>
  <td>This is the checksum for the block.</td>
</tr>
</table>

\subsection subsec_fmt4_infra_fractalheap III.G. Disk Format: Level 1G - Fractal Heap
Each fractal heap consists of a header and zero or more direct and indirect blocks (described below).
The header contains general information as well as initialization parameters for the doubling
table. The <em>Address of Root Block</em> field in the header points to the first direct or indirect block in
the heap.

Fractal heaps are based on a data structure called a <em>doubling table</em>. A doubling table provides
a mechanism for quickly extending an array-like data structure that minimizes the number of empty blocks
in the heap, while retaining very fast lookup of any element within the array. More information on
fractal heaps and doubling tables can be found in the RFC 
&ldquo;\ref_rfc20070115 .&rdquo;

The fractal heap implements the doubling table structure with indirect and direct blocks. Indirect
blocks in the heap do not actually contain data for objects in the heap, their &ldquo;size&rdquo; is
abstract - they represent the indexing structure for locating the direct blocks in the doubling table.
Direct blocks contain the actual data for objects stored in the heap.

All indirect blocks have a constant number of block entries in each row, called the <em>width</em>
of the doubling table (see <em>Table Width</em> field in the header). The number of rows for each indirect
block in the heap is determined by the size of the block that the indirect block represents in the doubling table
(calculation of this is shown below) and is constant, except for the &ldquo;root&rdquo; indirect block,
which expands and shrinks its number of rows as needed.

Blocks in the first <em>two</em> rows of an indirect block are <em>Starting Block Size</em> number of
bytes in size. For example, if the row <em>width</em> of the doubling table is 4, then the first eight block
entries in the indirect block are <em>Starting Block Size</em> number of bytes in size. The blocks in each
subsequent row are twice the size of the blocks in the previous
row. In other words, blocks in the third row are twice the <em>Starting Block Size</em>, blocks in the
fourth row are four times the <em>Starting Block Size</em>, and so on. Entries for blocks up to the
<em>Maximum Direct Block Size</em> point to direct blocks, and entries for blocks greater than that size
point to further indirect blocks (which have their own entries for direct and indirect blocks). <em>Starting
Block Size</em> and <em>Maximum Direct Block Size</em> are fields stored in the header.

The number of rows of blocks, <em>nrows</em>, in an indirect block is calculated
by the following expression: <br /><br />
<em>nrows</em> = (log<sub>2</sub>(<em>iblock_size</em>) - log<sub>2</sub>(<em>&lt;Starting Block Size&gt;</em>)) + 1
where <em>block_size</em> is the size of the block that the indirect block
represents in the doubling table. For example, to represent a block with <em>block_size</em> equals to 1024,
and <em>Starting Block Size</em> equals to 256, three rows are needed.

The maximum number of rows of direct blocks, <em>max_dblock_rows</em>, in any indirect block of a fractal
heap is given by the following expression: <br /><br />
<em>max_dblock_rows</em> = (log<sub>2</sub>(<em>&lt;Maximum Direct Block Size&gt;</em>) -
log<sub>2</sub>(<em>&lt;Starting Block Size&gt;</em>)) + 2

Using the computed values for <em>nrows</em> and <em>max_dblock_rows</em>, along with the <em>Width</em>
of the doubling table, the number of direct and indirect block entries (<em>K</em> and <em>N</em> in the
indirect block description, below) in an indirect block can be computed: <br /> <br />
<em>K</em> = MIN(<em>nrows</em>, <em>max_dblock_rows</em>) * <em>Table Width</em> <br /><br />
If <em>nrows</em> is less than or equal to <em>max_dblock_rows</em>, <em>N</em> is 0. Otherwise, <em>N</em>
is simply computed: <br /><br />
<em>N</em> = <em>K</em> - (<em>max_dblock_rows</em> * <em>Table Width</em>)

The size of indirect blocks on disk is determined by the number of rows in the indirect block
(computed above). The size of direct blocks on disk is exactly the size of the block in the doubling table.

<table>
<caption><strong>Layout: Fractal Heap Header</strong></caption>
<tr>
  <th width="25%">byte</th>
  <th width="25%">byte</th>
  <th width="25%">byte</th>
  <th>byte</th>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="4">Signature</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Version</td>
  <td colspan="3" bgcolor="#DDDDDD"><em>This space inserted only to align table nicely</em></td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="2">Heap ID Length</td>
  <td colspan="2">I/O Filters&rsquo; Encoded Length</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Flags</td>
  <td colspan="3" bgcolor="#DDDDDD"><em>This space inserted only to align table nicely</em></td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="4">Maximum Size of Managed Objects</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="4"><br />Next Huge Object ID<sup>L</sup><br /><br /></td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="4"><br />v2 B-tree Address of Huge Objects<sup>O</sup><br /><br /></td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="4"><br />Amount of Free Space in Managed Blocks<sup>L</sup><br /><br /></td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="4"><br />Address of Managed Block Free Space Manager<sup>O</sup><br /><br /></td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="4"><br />Amount of Managed Space in Heap<sup>L</sup><br /><br /></td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="4"><br />Amount of Allocated Managed Space in Heap<sup>L</sup><br /><br /></td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="4"><br />Offset of Direct Block Allocation Iterator in Managed Space<sup>L</sup><br /><br /></td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="4"><br />Number of Managed Objects in Heap<sup>L</sup><br /><br /></td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="4"><br />Size of Huge Objects in Heap<sup>L</sup><br /><br /></td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="4"><br />Number of Huge Objects in Heap<sup>L</sup><br /><br /></td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="4"><br />Size of Tiny Objects in Heap<sup>L</sup><br /><br /></td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="4"><br />Number of Tiny Objects in Heap<sup>L</sup><br /><br /></td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="2">Table Width</td>
  <td colspan="2" bgcolor="#DDDDDD"><em>This space insertedonly to align table nicely</em></td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="4"><br />Starting Block Size<sup>L</sup><br /><br /></td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="4"><br />Maximum Direct Block Size<sup>L</sup><br /><br /></td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="2">Maximum Heap Size</td>
  <td colspan="2">Starting \# of Rows in Root Indirect Block</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="4"><br />Address of Root Block<sup>O</sup><br /><br /></td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="2">Current \# of Rows in Root Indirect Block</td>
  <td colspan="2" bgcolor="#DDDDDD"><em>This space inserted only to align table nicely</em></td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="4"><br />Size of Filtered Root Direct Block <em>(optional)</em><sup>L</sup><br /><br /></td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="4">I/O Filter Mask<em> (optional)</em></td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="4">I/O Filter Information<em> (optional, variable size)</em></td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="4">Checksum</td>
</tr>
</table>
\li Items marked with an &lsquo;O&rsquo; in the above table are of the size specified in
    &ldquo;@ref FMT4SizeOfOffsetsV0 "Size of Offsets"&rdquo; field in the superblock.
\li Items marked with an &lsquo;L&rsquo; in the above table are of the size specified in
    &ldquo;@ref FMT4SizeOfLengthsV0 "Size of Lengths"&rdquo; field in the superblock.

<table>
<caption><strong>Fields: Fractal Heap Header</strong></caption>
<tr>
  <th width="40%">Field Name</th>
  <th>Description</th>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Signature</td>
  <td>The ASCII character string &ldquo;<code>FRHP</code>&rdquo; is used to indicate the beginning of a
      fractal heap header. This gives file consistency checking utilities a better chance of reconstructing
      a damaged file.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Version</td>
  <td>This document describes version 0.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Heap ID Length</td>
  <td>This is the length in bytes of heap object IDs for this heap.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>I/O Filters&rsquo; Encoded Length</td>
  <td>This is the size in bytes of the encoded <em>I/O Filter Information</em>.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Flags</td>
  <td>This field is the heap status flag and is a bit field indicating additional information about
      the fractal heap.
      <table>
      <tr>
        <th width="20%" align="center">Bit(s)</th>
        <th width="80%" align="left">Description</th>
      </tr>
      <tr>
        <td align="center"><code>0</code></td>
        <td>If set, the ID value to use for huge object has wrapped around. If the value for the
            <em>Next Huge Object ID</em> has wrapped around, each new huge object inserted into the
            heap will require a search for an ID value.
        </td>
      </tr>
      <tr>
        <td align="center"><code>1</code></td>
        <td>If set, the direct blocks in the heap are checksummed.</td>
      </tr>
      <tr>
        <td align="center"><code>2-7</code></td>
        <td>Reserved</td>
      </tr>
      </table></td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Maximum Size of Managed Objects</td>
  <td>This is the maximum size of managed objects allowed in the heap. Objects greater than this this
      are &lsquo;huge&rsquo; objects and will be stored in the file directly, rather than in a direct
      block for the heap.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Next Huge Object ID</td>
  <td>This is the next ID value to use for a huge object in the heap.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>v2 B-tree Address of Huge Objects</td>
  <td>This is the address of the @ref subsubsec_fmt4_infra_btrees_v2 used to track huge objects in the heap.
      The type of records stored in the <em>v2 B-tree</em> will be determined by whether the address and
      length of a huge object can fit into a heap ID (if yes, it is a &ldquo;directly&rdquo; accessed huge
      object) and whether there is a filter used on objects in the heap.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Amount of Free Space in Managed Blocks</td>
  <td>This is the total amount of free space in managed direct blocks (in bytes).</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Address of Managed Block Free Space Manager</td>
  <td>This is the address of the <em>@ref subsec_fmt4_infra_freespaceindex</em>
      for managed blocks.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Amount of Managed Space in Heap</td>
  <td>This is the total amount of managed space in the heap (in bytes), essentially the
      upper bound of the heap&rsquo;s linear address space.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Amount of Allocated Managed Space in Heap</td>
  <td>This is the total amount of managed space (in bytes) actually allocated in the heap.
      This can be less than the <em>Amount of Managed Space in Heap</em> field, if some direct
      blocks in the heap&rsquo;s linear address space are not allocated.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Offset of Direct Block Allocation Iterator in Managed Space</td>
  <td>This is the linear heap offset where the next direct block should be allocated at (in bytes).
      This may be less than the <em>Amount of Managed Space in Heap</em> value because the heap&rsquo;s
      address space is increased by a &ldquo;row&rdquo; of direct blocks at a time, rather than by single
      direct block increments.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Number of Managed Objects in Heap</td>
  <td>This is the number of managed objects in the heap.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Size of Huge Objects in Heap</td>
  <td>This is the total size of huge objects in the heap (in bytes).</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Number of Huge Objects in Heap</td>
  <td>This is the number of huge objects in the heap.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Size of Tiny Objects in Heap</td>
  <td>This is the total size of tiny objects that are packed in heap IDs (in bytes).</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Number of Tiny Objects in Heap</td>
  <td>This is the number of tiny objects that are packed in heap IDs.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Table Width</td>
  <td>This is the number of columns in the doubling table for managed blocks. This value
      must be a power of two.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Starting Block Size</td>
  <td>This is the starting block size to use in the doubling table for managed blocks (in bytes).
      This value must be a power of two.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Maximum Direct Block Size</td>
  <td>This is the maximum size allowed for a managed direct block. Objects inserted into the heap that
      are larger than this value (less the number of bytes of direct block prefix/suffix) are stored as
      &lsquo;huge&rsquo; objects. This value must be a power of two.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Maximum Heap Size</td>
  <td>This is the maximum size of the heap&rsquo;s linear address space for managed objects (in bytes).
      The value stored is the log2 of the actual value, that is: the number of bits of the address space.
      &lsquo;Huge&rsquo; and &lsquo;tiny&rsquo; objects are not counted in this value, since they do not
      store objects in the linear address space of the heap.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Starting \# of Rows in Root Indirect Block</td>
  <td>This is the starting number of rows for the root indirect block. A value of 0 indicates that the
      root indirect block will have the maximum number of rows needed to address the heap&rsquo;s
      <em>Maximum Heap Size</em>.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Address of Root Block</td>
  <td>This is the address of the root block for the heap. It can be the
      @ref FMT4UndefinedAddress "undefined address" if there is no data in the heap. It either
      points to a direct block (if the <em>Current \# of Rows in the Root Indirect Block</em> value is 0),
      or an indirect block.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Current \# of Rows in Root Indirect Block</td>
  <td>This is the current number of rows in the root indirect block. A value of 0 indicates that
      <em>Address of Root Block</em> points to direct block instead of indirect block.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Size of Filtered Root Direct Block</td>
  <td>This is the size of the root direct block, if filters are applied to heap objects (in bytes).
      This field is only stored in the header if the <em>I/O Filters&rsquo; Encoded Length</em> is
      greater than 0.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>I/O Filter Mask</td>
  <td>This is the filter mask for the root direct block, if filters are applied to heap objects. This
      mask has the same format as that used for the filter mask in chunked raw data records in a
      @ref subsubsec_fmt4_infra_btrees_v1. This field is only stored in the header if the <em>I/O Filters&rsquo;
      Encoded Length</em> is greater than 0.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>I/O Filter Information</td>
  <td>This is the I/O filter information encoding direct blocks and huge objects, if filters are applied to
      heap objects. This field is encoded as a @ref subsubsec_fmt4_dataobject_hdr_msg_filter message. The size
      of this field is determined by <em>I/O Filters&rsquo; Encoded Length</em>.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Checksum</td>
  <td>This is the checksum for the header.</td>
</tr>
</table>

<table>
<caption><strong>Layout: Fractal Heap Direct Block</strong></caption>
<tr>
  <th width="25%">byte</th>
  <th width="25%">byte</th>
  <th width="25%">byte</th>
  <th width="25%">byte</th>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="4">Signature</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Version</td>
  <td colspan="3" bgcolor="#DDDDDD"><em>This space inserted only to align table nicely</em></td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="4"><br />Heap Header Address<sup>O</sup><br /><br /></td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="4">Block Offset <em>(variable size)</em></td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="4">Checksum <em>(optional)</em></td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="4"><br />Object Data <em>(variable size)</em><br /><br /></td>
</tr>
</table>
\li Items marked with an &lsquo;O&rsquo; in the above table are of the size specified in
    &ldquo;@ref FMT4SizeOfOffsetsV0 "Size of Offsets"&rdquo; field in the superblock.

<table>
<caption><strong>Fields: Fractal Heap Direct Block</strong></caption>
<tr>
  <th width="30%">Field Name</th>
  <th>Description</th>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Signature</td>
  <td>The ASCII character string &ldquo;<code>FHDB</code>&rdquo; is used to indicate the beginning of
      a fractal heap direct block. This gives file consistency checking utilities a better chance of
      reconstructing a damaged file.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Version</td>
  <td>This document describes version 0.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Heap Header Address</td>
  <td>This is the address for the fractal heap header that this block belongs to. This field is
      principally used for file integrity checking.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Block Offset</td>
  <td>This is the offset of the block within the fractal heap&rsquo;s address space (in bytes). The
      number of bytes used to encode this field is the <em>Maximum Heap Size</em> (in the heap&rsquo;s
      header) divided by 8 and rounded up to the next highest integer, for values that are not a multiple
      of 8. This value is principally used for file integrity checking.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Checksum</td>
  <td>This is the checksum for the direct block. This field is only present if bit 1 of <em>Flags</em> 
      in the heap&rsquo;s header is set.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Object Data</td>
  <td>This section of the direct block stores the actual data for objects in the heap. The size of this
      section is determined by the direct block&rsquo;s size minus the size of the other fields stored in the
      direct block (for example, the <em>Signature</em>, <em>Version</em>, and others including the
      <em>Checksum</em> if it is present).</td>
</tr>
</table>

<table>
<caption><strong>Layout: Fractal Heap Indirect Block</strong></caption>
<tr>
  <th width="25%">byte</th>
  <th width="25%">byte</th>
  <th width="25%">byte</th>
  <th width="25%">byte</th>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="4">Signature</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Version</td>
  <td colspan="3" bgcolor="#DDDDDD"><em>This space inserted only to align table nicely</em></td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="4"><br />Heap Header Address<sup>O</sup><br /><br /></td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="4">Block Offset <em>(variable size)</em></td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="4"><br />Child Direct Block \#0 Address<sup>O</sup><br /><br /></td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="4"><br />Size of Filtered Direct Block \#0 <em>(optional)</em> <sup>L</sup><br /><br /></td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="4">Filter Mask for Direct Block \#0 <em>(optional)</em></td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="4"><br />Child Direct Block \#1 Address<sup>O</sup><br /><br /></td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="4"><br />Size of Filtered Direct Block \#1 <em>(optional)</em><sup>L</sup><br /><br /></td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="4">Filter Mask for Direct Block \#1 <em>(optional)</em></td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="4">...</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="4"><br />Child Direct Block \#K-1 Address<sup>O</sup><br /><br /></td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="4"><br />Size of Filtered Direct Block \#K-1 <em>(optional)</em><sup>L</sup><br /><br /></td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="4">Filter Mask for Direct Block \#K-1 <em>(optional)</em></td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="4"><br />Child Indirect Block \#0 Address<sup>O</sup><br /><br /></td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="4"><br />Child Indirect Block \#1 Address<sup>O</sup><br /><br /></td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="4">...</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="4"><br />Child Indirect Block \#N-1 Address<sup>O</sup><br /><br /></td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="4">Checksum</td>
</tr>
</table>
\li Items marked with an &lsquo;O&rsquo; in the above table are of the size specified in
    &ldquo;@ref FMT4SizeOfOffsetsV0 "Size of Offsets"&rdquo; field in the superblock.
\li Items marked with an &lsquo;L&rsquo; in the above table are of the size specified in
    &ldquo;@ref FMT4SizeOfLengthsV0 "Size of Lengths"&rdquo; field in the superblock.

<table>
<caption><strong>Fields: Fractal Heap Indirect Block</strong></caption>
<tr>
  <th width="30%">Field Name</th>
  <th>Description</th>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Signature</td>
  <td>The ASCII character string &ldquo;<code>FHIB</code>&rdquo; is used to indicate the beginning of a
      fractal heap indirect block. This gives file consistency checking utilities a better chance of
      reconstructing a damaged file.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Version</td>
  <td>This document describes version 0.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Heap Header Address</td>
  <td>This is the address for the fractal heap header that this block belongs to. This field is principally
      used for file integrity checking.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Block Offset</td>
  <td>This is the offset of the block within the fractal heap&rsquo;s address space (in bytes). The number
      of bytes used to encode this field is the <em>Maximum Heap Size</em> (in the heap&rsquo;s header)
      divided by 8 and rounded up to the next highest integer, for values that are not a multiple of 8. This
      value is principally used for file integrity checking.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Child Direct Block \#K Address</td>
  <td>This field is the address of the child direct block. The size of the [uncompressed] direct block can
      be computed by its offset in the heap&rsquo;s linear address space.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Size of Filtered Direct Block \#K</td>
  <td>This is the size of the child direct block after passing through the I/O filters defined for this heap
      (in bytes). If no I/O filters are present for this heap, this field is not present.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Filter Mask for Direct Block \#K</td>
  <td>This is the I/O filter mask for the filtered direct block. This mask has the same format as that
      used for the filter mask in chunked raw data records in a @ref subsubsec_fmt4_infra_btrees_v1. If
      no I/O filters are present for this heap, this field is not present.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Child Indirect Block \#N Address</td>
  <td>This field is the address of the child indirect block. The size of the indirect block can be computed
      by its offset in the heap&rsquo;s linear address space.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Checksum</td>
  <td>This is the checksum for the indirect block.</td>
</tr>
</table>

An object in the fractal heap is identified by means of a fractal heap ID, which encodes information to
locate the object in the heap. Currently, the fractal heap stores an object in one of three ways,
depending on the object&rsquo;s size:
<table>
<tr>
  <th width="20%">Type</th>
  <th width="80%" align="left">Description</th>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td align="center">Tiny</td>
  <td>When an object is small enough to be encoded in the heap ID, the object&rsquo;s data is embedded
      in the fractal heap ID itself. There are two sub-types for this type of object: normal and extended.
      The sub-type for tiny heap IDs depends on whether the heap ID is large enough to store objects
      greater than 16 bytes or not. If the heap ID length is 18 bytes or smaller, the &lsquo;normal&rsquo;
      tiny heap ID form is used. If the heap ID length is greater than 18 bytes in length, the
      &ldquo;extended&rdquo; form is used. See format description below for both sub-types.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td align="center">Huge</td>
  <td>When the size of an object is larger than <em>Maximum Size of Managed Objects</em> in the
      <em>Fractal Heap Header</em>, the object&rsquo;s data is stored on its own in the file and the object
      is tracked/indexed via a version 2 B-tree. All huge objects for a particular fractal heap use the same
      v2 B-tree. All huge objects for a particular fractal heap use the same format for their huge object IDs.
      <br />Depending on whether the IDs for a heap are large enough to hold the object&rsquo;s retrieval
      information and whether I/O pipeline filters are applied to the heap&rsquo;s objects, 4 sub-types are
      derived for huge object IDs for this heap:
      <table>
        <tr>
          <th align="left" width="35%">Sub-type</th>
          <th align="left">Description</th>
        </tr>
        <tr>
          <td align="left">Directly accessed, non-filtered</td>
          <td>The object&rsquo;s address and length are embedded in the fractal heap ID itself and the
              object is directly accessed from them. This allows the object to be accessed without resorting
              to the B-tree.</td>
        </tr>
        <tr>
          <td align="left">Directly accessed, filtered</td>
          <td>The filtered object&rsquo;s address, length, filter mask and de-filtered size are embedded
              in the fractal heap ID itself and the object is accessed directly with them. This allows the
              object to be accessed without resorting to the B-tree.</td>
        </tr>
        <tr>
          <td align="left">Indirectly accessed, non-filtered</td>
          <td>The object is located by using a B-tree key embedded in the fractal heap ID to retrieve the
              address and length from the version 2 B-tree for huge objects. Then, the address and length
              are used to access the object.</td>
        </tr>
        <tr>
          <td align="left">Indirectly accessed, filtered</td>
          <td>The object is located by using a B-tree key embedded in the fractal heap ID to retrieve the
              filtered object&rsquo;s address, length, filter mask and de-filtered size from the version
              2 B-tree for huge objects. Then, this information is used to access the object.</td>
        </tr>
        </table></td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td align="center">Managed</td>
  <td>When the size of an object does not meet the above two conditions, the object is stored and managed
      via the direct and indirect blocks based on the doubling table.</td>
</tr>
</table>

The specific format for each type of heap ID is described below:
<table>
<caption><strong>Layout: Fractal Heap ID for Tiny Objects (sub-type 1 - &lsquo;Normal&rsquo;)</strong></caption>
<tr>
  <th width="25%">byte</th>
  <th width="25%">byte</th>
  <th width="25%">byte</th>
  <th>byte</th>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Version, Type & Length</td>
  <td colspan="3" bgcolor="#DDDDDD"><em>This space inserted only to align table nicely</em></td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="4"><br />Data <em>(variable size)</em></td>
</tr>
</table>

<table>
<caption><strong>Fields: Fractal Heap ID for Tiny Objects (sub-type 1 - &lsquo;Normal&rsquo;)</strong></caption>
<tr>
  <th width="30%">Field Name</th>
  <th>Description</th>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Version, Type, and Length</td>
  <td>This is a bit field with the following definition:
      <table>
      <tr>
        <th width="20%" align="center">Bit</th>
        <th width="80%" align="left">Description</th>
      </tr>
      <tr>
        <td align="center"><code>6-7</code></td>
        <td>The current version of ID format. This document describes version 0.</td>
      </tr>
      <tr>
        <td align="center"><code>4-5</code></td>
        <td>The ID type. Tiny objects have a value of <code>2</code>.
        </td>
      </tr>
      <tr>
        <td align="center"><code>0-3</code></td>
        <td>The length of the tiny object. The value stored is one less than the actual length (since
            zero-length objects are not allowed to be stored in the heap). For example, an object of
            actual length 1 has an encoded length of 0, an object of actual length 2 has an encoded
            length of 1, and so on.</td>
      </tr>
      </table></td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Data</td>
  <td>This is the data for the object.</td>
</tr>
</table>

<table>
<caption><strong>Layout: Fractal Heap ID for Tiny Objects (sub-type 2 - &lsquo;Extended&rsquo;)</strong></caption>
<tr>
  <th width="25%">byte</th>
  <th width="25%">byte</th>
  <th width="25%">byte</th>
  <th>byte</th>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Version, Type, and Length</td>
  <td>Extended Length</td>
  <td colspan="2" bgcolor="#DDDDDD"><em>This space inserted only to align table nicely</em></td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="4">Data <em>(variable size)</em></td>
</tr>
</table>

<table>
<caption><strong>Fields: Fractal Heap ID for Tiny Objects (sub-type 2 - &lsquo;Extended&rsquo;)</strong></caption>
<tr>
  <th width="30%">Field Name</th>
  <th>Description</th>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Version, Type, and Length</td>
  <td>This is a bit field with the following definition:
      <table>
      <tr>
        <th width="20%" align="center">Bit</th>
        <th width="80%" align="left">Description</th>
      </tr>
      <tr>
        <td align="center"><code>6-7</code></td>
        <td>The current version of ID format. This document describes version 0.</td>
      </tr>
      <tr>
        <td align="center"><code>4-5</code></td>
        <td>The ID type. Tiny objects have a value of <code>2</code>.</td>
      </tr>
      <tr>
        <td align="center"><code>0-3</code></td>
        <td>These 4 bits, together with the next byte, form an unsigned 12-bit integer for holding the
            length of the object. These 4-bits are bits 8-11 of the 12-bit integer. See description
            for the <em>Extended Length</em> field below.</td>
      </tr>
      </table></td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Extended Length</td>
  <td>This byte, together with the 4 bits in the previous byte, forms an unsigned 12-bit integer for
      holding the length of the tiny object. These 8 bits are bits 0-7 of the 12-bit integer formed. The
      value stored is one less than the actual length (since zero-length objects are not allowed to be
      stored in the heap). For example, an object of actual length 1 has an encoded length of 0, an object of
      actual length 2 has an encoded length of 1, and so on.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Data</td>
  <td>This is the data for the object.</td>
</tr>
</table>

<table>
<caption><strong>Layout: Fractal Heap ID for Huge Objects (sub-type 1 & 2): indirectly accessed,
                 non-filtered/filtered</strong></caption>
<tr>
  <th width="25%">byte</th>
  <th width="25%">byte</th>
  <th width="25%">byte</th>
  <th>byte</th>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Version and Type</td>
  <td colspan="3" bgcolor="#DDDDDD"><em>This space inserted only to align table nicely</em></td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="4"><br />v2 B-tree Key<sup>L</sup><em> (variable size)</em><br /><br /></td>
</tr>
</table>
\li Items marked with an &lsquo;L&rsquo; in the above table are of the size specified in
    &ldquo;@ref FMT4SizeOfLengthsV0 "Size of Lengths"&rdquo; field in the superblock.

<table>
<caption><strong>Fields: Fractal Heap ID for Huge Objects (sub-type 1 & 2): indirectly accessed,
                 non-filtered/filtered</strong></caption>
<tr>
  <th width="30%">Field Name</th>
  <th>Description</th>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Version and Type</td>
  <td>This is a bit field with the following definition:
      <table>
      <tr>
        <th width="20%" align="center">Bit</th>
        <th width="80%" align="left">Description</th>
      </tr>
      <tr>
        <td align="center"><code>6-7</code></td>
        <td>The current version of ID format. This document describes version 0.</td>
      </tr>
      <tr>
        <td align="center"><code>4-5</code></td>
        <td>The ID type. Huge objects have a value of <code>1</code>.</td>
      </tr>
      <tr>
        <td align="center"><code>0-3</code></td>
        <td>Reserved.</td>
      </tr>
      </table></td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>v2 B-tree Key</td>
  <td>This field is the B-tree key for retrieving the information from the version 2 B-tree for huge
      objects needed to access the object. See the description of @ref subsubsec_fmt4_infra_btrees_v2
      records sub-type 1 & 2 for a description of the fields. New key values are derived from <em>Next
      Huge Object ID</em> in the <em>Fractal Heap Header</em>.</td>
</tr>
</table>

<table>
<caption><strong>Layout: Fractal Heap ID for Huge Objects (sub-type 3): directly accessed, non-filtered</strong></caption>
<tr>
  <th width="25%">byte</th>
  <th width="25%">byte</th>
  <th width="25%">byte</th>
  <th>byte</th>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Version and Type</td>
  <td colspan="3" bgcolor="#DDDDDD"><em>This space inserted only to align table nicely</em></td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="4"><br />Address <sup>O</sup><br /><br /></td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="4"><br />Length <sup>L</sup><br /><br /></td>
</tr>
</table>
\li Items marked with an &lsquo;O&rsquo; in the above table are of the size specified in
    &ldquo;@ref FMT4SizeOfOffsetsV0 "Size of Offsets"&rdquo; field in the superblock.
\li Items marked with an &lsquo;L&rsquo; in the above table are of the size specified in
    &ldquo;@ref FMT4SizeOfLengthsV0 "Size of Lengths"&rdquo; field in the superblock.

<table>
<caption><strong>Fields: Fractal Heap ID for Huge Objects (sub-type 3): directly accessed, non-filtered</strong></caption>
<tr>
  <th width="30%">Field Name</th>
  <th>Description</th>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Version and Type</td>
  <td>This is a bit field with the following definition:
      <table>
      <tr>
        <th width="20%" align="center">Bit</th>
        <th width="80%" align="left">Description</th>
      </tr>
      <tr>
        <td align="center"><code>6-7</code></td>
        <td>The current version of ID format. This document describes version 0.</td>
      </tr>
      <tr>
        <td align="center"><code>4-5</code></td>
        <td>The ID type. Huge objects have a value of <code>1</code>.</td>
      </tr>
      <tr>
        <td align="center"><code>0-3</code></td>
        <td>Reserved.</td>
      </tr>
      </table></td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Address</td>
  <td>This field is the address of the object in the file.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Length</td>
  <td>This field is the length of the object in the file.</td>
</tr>
</table>

<table>
<caption><strong>Layout: Fractal Heap ID for Huge Objects (sub-type 4): directly accessed, filtered</strong></caption>
<tr>
  <th width="25%">byte</th>
  <th width="25%">byte</th>
  <th width="25%">byte</th>
  <th>byte</th>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Version and Type</td>
  <td colspan="3" bgcolor="#DDDDDD"><em>This space inserted only to align table nicely</em></td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="4"><br />Address <sup>O</sup><br /><br /></td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="4"><br />Length <sup>L</sup><br /><br /></td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="4">Filter Mask</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="4"><br />De-filtered Size <sup>L</sup><br /><br /></td>
</tr>
</table>
\li Items marked with an &lsquo;O&rsquo; in the above table are of the size specified in
    &ldquo;@ref FMT4SizeOfOffsetsV0 "Size of Offsets"&rdquo; field in the superblock.
\li Items marked with an &lsquo;L&rsquo; in the above table are of the size specified in
    &ldquo;@ref FMT4SizeOfLengthsV0 "Size of Lengths"&rdquo; field in the superblock.

<table>
<caption><strong>Fields: Fractal Heap ID for Huge Objects (sub-type 4): directly accessed, filtered</strong></caption>
<tr>
  <th width="30%">Field Name</th>
  <th>Description</th>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Version and Type</td>
  <td>This is a bit field with the following definition:
      <table>
      <tr>
        <th width="20%" align="center">Bit</th>
        <th width="80%" align="left">Description</th>
      </tr>
      <tr>
        <td align="center"><code>6-7</code></td>
        <td>The current version of ID format. This document describes version 0.</td>
      </tr>
      <tr>
        <td align="center"><code>4-5</code></td>
        <td>The ID type. Huge objects have a value of <code>1</code>.</td>
      </tr>
      <tr>
        <td align="center"><code>0-3</code></td>
        <td>Reserved.</td>
      </tr>
      </table></td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Address</td>
  <td>This field is the address of the filtered object in the file.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Length</td>
  <td>This field is the length of the filtered object in the file.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Filter Mask</td>
  <td>This field is the I/O pipeline filter mask for the filtered object in the file.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Filtered Size</td>
  <td>This field is the size of the de-filtered object in the file.</td>
</tr>
</table>

<table>
<caption><strong>Layout: Fractal Heap ID for Managed Objects</strong></caption>
<tr>
  <th width="25%">byte</th>
  <th width="25%">byte</th>
  <th width="25%">byte</th>
  <th>byte</th>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Version and Type</td>
  <td colspan="3" bgcolor="#DDDDDD"><em>This space inserted only to align table nicely</em></td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="4">Offset <em>(variable size)</em></td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="4">Length <em>(variable size)</em></td>
</tr>
</table>

<table>
<caption><strong>Fields: Fractal Heap ID for Managed Objects</strong></caption>
<tr>
  <th width="30%">Field Name</th>
  <th>Description</th>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Version and Type</td>
  <td>This is a bit field with the following definition:
      <table>
      <tr>
        <th width="20%" align="center">Bit</th>
        <th width="80%" align="left">Description</th>
      </tr>
      <tr>
        <td align="center"><code>6-7</code></td>
        <td>The current version of ID format. This document describes version 0.</td>
      </tr>
      <tr>
        <td align="center"><code>4-5</code></td>
        <td>The ID type. Managed objects have a value of <code>0</code>.</td>
      </tr>
      <tr>
        <td align="center"><code>0-3</code></td>
        <td>Reserved.</td>
      </tr>
      </table></td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Offset</td>
  <td>This field is the offset of the object in the heap. This field&rsquo;s size is the minimum number of
      bytes necessary to encode the <em>Maximum Heap Size</em> value (from the <em>Fractal Heap Header</em>).
      For example, if the value of the <em>Maximum Heap Size</em> is less than 256 bytes, this field is 1
      byte in length, a <em>Maximum Heap Size</em> of 256-65535 bytes uses a 2 byte length, and so on.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Length</td>
  <td>This field is the length of the object in the heap. It is determined by taking the minimum value
      of <em>Maximum Direct Block Size</em> and <em>Maximum Size of Managed Objects</em> in the <em>Fractal
      Heap Header</em>. Again, the minimum number of bytes needed to encode that value is used for the size
      of this field.</td>
</tr>
</table>

\subsection subsec_fmt4_infra_freespaceindex III.H. Disk Format: Level 1H - Free-space Index
Free-space managers are used to describe space within a heap or the entire HDF5 file that is not currently
used for that heap or file.

The <em>free-space manager header</em> contains metadata information about the space being tracked, along
with the address of the list of <em>free space sections</em> which actually describes the free space. The
header records information about free-space sections being tracked, creation parameters for handling
free-space sections of a client, and section information used to locate the collection of free-space sections.

The <em>free-space section list</em> stores a collection of free-space sections that is specific to each
<em>client</em> of the free-space manager. For example, the fractal heap is a client of the free space
manager and uses it to track unused space within the heap. There are 4 types of section records for the
fractal heap, each of which has its own format, listed below.
<table>
<caption><strong>Layout: Free-space Manager Header</strong></caption>
<tr>
  <th width="25%">byte</th>
  <th width="25%">byte</th>
  <th width="25%">byte</th>
  <th>byte</th>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="4">Signature</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Version</td>
  <td>Client ID</td>
  <td colspan="2" bgcolor="#DDDDDD"><em>This space inserted only to align table nicely</em></td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="4"><br />Total Space Tracked<sup>L</sup><br /><br /></td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="4"><br />Total Number of Sections<sup>L</sup><br /><br /></td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="4"><br />Number of Serialized Sections<sup>L</sup><br /><br /></td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="4"><br />Number of Un-Serialized Sections<sup>L</sup><br /><br /></td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="2">Number of Section Classes</td>
  <td colspan="2" bgcolor="#DDDDDD"><em>This space inserted only to align table nicely</em></td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="2">Shrink Percent</td>
  <td colspan="2">Expand Percent</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="2">Size of Address Space</td>
  <td colspan="2" bgcolor="#DDDDDD"><em>This space inserted only to align table nicely</em></td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="4"><br />Maximum Section Size <sup>L</sup><br /><br /></td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="4"><br />Address of Serialized Section List<sup>O</sup><br /><br /></td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="4"><br />Size of Serialized Section List Used<sup>L</sup><br /><br /></td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="4"><br />Allocated Size of Serialized Section List<sup>L</sup><br /><br /></td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="4">Checksum</td>
</tr>
</table>
\li Items marked with an &lsquo;O&rsquo; in the above table are of the size specified in
    &ldquo;@ref FMT4SizeOfOffsetsV0 "Size of Offsets"&rdquo; field in the superblock.
\li Items marked with an &lsquo;L&rsquo; in the above table are of the size specified in
    &ldquo;@ref FMT4SizeOfLengthsV0 "Size of Lengths"&rdquo; field in the superblock.

<table>
<caption><strong>Fields: Free-space Manager Header</strong></caption>
<tr>
  <th width="35%">Field Name</th>
  <th>Description</th>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Signature</td>
  <td>The ASCII character string &ldquo;<code>FSHD</code>&rdquo; is used to indicate the beginning of the
      Free-space Manager Header. This gives file consistency checking utilities a better chance of
      reconstructing a damaged file.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Version</td>
  <td>This is the version number for the Free-space Manager Header and this document describes version 0.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Client ID</td>
  <td>This is the client ID for identifying the user of this free-space manager:
      <table>
      <tr>
        <th width="20%" align="center">ID</th>
        <th width="80%" align="left">Description</th>
      </tr>
      <tr>
        <td align="center"><code>0</code></td>
        <td>Fractal heap</td>
      </tr>
      <tr>
        <td align="center"><code>1</code></td>
        <td>File</td>
      </tr>
      <tr>
        <td align="center"><code>2+</code></td>
        <td>Reserved.</td>
      </tr>
      </table></td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Total Space Tracked</td>
  <td>This is the total amount of free space being tracked, in bytes.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Total Number of Sections</td>
  <td>This is the total number of free-space sections being tracked.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Number of Serialized Sections</td>
  <td>This is the number of serialized free-space sections being tracked.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Number of Un-Serialized Sections</td>
  <td>This is the number of un-serialized free-space sections being managed. Un-serialized sections are
      created by the free-space client when the list of sections is read in.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Number of Section Classes</td>
  <td>This is the number of section classes handled by this free space manager for the free-space client.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Shrink Percent</td>
  <td>This is the percent of current size to shrink the allocated serialized free-space section list.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Expand Percent</td>
  <td>This is the percent of current size to expand the allocated serialized free-space section list.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Size of Address Space</td>
  <td>This is the size of the address space that free-space sections are within. This is stored as the
      log<sub>2</sub> of the actual value (in other words, the number of bits required to store values
      within that address space).</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Maximum Section Size</td>
  <td>This is the maximum size of a section to be tracked.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Address of Serialized Section List</td>
  <td>This is the address where the serialized free-space section list is stored.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Size of Serialized Section List Used</td>
  <td>This is the size of the serialized free-space section list used (in bytes). This value must be
      less than or equal to the <em>allocated size of serialized section list</em>, below.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Allocated Size of Serialized Section List</td>
  <td>This is the size of serialized free-space section list actually allocated (in bytes).</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Checksum</td>
  <td>This is the checksum for the free-space manager header.</td>
</tr>
</table>

The free-space sections being managed are stored in a <em>free-space section list</em>, described below.
The sections in the free-space section list are stored in the following way: a count of the number of sections
describing a particular size of free space and the size of the free-space described (in bytes), followed
by a list of section description records; then another section count and size, followed by the list of
section descriptions for that size; and so on.

<table>
<caption><strong>Layout: Free-space Section List</strong></caption>
<tr>
  <th width="25%">byte</th>
  <th width="25%">byte</th>
  <th width="25%">byte</th>
  <th>byte</th>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="4">Signature</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Version</td>
  <td colspan="3" bgcolor="#DDDDDD"><em>This space inserted only to align table nicely</em></td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="4"><br />Free-space Manager Header Address<sup>O</sup><br /><br /></td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="4">Number of Section Records in Set \#0 <em>(variable size)</em></td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="4">Size of Free-space Section Described in Record Set \#0 <em>(variable size)</em></td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="4">Record Set \#0 Section Record \#0 Offset <em>(variable size)</em></td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="1">Record Set \#0 Section Record #0 Type</td>
  <td colspan="3" bgcolor="#DDDDDD"><em>This space inserted  only to align table nicely</em></td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="4">Record Set \#0 Section Record \#0 Data <em>(variable size)</em></td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="4">...</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="4">Record Set \#0 Section Record \#K-1 Offset <em>(variable size)</em></td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="1">Record Set \#0 Section Record \#K-1 Type</td>
  <td colspan="3" bgcolor="#DDDDDD"><em>This space inserted only to align table nicely</em></td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="4">Record Set \#0 Section Record \#K-1 Data <em>(variable size)</em></td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="4">Number of Section Records in Set \#1 <em>(variable size)</em></td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="4">Size of Free-space Section Described in Record Set \#1 <em>(variable size)</em></td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="4">Record Set \#1 Section Record \#0 Offset <em>(variable size)</em></td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="1">Record Set \#1 Section Record \#0 Type</td>
  <td colspan="3" bgcolor="#DDDDDD"><em>This space inserted only to align table nicely</em></td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="4">Record Set \#1 Section Record \#0 Data <em>(variable size)</em></td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="4">...</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="4">Record Set \#1 Section Record \#K-1 Offset <em>(variable size)</em></td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="1">Record Set \#1 Section Record \#K-1 Type</td>
  <td colspan="3" bgcolor="#DDDDDD"><em>This space inserted only to align table nicely</em></td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="4">Record Set \#1 Section Record \#K-1 Data <em>(variable size)</em></td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="4"><strong>...</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="4"><strong>...</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="4">Number of Section Records in Set \#N-1 <em>(variable size)</em></td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="4">Size of Free-space Section Described in Record Set \#N-1 <em>(variable size)</em></td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="4">Record Set \#N-1 Section Record \#0 Offset <em>(variable size)</em></td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="1">Record Set \#N-1 Section Record \#0 Type</td>
  <td colspan="3" bgcolor="#DDDDDD"><em>This space inserted only to align table nicely</em></td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="4">Record Set \#N-1 Section Record \#0 Data <em>(variable size)</em></td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="4">...</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="4">Record Set \#N-1 Section Record \#K-1 Offset <em>(variable size)</em></td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="1">Record Set \#N-1 Section Record \#K-1 Type</td>
  <td colspan="3" bgcolor="#DDDDDD"><em>This space inserted only to align table nicely</em></td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="4">Record Set \#N-1 Section Record \#K-1 Data <em>(variable size)</em></td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="4">Checksum</td>
</tr>
</table>
\li Items marked with an &lsquo;O&rsquo; in the above table are of the size specified in
    &ldquo;@ref FMT4SizeOfOffsetsV0 "Size of Offsets"&rdquo; field in the superblock.

<table>
<caption><strong>Fields: Free-space Section List</strong></caption>
<tr>
  <th width="35%">Field Name</th>
  <th>Description</th>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Signature</td>
  <td>The ASCII character string &ldquo;<code>FSSE</code>&rdquo; is used to indicate the beginning of the
      Free-space Section Information. This gives file consistency checking utilities a better chance of
      reconstructing a damaged file.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Version</td>
  <td>This is the version number for the Free-space Section List and this document describes version 0.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Free-space Manager Header Address</td>
  <td>This is the address of the <em>Free-space Manager Header</em>. This field is principally used for file
      integrity checking.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Number of Section Records for Set \#N</td>
  <td>This is the number of free-space section records for set \#N. The length of this field is the minimum
      number of bytes needed to store the <em>number of serialized sections</em> (from the <em>free-space
      manager header</em>).<br />
      The number of sets of free-space section records is determined by the <em>size of serialized section
      list</em> in the <em>free-space manager header</em>.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Section Size for Record Set \#N</td>
  <td>This is the size (in bytes) of the free-space section described for <em>all</em> the section records
      in set \#N.<br />
      The length of this field is the minimum number of bytes needed to store the <em>maximum section
      size</em> (from the <em>free-space manager header</em>).</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Record Set \#N Section \#K Offset</td>
  <td>This is the offset (in bytes) of the free-space section within the client for the free-space manager.
      <br />The length of this field is the minimum number of bytes needed to store the <em>size of address
      space</em> (from the <em>free-space manager header</em>).</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Record Set \#N Section \#K Type</td>
  <td>This is the type of the section record, used to decode the <em>record set \#N section \#K data</em>
      information. The defined record type for <em>file</em> client is:
      <table>
      <tr>
        <th width="20%" align="center">Type</th>
        <th width="80%" align="left">Description</th>
      </tr>
      <tr>
        <td align="center"><code>0</code></td>
        <td>File&rsquo;s section (a range of actual bytes in file)</td>
      </tr>
      <tr>
        <td align="center"><code>1+</code></td>
        <td>Reserved.</td>
      </tr>
      </table>
      <br />The defined record types for a <em>fractal heap</em> client are:
      <table>
      <tr>
        <th width="20%" align="center">Type</th>
        <th width="80%" align="left">Description</th>
      </tr>
      <tr>
        <td align="center"><code>0</code></td>
        <td>Fractal heap &ldquo;single&rdquo; section</td>
      </tr>
      <tr>
        <td align="center"><code>1</code></td>
        <td>Fractal heap &ldquo;first row&rdquo; section</td>
      </tr>
      <tr>
        <td align="center"><code>2</code></td>
        <td>Fractal heap &ldquo;normal row&rdquo; section</td>
      </tr>
      <tr>
        <td align="center"><code>3</code></td>
        <td>Fractal heap &ldquo;indirect&rdquo; section</td>
      </tr>
      <tr>
        <td align="center"><code>4+</code></td>
        <td>Reserved.</td>
      </tr>
      </table></td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Record Set \#N Section \#K Data</td>
  <td>This is the section-type specific information for each record in the record set, described below.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Checksum</td>
  <td>This is the checksum for the <em>Free-space Section List</em>.</td>
</tr>
</table>

The section-type specific data for each free-space section record is described below:
<table>
<caption><strong>Layout: File&rsquo;s Section Data Record</strong></caption>
<tr>
  <td colspan="4"><em>No additional record data stored</em></td>
</tr>
</table>
<br />
<table>
<caption><strong>Layout: Fractal Heap &ldquo;Single&rdquo; Section Data Record</strong></caption>
<tr>
  <td colspan="4"><em>No additional record data stored</em></td>
</tr>
</table>
<br />
<table>
<caption><strong>Layout: Fractal Heap &ldquo;First Row&rdquo; Section Data Record</strong></caption>
<tr>
  <td colspan="4"><em>Same format as &ldquo;indirect&rdquo; section data</em></td>
</tr>
</table>
<br />
<table>
<caption><strong>Layout: Fractal Heap &ldquo;Normal Row&rdquo; Section Data Record</strong></caption>
<tr>
  <td colspan="4"><em>No additional record data stored</em></td>
</tr>
</table>
<br />
<table>
<caption><strong>Layout: Fractal Heap &ldquo;Indirect&rdquo; Section Data Record</strong></caption>
<tr>
  <th width="25%">byte</th>
  <th width="25%">byte</th>
  <th width="25%">byte</th>
  <th>byte</th>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="4">Fractal Heap Indirect Block Offset <em>(variable size)</em></td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="2">Block Start Row</td>
  <td colspan="2">Block Start Column</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="2">Number of Blocks</td>
  <td colspan="2" bgcolor="#DDDDDD"><em>This space inserted only to align table nicely</em></td>
</tr>
</table>

<table>
<caption><strong>Fields: Fractal Heap &ldquo;Indirect&rdquo; Section Data Record</strong></caption>
<tr>
  <th width="30%">Field Name</th>
  <th>Description</th>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Fractal Heap Block Offset</td>
  <td>The offset of the indirect block in the fractal heap&rsquo;s address space containing the empty
      blocks.<br />
      The number of bytes used to encode this field is the minimum number of bytes needed to encode
      values for the <em>Maximum Heap Size</em> (in the fractal heap&rsquo;s header).</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Block Start Row</td>
  <td>This is the row that the empty blocks start in.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Block Start Column</td>
  <td>This is the column that the empty blocks start in.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Number of Blocks</td>
  <td>This is the number of empty blocks covered by the section.</td>
</tr>
</table>

\subsection subsec_fmt4_infra_sohm III.I. Disk Format: Level 1I - Shared Object Header Message Table
The <em>shared object header message table</em> is used to locate object header messages that are shared
between two or more object headers in the file. Shared object header messages are stored and indexed in
the file in one of two ways: indexed sequentially in a <em>shared header message list</em> or indexed
with a v2 B-tree. The shared messages themselves are either stored in a fractal heap (when two or more
objects share the message), or remain in an object&rsquo;s header (when only one object uses the message
currently, but the message can be shared in the future).

The <em>shared object header message table</em> contains a list of shared message index headers. Each
index header records information about the version of the index format, the index storage type, flags
for the message types indexed, the number of messages in the index, the address where the index resides,
and the fractal heap address if shared messages are stored there.

Each index can be either a list or a v2 B-tree and may transition between those two forms as the number
of messages in the index varies. Each shared message record contains information used to locate the
shared message from either a fractal heap or an object header. The types of messages that can be shared
are: <em>Dataspace, Datatype, Fill Value, Filter Pipeline and Attribute</em>.

The <em>shared object header message table</em> is pointed to from a
@ref subsubsec_fmt4_dataobject_hdr_msg_shared message in the superblock extension for a file. This
message stores the version of the table format, along with the number of index headers in the table.

<table>
<caption><strong>Layout: Shared Object Header Message Table</strong></caption>
<tr>
  <th width="25%">byte</th>
  <th width="25%">byte</th>
  <th width="25%">byte</th>
  <th>byte</th>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="4">Signature</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Version for index \#0</td>
  <td>Index Type for index #0</td>
  <td colspan="2">Message Type Flags for index \#0</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="4">Minimum Message Size for index \#0</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="2">List Cutoff for index \#0</td>
  <td colspan="2">v2 B-tree Cutoff for index \#0</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="2">Number of Messages for index \#0</td>
  <td colspan="2" bgcolor="#DDDDDD"><em>This space inserted only to align table nicely</em></td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="4"><br />Index Address<sup>O</sup> for index \#0<br /><br /></td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="4"><br />Fractal Heap Address<sup>O</sup> for index \#0<br /><br /></td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="4">...</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="4">...</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Version for index \#N-1</td>
  <td>Index Type for index \#N-1</td>
  <td colspan="2">Message Type Flags for index \#N-1</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="4">Minimum Message Size for index \#N-1</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="2">List Cutoff for index \#N-1</td>
  <td colspan="2">v2 B-tree Cutoff for index \#N-1</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="2">Number of Messages for index \#N-1</td>
  <td colspan="2" bgcolor="#DDDDDD"><em>This space inserted only to align table nicely</em></td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="4"><br />Index Address<sup>O</sup> for index \#N-1<br /><br /></td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="4"><br />Fractal Heap Address<sup>O</sup> for index \#N-1<br /><br /></td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="4">Checksum</td>
</tr>
</table>
\li Items marked with an &lsquo;O&rsquo; in the above table are of the size specified in
    &ldquo;@ref FMT4SizeOfOffsetsV0 "Size of Offsets"&rdquo; field in the superblock.

<table>
<caption><strong>Fields: Shared Object Header Message Table</strong></caption>
<tr>
  <th width="35%">Field Name</th>
  <th>Description</th>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Signature</td>
  <td>The ASCII character string &ldquo;<code>SMTB</code>&rdquo; is used to indicate the beginning of the
      Shared Object Header Message table. This gives file consistency checking utilities a better chance
      of reconstructing a damaged file.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Version for index \#N</td>
  <td>This is the version number for the list of shared object header message indexes and this document
      describes version 0.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Index Type for index \#N</td>
  <td>The type of index can be an unsorted list or a v2 B-tree.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Message Type Flags for index \#N</td>
  <td>This field indicates the type of messages tracked in the index, as follows:
      <table>
      <tr>
        <th width="20%" align="center">Bits</th>
        <th width="80%" align="left">Description</th>
      </tr>
      <tr>
        <td align="center"><code>0</code></td>
        <td>If set, the index tracks <em>Dataspace Messages</em>.</td>
      </tr>
      <tr>
        <td align="center"><code>1</code></td>
        <td>If set, the message tracks <em>Datatype Messages</em>.</td>
      </tr>
      <tr>
        <td align="center"><code>2</code></td>
        <td>If set, the message tracks <em>Fill Value Messages</em>.</td>
      </tr>
      <tr>
        <td align="center"><code>3</code></td>
        <td>If set, the message tracks <em>Filter Pipeline Messages</em>.</td>
      </tr>
      <tr>
        <td align="center"><code>4</code></td>
        <td>If set, the message tracks <em>Attribute Messages</em>.</td>
      </tr>
      <tr>
        <td align="center"><code>5-15</code></td>
        <td>Reserved (zero).</td>
      </tr>
      </table>
      An index can track more than one type of message, but each type of message can only by in one index.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Minimum Message Size for index \#N</td>
  <td>This is the message size sharing threshold for the index. If the encoded size of the message is
      less than this value, the message is not shared.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>List Cutoff for index \#N</td>
  <td>This is the cutoff value for the indexing of messages to switch from a list to a v2 B-tree. If the
      number of messages is greater than this value, the index should be a v2 B-tree.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>v2 B-tree Cutoff for index \#N</td>
  <td>This is the cutoff value for the indexing of messages to switch from a v2 B-tree back to a list.
      If the number of messages is less than this value, the index should be a list.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Number of Messages for index \#N</td>
  <td>The number of shared messages being tracked for the index.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Index Address for index \#N</td>
  <td>This field is the address of the list or v2 B-tree where the index nodes reside.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Fractal Heap Address for index \#N</td>
  <td>This field is the address of the fractal heap if shared messages are stored there.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Checksum</td>
  <td>This is the checksum for the table.</td>
</tr>
</table>

Shared messages are indexed either with a <em>shared message record list</em>, described below,
or using a v2 B-tree (using record type 7). The number of records in the <em>shared message record
list</em> is determined in the index&rsquo;s entry in the <em>shared object header message table</em>.
<table>
<caption><strong>Layout: Shared Message Record List</strong></caption>
<tr>
  <th width="25%">byte</th>
  <th width="25%">byte</th>
  <th width="25%">byte</th>
  <th>byte</th>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="4">Signature</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="4">Shared Message Record \#0</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="4">Shared Message Record \#1</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="4">...</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="4">Shared Message Record \#N-1</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="4">Checksum</td>
</tr>
</table>

<table>
<caption><strong>Fields: Shared Message Record List</strong></caption>
<tr>
  <th width="30%">Field Name</th>
  <th>Description</th>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Signature</td>
  <td>The ASCII character string &ldquo;<code>SMLI</code>&rdquo; is used to indicate the beginning of a
      list of index nodes. This gives file consistency checking utilities a better chance of
      reconstructing a damaged file.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Shared Message Record \#N</td>
  <td>The record for locating the shared message, either in the fractal heap for the index, or an object
      header (see format for <em>index nodes</em> below).</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Checksum</td>
  <td>This is the checksum for the list.</td>
</tr>
</table>

The record for each shared message in an index is stored in one of the following forms:
<table>
<caption><strong>Layout: Shared Message Record, for Messages Stored in a Fractal Heap</strong></caption>
<tr>
  <th width="25%">byte</th>
  <th width="25%">byte</th>
  <th width="25%">byte</th>
  <th>byte</th>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Message Location</td>
  <td colspan="3" bgcolor="#DDDDDD"><em>This space inserted only to align table nicely</em></td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="4">Hash Value</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="4">Reference Count</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="4"><br />Fractal Heap ID<br /><br /></td>
</tr>
</table>

<table>
<caption><strong>Fields: Shared Message Record, for Messages Stored in a Fractal Heap</strong></caption>
<tr>
  <th width="30%">Field Name</th>
  <th>Description</th>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Message Location</td>
  <td>This has a value of 0 indicating that the message is stored in the heap.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Hash Value</td>
  <td>This is the hash value for the message.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Reference Count</td>
  <td>This is the number of times the message is used in the file.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Fractal Heap ID</td>
  <td>This is an 8-byte fractal heap ID for the message as stored in the fractal heap for the index.</td>
</tr>
</table>

<table>
<caption><strong>Layout: Shared Message Record, for Messages Stored in an Object Header</strong></caption>
<tr>
  <th width="25%">byte</th>
  <th width="25%">byte</th>
  <th width="25%">byte</th>
  <th>byte</th>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Message Location</td>
  <td colspan="3" bgcolor="#DDDDDD"><em>This space inserted only to align table nicely</em></td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="4">Hash Value</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Reserved</td>
  <td>Message Type</td>
  <td colspan="2">Creation Index</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="4"><br />Object Header Address<sup>O</sup><br /><br /></td>
</tr>
</table>
\li Items marked with an &lsquo;O&rsquo; in the above table are of the size specified in
    &ldquo;@ref FMT4SizeOfOffsetsV0 "Size of Offsets"&rdquo; field in the superblock.

<table>
<caption><strong>Fields: Shared Message Record, for Messages Stored in an Object Header</strong></caption>
<tr>
  <th width="30%">Field Name</th>
  <th>Description</th>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Message Location</td>
  <td>This has a value of 1 indicating that the message is stored in an object header.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Hash Value</td>
  <td>This is the hash value for the message.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Message Type</td>
  <td>This is the message type in the object header.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Creation Index</td>
  <td>This is the creation index of the message within the object header.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Object Header Address</td>
  <td>This is the address of the object header where the message is located.</td>
</tr>
</table>

\section sec_fmt4_dataobject IV. Disk Format: Level 2 - Data Objects
Data objects contain the &ldquo;real&rdquo; user-visible information in the file. These objects compose
the scientific data and other information which are generally thought of as &ldquo;data&rdquo; by the
end-user. All the other information in the file is provided as a framework for storing and accessing
these data objects.

A data object is composed of header and data information. The header information contains the
information needed to interpret the data information for the object as well as additional &ldquo;metadata&rdquo;
or pointers to additional &ldquo;metadata&rdquo; used to describe or annotate each object.

\subsection subsec_fmt4_dataobject_hdr IV.A. Disk Format: Level 2A - Data Object Headers
The header information of an object is designed to encompass all the information about an object, except for
the data itself. This information includes the dataspace, datatype, information about how the data is stored
on disk (in external files, compressed, broken up in blocks, and so on), as well as other information used by the
library to speed up access to the data objects or maintain a file&rsquo;s integrity. Information stored by user
applications as attributes is also stored in the object&rsquo;s header. The header of each object is not necessarily
located immediately prior to the object&rsquo;s data in the file and in fact may be located in any position in the
file. The order of the messages in an object header is not significant.

Object headers are composed of a prefix and a set of messages. The prefix contains the information needed to
interpret the messages and a small amount of metadata about the object, and the messages contain the majority
of the metadata about the object.

\subsection subsec_fmt4_dataobject_hdr_prefix IV.A.1 Disk Format: Level 2A1 - Data Object Header Prefix

\subsubsection subsubsec_fmt4_dataobject_hdr_prefix_one IV.A.1.a Version 1 Data Object Header Prefix
Header messages are aligned on 8-byte boundaries for version 1 object headers.

<table>
<caption align="top"><strong>Layout: Version 1 Object Header</strong></caption>
<tr align="center">
  <th width="25%">byte</th>
  <th width="25%">byte</th>
  <th width="25%">byte</th>
  <th>byte</th>
</tr>
<tr align="center">
  <td width="25%">Version</td>
  <td width="25%">Reserved (zero)</td>
  <td colspan="2">Total Number of Header Messages</td>
</tr>
<tr align="center">
  <td colspan="4">Object Reference Count</td>
</tr>
<tr align="center">
  <td colspan="4">Object Header Size</td>
</tr>
<tr align="center">
  <td colspan="4">Reserved (zero)</td>
</tr>
<tr align="center">
  <td colspan="2">Header Message Type \#1</td>
  <td colspan="2">Size of Header Message Data \#1</td>
</tr>
<tr align="center">
  <td>Header Message \#1 Flags</td>
  <td colspan="3">Reserved (zero)</td>
</tr>
<tr align="center">
  <td colspan="4"><br />Header Message Data \#1<br /><br /></td>
</tr>
<tr align="center">
  <td colspan="4">.<br />.<br />.<br /></td>
</tr>
<tr align="center">
  <td colspan="2">Header Message Type \#n</td>
  <td colspan="2">Size of Header Message Data \#n</td>
</tr>
<tr align="center">
  <td>Header Message \#n Flags</td>
  <td colspan="3">Reserved (zero)</td>
</tr>
<tr align="center">
  <td colspan="4"><br />Header Message Data \#n<br /><br /></td>
</tr>
</table>

<table>
<caption align="top"><strong>Fields: Version 1 Object Header</strong></caption>
<tr>
  <th width="30%">Field Name</th>
  <th>Description</th>
</tr>
<tr valign=top>
  <td>Version</td>
  <td>This value is used to determine the format of the information in the object header. When the format of
      the object header is changed, the version number is incremented and can be used to determine how the
      information in the object header is formatted. This is version one (1) (there was no version zero (0))
      of the object header.</td>
</tr>
<tr valign=top>
  <td>Total Number of Header Messages</td>
  <td>This value determines the total number of messages listed in object headers for this object. This value
      includes the messages in continuation messages for this object.</td>
</tr>
<tr valign=top>
  <td>Object Reference Count</td>
  <td>This value specifies the number of &ldquo;hard links&rdquo; to this object within the current file.
      References to the object from external files, &ldquo;soft links&rdquo; in this file and object
      references in this file are not tracked.</td>
</tr>
<tr valign=top>
  <td>Object Header Size</td>
  <td>This value specifies the number of bytes of header message data following this length field that
      contain object header messages for this object header. This value does not include the size of object header
      continuation blocks for this object elsewhere in the file.</td>
</tr>
<tr valign=top>
  <td>Header Message \#n Type</td>
  <td>This value specifies the type of information included in the following header message data. The
      message types for header messages are defined in sections below.</td>
</tr>
<tr valign=top>
  <td>Size of Header Message \#n Data</td>
  <td>This value specifies the number of bytes of header message data following the header message type and
      length information for the current message. The size includes padding bytes to make the message a multiple
      of eight bytes.</td>
</tr>
<tr valign=top>
  <td>Header Message \#n Flags</td>
  <td>This is a bit field with the following definition:
      <table>
      <tr>
        <th width="20%">Bit</th>
        <th align="left">Description</th>
      </tr>
      <tr>
        <td align="center"><code>0</code></td>
        <td>If set, the message data is constant. This is used for messages like the datatype message of
            a dataset.</td>
      </tr>
      <tr>
        <td align="center"><code>1</code></td>
        <td>If set, the message is <em>shared</em> and stored in another location than the object header.
            The Header Message Data field contains a Shared Message (described in the @ref
            subsec_fmt4_dataobject_hdr_msg section below) and the Size of Header Message Data field contains
            the size of that Shared Message.</td>
      </tr>
      <tr>
        <td align="center"><code>2</code></td>
        <td>If set, the message should not be shared.</td>
      </tr>
      <tr>
        <td align="center"><code>3</code></td>
        <td>If set, the HDF5 decoder should fail to open this object if it does not understand the
            message&rsquo;s type and the file is open with permissions allowing write access to the file.
            (Normally, unknown messages can just be ignored by HDF5 decoders)</td>
      </tr>
      <tr>
        <td align="center"><code>4</code></td>
        <td>If set, the HDF5 decoder should set bit 5 of this message&rsquo;s flags (in other words, this
            bit field) if it does not understand the message&rsquo;s type and the object is modified in any
            way. (Normally, unknown messages can just be ignored by HDF5 decoders)</td>
      </tr>
      <tr>
        <td align="center"><code>5</code></td>
        <td>If set, this object was modified by software that did not understand this message. (Normally,
            unknown messages should just be ignored by HDF5 decoders) (Can be used to invalidate an index
            or a similar feature)</td>
      </tr>
      <tr>
        <td align="center"><code>6</code></td>
        <td>If set, this message is shareable.</td>
      </tr>
      <tr>
        <td align="center"><code>7</code></td>
        <td>If set, the HDF5 decoder should always fail to open this object if it does not understand the
            message&rsquo;s type (whether it is open for read-only or read-write access). (Normally, unknown
            messages can just be ignored by HDF5 decoders)</td>
      </tr>
      </table>
  </td>
</tr>
<tr valign=top>
  <td>Header Message \#n Data</td>
  <td>The format and length of this field is determined by the header message type and size respectively.
      Some header message types do not require any data and this information can be eliminated by setting the
      length of the message to zero. The data is padded with enough zeros to make the size a multiple of
      eight.</td>
</tr>
</table>

\subsubsection subsubsec_fmt4_dataobject_hdr_prefix_two IV.A.1.b Version 2 Data Object Header Prefix
Note that the &ldquo;total number of messages&rdquo; field has been dropped from the data object header
prefix in this version. The number of messages in the data object header is just determined by the
messages encountered in all the object header blocks.

Note also that the fields and messages in this version of data object headers have <em>no</em> alignment
or padding bytes inserted - they are stored packed together.

<table>
<caption align="top"><strong>Layout: Version 2 Object Header</strong></caption>
<tr align="center">
  <th width="25%">byte</th>
  <th width="25%">byte</th>
  <th width="25%">byte</th>
  <th>byte</th>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="4">Signature</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Version</td>
  <td>Flags</td>
  <td colspan="2" bgcolor="#DDDDDD"><em>This space inserted only to align table nicely</em></td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="4">Access time <em>(optional)</em></td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="4">Modification Time <em>(optional)</em></td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="4">Change Time <em>(optional)</em></td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="4">Birth Time <em>(optional)</em></td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="2">Maximum \# of compact attributes <em>(optional)</em></td>
  <td colspan="2">Minimum \# of dense attributes <em>(optional)</em></td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Size of Chunk \#0 <em>(variable size)</em></td>
  <td colspan="3" bgcolor="#DDDDDD"><em>This space inserted only to align table nicely</em></td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Header Message Type \#1</td>
  <td colspan="2">Size of Header Message Data \#1</td>
  <td>Header Message \#1 Flags</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="2">Header Message \#1 Creation Order <em>(optional)</em></td>
  <td colspan="2" bgcolor="#DDDDDD"><em>This space inserted only to align table nicely</em></td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="4"><br />Header Message Data \#1<br /><br /></td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="4">.<br />.<br />.<br /></td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Header Message Type \#n</td>
  <td colspan="2">Size of Header Message Data \#n</td>
  <td>Header Message \#n Flags</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="2">Header Message \#n Creation Order <em>(optional)</em></td>
  <td colspan="2" bgcolor="#DDDDDD"><em>This space inserted only to align table nicely</em></td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="4"><br />Header Message Data \#n<br /><br /></td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="4">Gap <em>(optional, variable size)</em></td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="4">Checksum</td>
</tr>
</table>

<table>
<caption align="top"><strong>Fields: Version 2 Object Header</strong></caption>
<tr>
  <th width="30%">Field Name</th>
  <th>Description</th>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Signature</td>
  <td>The ASCII character string &ldquo;<code>OHDR</code>&rdquo; is used to indicate the beginning of
      an object header. This gives file consistency checking utilities a better chance of reconstructing
      a damaged file.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Version</td>
  <td>This field has a value of 2 indicating version 2 of the object header.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Flags</td>
  <td>This field is a bit field indicating additional information about the object header.
      <table>
      <tr>
        <th width="20%" align="center">Bit(s)</th>
        <th width="80%" align="left">Description</th>
      </tr>
      <tr>
        <td align="center"><code>0-1</code></td>
        <td>This two bit field determines the size of the <em>Size of Chunk \#0</em> field. The values are:
            <table>
            <tr>
              <th width="20%" align="center">Value</th>
              <th width="80%" align="left">Description</th>
            </tr>
            <tr>
              <td align="center"><code>0</code></td>
              <td>The <em>Size of Chunk \#0</em> field is 1 byte.</td>
            </tr>
            <tr>
              <td align="center"><code>1</code></td>
              <td>The <em>Size of Chunk \#0</em> field is 2 bytes.</td>
            </tr>
            <tr>
              <td align="center"><code>2</code></td>
              <td>The <em>Size of Chunk \#0</em> field is 4 bytes.</td>
            </tr>
            <tr>
              <td align="center"><code>3</code></td>
              <td>The <em>Size of Chunk \#0</em> field is 8 bytes.</td>
            </tr>
            </table></td>
      </tr>
      <tr>
        <td align="center"><code>2</code></td>
        <td>If set, attribute creation order is tracked.</td>
      </tr>
      <tr>
        <td align="center"><code>3</code></td>
        <td>If set, attribute creation order is indexed.</td>
      </tr>
      <tr>
        <td align="center"><code>4</code></td>
        <td>If set, non-default attribute storage phase change values are stored.</td>
      </tr>
      <tr>
        <td align="center"><code>5</code></td>
        <td>If set, access, modification, change and birth times are stored.</td>
      </tr>
      <tr>
        <td align="center"><code>6-7</code></td>
        <td>Reserved</td>
      </tr>
      </table></td>
    </tr>
    <tr>
      <td>Access Time</td>
      <td>This 32-bit value represents the number of seconds after the UNIX epoch when the object&rsquo;s
          raw data was last accessed (in other words, read or written). This field is present if bit 5 of
          <em>flags</em> is set.</td>
    </tr>
    <tr>
      <td>Modification Time</td>
      <td>This 32-bit value represents the number of seconds after the UNIX epoch when the object&rsquo;s
          raw data was last modified (in other words, written). This field is present if bit 5 of
          <em>flags</em> is set.</td>
    </tr>
    <tr>
      <td>Change Time</td>
      <td>This 32-bit value represents the number of seconds after the UNIX epoch when the object&rsquo;s
          metadata was last changed. This field is present if bit 5 of <em>flags</em> is set.</td>
    </tr>
    <tr>
      <td>Birth Time</td>
      <td>This 32-bit value represents the number of seconds after the UNIX epoch when the object was
          created. This field is present if bit 5 of <em>flags</em> is set.</td>
    </tr>
    <tr>
      <td>Maximum \# of compact attributes</td>
      <td>This is the maximum number of attributes to store in the compact format before switching to the
          indexed format. This field is present if bit 4 of <em>flags</em> is set.</td>
    </tr>
    <tr>
      <td>Minimum \# of dense attributes</td>
      <td>This is the minimum number of attributes to store in the indexed format before switching to the
          compact format. This field is present if bit 4 of <em>flags</em> is set.</td>
    </tr>
    <tr>
      <td>Size of Chunk \#0</td>
      <td>This unsigned value specifies the number of bytes of header message data following this field
          that contain object header information. This value does not include the size of object header
          continuation blocks for this object elsewhere in the file. The length of this field varies
          depending on bits 0 and 1 of the <em>flags</em> field.</td>
    </tr>
    <tr>
      <td>Header Message \#n Type</td>
      <td>Same format as version 1 of the object header, described above.</td>
    </tr>
    <tr>
      <td>Size of Header Message \#n Data</td>
      <td>This value specifies the number of bytes of header message data following the header message
          type and length information for the current message. The size of messages in this version does
          <em>not</em> include any padding bytes.</td>
    </tr>
    <tr>
      <td>Header Message \#n Flags</td>
      <td>Same format as version 1 of the object header, described above.</td>
    </tr>
    <tr>
      <td>Header Message \#n Creation Order</td>
      <td>This field stores the order that a message of a given type was created in.<br />
          This field is present if bit 2 of <em>flags</em> is set.</td>
    </tr>
    <tr>
      <td>Header Message \#n Data</td>
      <td>Same format as version 1 of the object header, described above.</td>
    </tr>
    <tr>
      <td>Gap</td>
      <td>A gap in an object header chunk is inferred by the end of the messages for the chunk before the
          beginning of the chunk&rsquo;s checksum. Gaps are always smaller than the size of an object header
          message prefix (message type + message size + message flags).<br />
          Gaps are formed when a message (typically an attribute message) in an earlier chunk is deleted
          and a message from a later chunk that does not quite fit into the free space is moved into the
          earlier chunk.</td>
    </tr>
    <tr>
      <td>Checksum</td>
      <td>This is the checksum for the object header chunk.</td>
    </tr>
</table>

The header message types and the message data associated with them compose the critical "meta-data" about
each object. Some header messages are required for each object while others are optional. Some optional
header messages may also be repeated several times in the header itself, the requirements and number of
times allowed in the header will be noted in each header message description below.

\subsection subsec_fmt4_dataobject_hdr_msg IV.A.2 Disk Format: Level 2A2 - Data Object Header Messages
Data object header messages are small pieces of metadata that are stored in the data object header for
each object in an HDF5 file. Data object header messages provide the metadata required to describe an
object and its contents, as well as optional pieces of metadata that annotate the meaning or purpose of
the object.

Data object header messages are either stored directly in the data object header for the object or are
shared between multiple objects in the file. When a message is shared, a flag in the <em>Message Flags</em>
indicates that the actual <em>Message Data</em> portion of that message is stored in another location
(such as another data object header, or a heap in the file) and the <em>Message Data</em> field
contains the information needed to locate the actual information for the message.

The format of shared message data is described here:
<table>
<caption><strong>Layout: Shared Message (Version 1)</strong></caption>
<tr>
  <th width="25%">byte</th>
  <th width="25%">byte</th>
  <th width="25%">byte</th>
  <th>byte</th>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Version</td>
  <td>Type</td>
  <td colspan="2">Reserved (zero)</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="4">Reserved (zero)</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="4"><br />Address<sup>O</sup><br /><br /></td>
</tr>
</table>
\li Items marked with an &lsquo;O&rsquo; in the above table are of the size specified in
    &ldquo;@ref FMT4SizeOfOffsetsV0 "Size of Offsets"&rdquo; field in the superblock.

<table>
<caption><strong>Fields: Shared Message (Version 1)</strong></caption>
<tr>
  <th width="30%">Field Name</th>
  <th>Description</th>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Version</td>
  <td>The version number is used when there are changes in the format of a shared object message and is
      described here:
      <table>
      <tr>
        <th width="20%" align="center">Version</th>
        <th width="80%" align="left">Description</th>
      </tr>
      <tr>
        <td align="center"><code>0</code></td>
        <td>Never used.</td>
      </tr>
      <tr>
        <td align="center"><code>1</code></td>
        <td>Used by the library before version 1.6.1.</td>
      </tr>
      </table></td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Type</td>
  <td>The type of shared message location:
      <table>
      <tr>
        <th width="20%" align="center">Value</th>
        <th width="80%" align="left">Description</th>
      </tr>
      <tr>
        <td align="center"><code>0</code></td>
        <td>Message stored in another object&rsquo;s header (a <em>committed</em> message).</td>
      </tr>
      </table></td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Address</td>
  <td>The address of the object header containing the message to be shared.</td>
</tr>
</table>

<table>
<caption><strong>Layout: Shared Message (Version 2)</strong></caption>
<tr>
  <th width="25%">byte</th>
  <th width="25%">byte</th>
  <th width="25%">byte</th>
  <th>byte</th>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Version</td>
  <td>Type</td>
  <td colspan="2" bgcolor="#DDDDDD"><em>This space inserted only to align table nicely</em></td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="4"><br />Address<sup>O</sup><br /><br /></td>
</tr>
</table>
\li Items marked with an &lsquo;O&rsquo; in the above table are of the size specified in
    &ldquo;@ref FMT4SizeOfOffsetsV0 "Size of Offsets"&rdquo; field in the superblock.

<table>
<caption><strong>Fields: Shared Message (Version 2)</strong></caption>
<tr>
  <th width="30%">Field Name</th>
  <th>Description</th>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Version</td>
  <td>The version number is used when there are changes in the format of a shared object message and is
      described here:
      <table>
      <tr>
        <th width="20%" align="center">Version</th>
        <th width="80%" align="left">Description</th>
      </tr>
      <tr>
        <td align="center"><code>2</code></td>
        <td>Used by the library of version 1.6.1 and after.</td>
      </tr>
      </table></td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Type</td>
  <td>The type of shared message location:
      <table>
      <tr>
        <th width="20%" align="center">Value</th>
        <th width="80%" align="left">Description</th>
      </tr>
      <tr>
        <td align="center"><code>0</code></td>
        <td>Message stored in another object&rsquo;s header (a <em>committed</em> message).</td>
      </tr>
      </table></td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Address</td>
  <td>The address of the object header containing the message to be shared.</td>
</tr>
</table>

<table>
<caption><strong>Layout: Shared Message (Version 3)</strong></caption>
<tr>
  <th width="25%">byte</th>
  <th width="25%">byte</th>
  <th width="25%">byte</th>
  <th>byte</th>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Version</td>
  <td>Type</td>
  <td colspan="2" bgcolor="#DDDDDD"><em>This space inserted only to align table nicely</em></td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="4">Location <em>(variable size)</em></td>
</tr>
</table>

<table>
<caption><strong>Fields: Shared Message (Version 3)</strong></caption>
<tr>
  <th width="30%">Field Name</th>
  <th>Description</th>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Version</td>
  <td>The version number indicates changes in the format of shared object message and is described here:
      <table>
      <tr>
        <th width="20%" align="center">Version</th>
        <th width="80%" align="left">Description</th>
      </tr>
      <tr>
        <td align="center"><code>3</code></td>
        <td>Used by the library of version 1.8 and after. In this version, the <em>Type</em> field can
            indicate that the message is stored in the fractal heap.</td>
      </tr>
      </table></td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Type</td>
  <td>The type of shared message location:
      <table>
      <tr>
        <th width="20%" align="center">Value</th>
        <th width="80%" align="left">Description</th>
      </tr>
      <tr>
        <td align="center"><code>0</code></td>
        <td>Message is not shared and is not shareable.</td>
      </tr>
      <tr>
        <td align="center"><code>1</code></td>
        <td>Message stored in file&rsquo;s <em>shared object header message</em> heap
            (a <em>shared</em> message).</td>
      </tr>
      <tr>
        <td align="center"><code>2</code></td>
        <td>Message stored in another object&rsquo;s header (a <em>committed</em> message).</td>
      </tr>
      <tr>
        <td align="center"><code>3</code></td>
        <td>Message stored is not shared, but is shareable.</td>
      </tr>
      </table></td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Location</td>
  <td>This field contains either a <em>@ref FMT4SizeOfOffsetsV0 "Size of Offsets"</em>-bytes address of the object header
      containing the message to be shared, or an 8-byte fractal heap ID for the message in the
      file&rsquo;s <em>shared object header message</em> heap.</td>
</tr>
</table>

The following is a list of currently defined header messages:

\subsubsection subsubsec_fmt4_dataobject_hdr_msg_nil IV.A.2.a. The NIL Message
<table>
<tr>
  <td colspan="2"><b>Header Message Name:</b> NIL</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="2"><b>Header Message Type:</b> 0x0000</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="2"><b>Length:</b> Varies</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="2"><b>Status:</b> Optional; may be repeated.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td><b>Description:</b></td>
  <td>The NIL message is used to indicate a message which is to be ignored when reading the header messages
      for a data object. [Possibly one which has been deleted for some reason.]</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="2"><b>Format of Data:</b> Unspecified</td>
</tr>
</table>

\subsubsection subsubsec_fmt4_dataobject_hdr_msg_simple IV.A.2.b. The Dataspace Message
<table>
<tr>
  <td colspan="2"><b>Header Message Name:</b> Dataspace</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="2"><b>Header Message Type:</b> 0x0001</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="2"><b>Length:</b> Varies according to the number of dimensions, as described in the following
                  table.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="2"><b>Status:</b> Required for dataset objects; may not be repeated.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td><b>Description:</b></td>
  <td>The dataspace message describes the number of dimensions (in other words, &ldquo;rank&rdquo;) and size
      of each dimension that the data object has. This message is only used for datasets which have a
      simple, rectilinear, array-like layout; datasets requiring a more complex layout are not yet supported.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="2"><b>Format of Data:</b> See the tables below.</td>
</tr>
</table>

<table>
<caption align="top"><strong>Layout: Dataspace Message - Version 1</strong></caption>
<tr align="center">
  <th width="25%">byte</th>
  <th width="25%">byte</th>
  <th width="25%">byte</th>
  <th>byte</th>
</tr>
<tr align="center">
  <td>Version</td>
  <td>Dimensionality</td>
  <td>Flags</td>
  <td>Reserved</td>
</tr>
<tr align="center">
  <td colspan="4">Reserved</td>
</tr>
<tr align="center">
  <td colspan="4">Dimension \#1 Size<sup>L</sup><br /><br /></td>
</tr>
<tr align="center">
  <td colspan="4">.<br />.<br />.<br /></td>
</tr>
<tr align="center">
  <td colspan="4"><br />Dimension \#n Size<sup>L</sup><br /><br /></td>
</tr>
<tr align="center">
  <td colspan="4"><br />Dimension \#1 Maximum Size<sup>L</sup><br /><br /></td>
</tr>
<tr align="center">
  <td colspan="4">.<br />.<br />.<br /></td>
</tr>
<tr align="center">
  <td colspan="4"><br />Dimension \#n Maximum Size<sup>L</sup><br /><br /></td>
</tr>
<tr align="center">
  <td colspan="4"><br />Permutation Index \#1<sup>L</sup><br /><br /></td>
</tr>
<tr align="center">
  <td colspan="4">.<br />.<br />.<br /></td>
</tr>
<tr align="center">
  <td colspan="4"><br />Permutation Index \#n<sup>L</sup><br /><br /></td>
</tr>
</table>
\li Items marked with an &lsquo;L&rsquo; in the above table are of the size specified in
    &ldquo;@ref FMT4SizeOfLengthsV0 "Size of Lengths"&rdquo; field in the superblock.

<table>
<caption align="top"><strong>Fields: Dataspace Message - Version 1</strong></caption>
<tr>
  <th width="30%">Field Name</th>
  <th>Description</th>
</tr>
<tr valign=top>
  <td>Version </td>
  <td>This value is used to determine the format of the Dataspace Message. When the format of the
      information in the message is changed, the version number is incremented and can be used to determine
      how the information in the object header is formatted. This document describes version one (1) (there
      was no version zero (0)).</td>
</tr>
<tr valign=top>
  <td>Dimensionality</td>
  <td>This value is the number of dimensions that the data object has.</td>
</tr>
<tr valign=top>
  <td>Flags</td>
  <td>This field is used to store flags to indicate the presence of parts of this message. Bit 0 (the least
      significant bit) is used to indicate that maximum dimensions are present. Bit 1 is used to indicate
      that permutation indices are present.</td>
</tr>
<tr valign=top>
  <td>Dimension \#n Size</td>
  <td>This value is the current size of the dimension of the data as stored in the file. The first dimension
      stored in the list of dimensions is the slowest changing dimension and the last dimension stored is the
      fastest changing dimension.</td>
</tr>
<tr valign=top>
  <td>Dimension \#n Maximum Size</td>
  <td>This value is the maximum size of the dimension of the data as stored in the file.  This value may be
      the special &ldquo;@ref FMT4UnlimitedDim "unlimited size"&rdquo; which indicates that the data
      may expand along this dimension indefinitely. If these values are not stored, the maximum size of each
      dimension is assumed to be the dimension&rsquo;s current size.</td>
</tr>
<tr valign=top>
  <td>Permutation Index \#n</td>
  <td>This value is the index permutation used to map each dimension from the canonical representation to an
    alternate axis for each dimension. If these values are not stored, the first dimension stored in the list
    of dimensions is the slowest changing dimension and the last dimension stored is the fastest changing
    dimension.</td>
</tr>
</table>

Version 2 of the dataspace message dropped the optional permutation index value support, as it was never
implemented in the HDF5 Library:
<table>
<caption align="top"><strong>Layout: Dataspace Message - Version 2</strong></caption>
<tr align="center">
  <th width="25%">byte</th>
  <th width="25%">byte</th>
  <th width="25%">byte</th>
  <th>byte</th>
</tr>
<tr align="center">
  <td>Version</td>
  <td>Dimensionality</td>
  <td>Flags</td>
  <td>Type</td>
</tr>
<tr align="center">
  <td colspan="4">Dimension \#1 Size<sup>L</sup><br /><br /></td>
</tr>
<tr align="center">
  <td colspan="4">.<br />.<br />.<br /></td>
</tr>
<tr align="center">
  <td colspan="4"><br />Dimension \#n Size<sup>L</sup><br /><br /></td>
</tr>
<tr align="center">
  <td colspan="4"><br />Dimension \#1 Maximum Size<sup>L</sup><br /><br /></td>
</tr>
<tr align="center">
  <td colspan="4">.<br />.<br />.<br /></td>
</tr>
<tr align="center">
  <td colspan="4"><br />Dimension \#n Maximum Size<sup>L</sup><br /><br /></td>
</tr>
</table>
\li Items marked with an &lsquo;L&rsquo; in the above table are of the size specified in
    &ldquo;@ref FMT4SizeOfLengthsV0 "Size of Lengths"&rdquo; field in the superblock.

<table>
<caption align="top"><strong>Fields: Dataspace Message - Version 2</strong></caption>
<tr>
  <th width="30%">Field Name</th>
  <th>Description</th>
</tr>
<tr valign=top>
  <td>Version </td>
  <td>This value is used to determine the format of the Dataspace Message. This field should be &lsquo;2&rsquo;
      for version 2 format messages.</td>
</tr>
<tr valign=top>
  <td>Dimensionality</td>
  <td>This value is the number of dimensions that the data object has.</td>
</tr>
<tr valign=top>
  <td>Flags</td>
  <td>This field is used to store flags to indicate the presence of parts of this message. Bit 0 (the least
      significant bit) is used to indicate that maximum dimensions are present.</td>
</tr>
<tr valign=top>
  <td>Type</td>
  <td>indicates the type of the dataspace:
      <table>
      <tr>
        <th width="20%" align="center">Value</th>
        <th width="80%" align="left">Description</th>
      </tr>
      <tr>
        <td align="center"><code>0</code></td>
        <td>A <em>scalar</em> dataspace; in other words, a dataspace with a single, dimensionless element.</td>
      </tr>
      <tr>
        <td align="center"><code>1</code></td>
        <td>A <em>simple</em> dataspace; in other words, a dataspace with a rank &gt; 0 and an appropriate number
            of dimensions.</td>
      </tr>
      <tr>
        <td align="center"><code>2</code></td>
        <td>A <em>null</em> dataspace; in other words, a dataspace with no elements.</td>
      </tr>
      </table></td>
</tr>
<tr valign=top>
  <td>Dimension \#n Size</td>
  <td>This value is the current size of the dimension of the data as stored in the file. The first dimension
      stored in the list of dimensions is the slowest changing dimension and the last dimension stored is the
      fastest changing dimension.</td>
</tr>
<tr valign=top>
  <td>Dimension \#n Maximum Size</td>
  <td>This value is the maximum size of the dimension of the data as stored in the file.  This value may be
      the special &ldquo;@ref FMT4UnlimitedDim "unlimited size"&rdquo; which indicates that the data
      may expand along this dimension indefinitely. If these values are not stored, the maximum size of each
      dimension is assumed to be the dimension&rsquo;s current size.</td>
</tr>
</table>

\subsubsection subsubsec_fmt4_dataobject_hdr_msg_linkinfo IV.A.2.c. The Link Info Message
<table>
<tr>
  <td colspan="2"><b>Header Message Name:</b> Link Info</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="2"><b>Header Message Type:</b> 0x002</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="2"><b>Length:</b> Varies</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="2"><b>Status:</b> Optional; may not be repeated.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td><b>Description:</b></td>
  <td>The link info message tracks variable information about the current state of the links for a
      &ldquo;new style&rdquo; group&rsquo;s behavior. Variable information will be stored in this
      message and constant information will be stored in the @ref
      subsubsec_fmt4_dataobject_hdr_msg_groupinfo message.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="2"><b>Format of Data:</b> See the tables below.</td>
</tr>
</table>

<table>
<caption><strong>Layout: Link Info</strong></caption>
<tr>
  <th width="25%">byte</th>
  <th width="25%">byte</th>
  <th width="25%">byte</th>
  <th>byte</th>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Version</td>
  <td>Flags</td>
  <td colspan="2" bgcolor="#DDDDDD"><em>This space inserted only to align table nicely</em></td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="4"><br />Maximum Creation Index <em>(8 bytes, optional)</em><br /><br /></td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="4"><br />Fractal Heap Address<sup>O</sup><br /><br /></td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="4"><br />Address of v2 B-tree for Name Index<sup>O</sup><br /><br /></td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="4"><br />Address of v2 B-tree for Creation Order Index<sup>O</sup> <em>(optional)</em><br /><br /></td>
</tr>
</table>
\li Items marked with an &lsquo;O&rsquo; in the above table are of the size specified in
    &ldquo;@ref FMT4SizeOfOffsetsV0 "Size of Offsets"&rdquo; field in the superblock.

<table>
<caption><strong>Fields: Link Info</strong></caption>
<tr>
  <th width="30%">Field Name</th>
  <th>Description</th>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Version</td>
  <td>The version number for this message. This document describes version 0.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Flags</td>
  <td>This field determines various optional aspects of the link info message:
      <table>
      <tr>
        <th width="20%" align="center">Bit</th>
        <th width="80%" align="left">Description</th>
      </tr>
      <tr>
        <td align="center"><code>0</code></td>
        <td>If set, creation order for the links is tracked.</td>
      </tr>
      <tr>
        <td align="center"><code>1</code></td>
        <td>If set, creation order for the links is indexed.</td>
      </tr>
      <tr>
        <td align="center"><code>2-7</code></td>
        <td>Reserved</td>
      </tr>
      </table></td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Maximum Creation Index</td>
  <td>This 64-bit value is the maximum creation order index value stored for a link in this group.<br />
      This field is present if bit 0 of <em>flags</em> is set.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Fractal Heap Address</td>
  <td>This is the address of the fractal heap to store dense links. Each link stored in the fractal heap
      is stored as a @ref subsubsec_fmt4_dataobject_hdr_msg_link.<br />
      If there are no links in the group, or the group&rsquo;s links are stored &ldquo;compactly&rdquo;
      (as object header messages), this value will be the @ref FMT4UndefinedAddress "undefined address".</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Address of v2 B-tree for Name Index</td>
  <td>This is the address of the version 2 B-tree to index names of links.<br />
      If there are no links in the group, or the group&rsquo;s links are stored &ldquo;compactly&rdquo;
      (as object header messages), this value will be the @ref FMT4UndefinedAddress "undefined address".</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Address of v2 B-tree for Creation Order Index</td>
  <td>This is the address of the version 2 B-tree to index creation order of links.<br />
      If there are no links in the group, or the group&rsquo;s links are stored &ldquo;compactly&rdquo;
      (as object header messages), this value will be the @ref FMT4UndefinedAddress "undefined address".<br />
      This field exists if bit 1 of <em>flags</em> is set.</td>
</tr>
</table>

\subsubsection subsubsec_fmt4_dataobject_hdr_msg_dtmessage IV.A.2.d. The Datatype Message
<table>
<tr>
  <td colspan="2"><b>Header Message Name:</b> Datatype</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="2"><b>Header Message Type:</b> 0x0003</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="2"><b>Length:</b> Variable</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="2"><b>Status:</b> Required for dataset or committed datatype (formerly named datatype)
      objects; may not be repeated.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td><b>Description:</b></td>
  <td>The datatype message defines the datatype for each element of a dataset or a common datatype for
      sharing between multiple datasets. A datatype can describe an atomic type like a fixed- or
      floating-point type or more complex types like a C struct (compound datatype), array (array datatype)
      or C++ vector (variable-length datatype).<br />
      Datatype messages that are part of a dataset object do not describe how elements are related to one
      another; the dataspace message is used for that purpose. Datatype messages that are part of a committed
      datatype (formerly named datatype) message describe a common datatype that can be shared by multiple
      datasets in the file.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="2"><b>Format of Data:</b> See the tables below.</td>
</tr>
</table>

<table>
<caption align="top"><strong>Layout: Datatype Message</strong></caption>
<tr align="center">
  <th width="25%">byte</th>
  <th width="25%">byte</th>
  <th width="25%">byte</th>
  <th>byte</th>
</tr>
<tr align="center">
  <td>Class and Version</td>
  <td>Class Bit Field, Bits 0-7</td>
  <td>Class Bit Field, Bits 8-15</td>
  <td>Class Bit Field, Bits 16-23</td>
</tr>
<tr align="center">
  <td colspan="4">Size</td>
</tr>
<tr align="center">
  <td colspan="4"><br /><br />Properties<br /><br> /<br /></td>
</tr>
</table>

<table>
<caption align="top"><strong>Fields: Datatype Message</strong></caption>
<tr>
  <th width="30%">Field Name</th>
  <th>Description</th>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Class and Version</td>
  <td>The version of the datatype message and the datatype&rsquo;s class information are packed together in
      this field. The version number is packed in the top 4 bits of the field and the class is contained
      in the bottom 4 bits.<br />
      The version number information is used for changes in the format of the datatype message and is
      described here:
      <table>
      <tr>
        <th width="20%">Version</th>
        <th align="left">Description</th>
      </tr>
      <tr>
        <td align="center"><code>0</code></td>
        <td>Never used</td>
      </tr>
      <tr>
        <td align="center"><code>1</code></td>
        <td>Used by early versions of the library to encode compound datatypes with explicit array fields.
            See the compound datatype description below for further details.</td>
      </tr>
      <tr>
        <td align="center"><code>2</code></td>
        <td>Used when an array datatype needs to be encoded.</td>
      </tr>
      <tr>
        <td align="center"><code>3</code></td>
        <td>Used when a VAX byte-ordered type needs to be encoded. Packs various other datatype classes more
            efficiently also.</td>
      </tr>
      <tr>
        <td align="center"><code>4</code></td>
        <td>Used to encode the revised reference datatype.</td>
      </tr>
      <tr>
        <td align="center"><code>5</code></td>
        <td>Used when a complex number datatype needs to be encoded.</td>
      </tr>
      </table><br />
      The class of the datatype determines the format for the class bit field and properties portion of the
      datatype message, which are described below. The following classes are currently defined:
      <table width=100%>
      <tr>
        <th width="20%">Value</th>
        <th align="left">Description</th>
      </tr>
      <tr>
        <td align="center"><code>0</code></td>
        <td>\ref FMT4ClassFixedPoint "Fixed-Point"</td>
      </tr>
      <tr>
        <td align="center"><code>1</code></td>
        <td>\ref FMT4ClassFloatingPoint "Floating-Point"</td>
      </tr>
      <tr>
        <td align="center"><code>2</code></td>
        <td>\ref FMT4ClassTime "Time"</td>
      </tr>
      <tr>
        <td align="center"><code>3</code></td>
        <td>\ref FMT4ClassString "String"</td>
      </tr>
      <tr>
        <td align="center"><code>4</code></td>
        <td>\ref FMT4ClassBitField "Bit field"</td>
      </tr>
      <tr>
        <td align="center"><code>5</code></td>
        <td>\ref FMT4ClassOpaque "Opaque"</td>
      </tr>
      <tr>
        <td align="center"><code>6</code></td>
        <td>\ref FMT4ClassCompound "Compound"</td>
      </tr>
      <tr>
        <td align="center"><code>7</code></td>
        <td>\ref FMT4ClassReference "Reference"</td>
      </tr>
      <tr>
        <td align="center"><code>8</code></td>
        <td>\ref FMT4ClassEnum "Enumerated"</td>
      </tr>
      <tr>
        <td align="center"><code>9</code></td>
        <td>\ref FMT4ClassVarLen "Variable-Length"</td>
      </tr>
      <tr>
        <td align="center"><code>10</code></td>
        <td>\ref FMT4ClassArray "Array"</td>
      </tr>
      <tr>
        <td align="center"><code>11</code></td>
        <td>\ref FMT4ClassComplex "Complex"</td>
      </tr>
      </table></td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Class Bit Fields</td>
  <td>The information in these bit fields is specific to each datatype class and is described below.
      All bits not defined for a datatype class are set to zero.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Size</td>
  <td>The size of a datatype element in bytes.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Properties</td>
  <td>This variable-sized sequence of bytes encodes information specific to each datatype class and is
      described for each class below. If there is no property information specified for a datatype class,
      the size of this field is zero bytes.</td>
</tr>
</table>

\anchor FMT4ClassFixedPoint <h4>Class specific information for Fixed-Point Numbers (Class 0):</h4>
<table>
<caption align="top"><strong>Bits: Fixed-point Bit Field Description</strong></caption>
<tr align="center">
  <th width="10%">Bits</th>
  <th>Meaning</th>
</tr>
<tr valign=top>
  <td>0</td>
  <td><strong>Byte Order.</strong> If zero, byte order is little-endian; otherwise, byte order is big endian.</td>
</tr>
<tr valign=top>
  <td>1, 2</td>
  <td><strong>Padding type.</strong> Bit 1 is the lo_pad type and bit 2 is the hi_pad type. If a datum has
      unused bits at either end, then the lo_pad or hi_pad bit is copied to those locations.</td>
</tr>
<tr valign=top>
  <td>3</td>
  <td><strong>Signed.</strong> If this bit is set then the fixed-point number is in 2&rsquo;s complement form.</td>
</tr>
<tr valign=top>
  <td>4-23</td>
  <td>Reserved (zero).</td>
</tr>
</table>

<table>
<caption align="top"><strong>Layout: Fixed-Point Property Descriptions</strong></caption>
<tr align="center">
  <th width="25%">Byte</th>
  <th width="25%">Byte</th>
  <th width="25%">Byte</th>
  <th>Byte</th>
</tr>
<tr align="center">
  <td colspan="2">Bit Offset</td>
  <td colspan="2">Bit Precision</td>
</tr>
</table>

<table>
<caption align="top"><strong>Fields: Fixed-Point Property Descriptions</strong></caption>
<tr>
  <th width="30%">Field Name</th>
  <th>Description</th>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Bit Offset</td>
  <td>The bit offset of the first significant bit of the fixed-point value within the datatype. The
      bit offset specifies the number of bits &ldquo;to the right of&rdquo; the value (which are
      set to the lo_pad bit value).</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Bit Precision</td>
  <td>The number of bits of precision of the fixed-point value within the datatype. This value,
      combined with the datatype element&rsquo;s size and the Bit Offset field specifies the number
      of bits &ldquo;to the left of&rdquo; the value (which are set to the hi_pad bit value).</td>
</tr>
</table>

\anchor FMT4ClassFloatingPoint <h4>Class specific information for Floating-Point Numbers (Class 1):</h4>
<table>
<caption align="top"><strong>Bits: Floating-Point Bit Field Description</strong></caption>
<tr align="center">
  <th width="10%">Bits</th>
  <th>Meaning</th>
</tr>
<tr valign=top>
  <td>0</td>
  <td><strong>Byte Order.</strong> These two non-contiguous bits specify the &ldquo;endianness&rdquo; of
      the bytes in the datatype element.
      <table>
      <tr>
        <th width="10%" align="center">Bit 6</th>
        <th width="10%" align="center">Bit 0</th>
        <th width="80%" align="left">Description</th>
      </tr>
      <tr>
        <td align="center"><code>0</code></td>
        <td align="center"><code>0</code></td>
        <td>Byte order is little-endian</td>
      </tr>
      <tr>
        <td align="center"><code>0</code></td>
        <td align="center"><code>1</code></td>
        <td>Byte order is big-endian</td>
      </tr>
      <tr>
        <td align="center"><code>1</code></td>
        <td align="center"><code>0</code></td>
        <td>Reserved</td>
      </tr>
      <tr>
        <td align="center"><code>1</code></td>
        <td align="center"><code>1</code></td>
        <td>Byte order is VAX-endian</td>
      </tr>
      </table></td>
</tr>
<tr valign=top>
  <td>1, 2, 3</td>
  <td><strong>Padding type.</strong>  Bit 1 is the low bits pad type, bit 2 is the high bits pad type, and bit
      3 is the internal bits pad type. If a datum has unused bits at either end or between the sign bit, exponent,
      or mantissa, then the value of bit 1, 2, or 3 is copied to those locations.</td>
</tr>
<tr valign=top>
  <td>4-5</td>
  <td><strong>Mantissa Normalization.</strong> This 2-bit bit field specifies how the most significant bit of
      the mantissa is managed.
      <table>
      <tr>
        <th width="20%" align="center">Value</th>
        <th width="80%" align="left">Description</th>
      </tr>
      <tr>
        <td align="center"><code>0</code></td>
        <td>No normalization</td>
      </tr>
      <tr>
        <td align="center"><code>1</code></td>
        <td>The most significant bit of the mantissa is always set (except for 0.0).</td>
      </tr>
      <tr>
        <td align="center"><code>2</code></td>
        <td>The most significant bit of the mantissa is not stored, but is implied to be set.</td>
      </tr>
      <tr>
        <td align="center"><code>3</code></td>
        <td>Reserved.</td>
      </tr>
      </table></td>
</tr>
<tr valign=top>
  <td>6-7</td>
  <td>Reserved (zero).</td>
</tr>
<tr valign=top>
  <td>8-15</td>
  <td><strong>Sign Location.</strong> This is the bit position of the sign bit. Bits are numbered with the least
      significant bit zero.</td>
</tr>
<tr valign=top>
  <td>16-23</td>
  <td>Reserved (zero).</td>
</tr>
</table>

<table>
<caption align="top"><strong>Layout: Floating-Point Property Description</strong></caption>
<tr align="center">
  <th width="25%">Byte</th>
  <th width="25%">Byte</th>
  <th width="25%">Byte</th>
  <th>Byte</th>
</tr>
<tr align="center">
  <td colspan="2">Bit Offset</td>
  <td colspan="2">Bit Precision</td>
</tr>
<tr align="center">
  <td>Exponent Location</td>
  <td>Exponent Size</td>
  <td>Mantissa Location</td>
  <td>Mantissa Size</td>
</tr>
<tr align="center">
  <td colspan="4">Exponent Bias</td>
</tr>
</table>

<table>
<caption align="top"><strong>Fields: Floating-Point Property Description</strong></caption>
<tr>
  <th width="30%">Field Name</th>
  <th>Property Description</th>
</tr>

<tr>
  <td>Bit Offset</td>
  <td>The bit offset of the first significant bit of the floating-point value within the datatype. The
      bit offset specifies the number of bits &ldquo;to the right of&rdquo; the value.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Bit Precision</td>
  <td>The number of bits of precision of the floating-point value within the datatype.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Exponent Location</td>
  <td>The bit position of the exponent field.  Bits are numbered with the least significant
      bit number zero.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Exponent Size</td>
  <td>The size of the exponent field in bits.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Mantissa Location</td>
  <td>The bit position of the mantissa field.  Bits are numbered with the least significant bit number
      zero.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Mantissa Size</td>
  <td>The size of the mantissa field in bits.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Exponent Bias</td>
  <td>The bias of the exponent field.</td>
</tr>
</table>

\anchor FMT4ClassTime <h4>Class specific information for Time (Class 2):</h4>
<table>
<caption align="top"><strong>Bits: Time Bit Field Description</strong></caption>
<tr align="center">
  <th width="10%">Bits</th>
  <th>Meaning</th>
</tr>
<tr valign=top>
  <td>0</td>
  <td><strong>Byte Order.</strong> If zero, byte order is little-endian; otherwise, byte order is big endian.</td>
</tr>
<tr valign=top>
  <td>1-23</td>
  <td>Reserved (zero).</td>
</tr>
</table>
<br />

<table>
<caption><strong>Layout: Time Property Description</strong></caption>
<tr>
  <th width="25%">Byte</th>
  <th width="25%">Byte</th>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="2">Bit Precision</td>
</tr>
</table>
<br />

<table>
<caption><strong>Fields: Time Property Description</strong></caption>
<tr>
  <th width="30%">Field Name</th>
  <th>Description</th>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Bit Precision</td>
  <td>The number of bits of precision of the time value.</td>
</tr>
</table>
<br />

\anchor FMT4ClassString <h4>Class specific information for Strings (Class 3):</h4>
<table>
<caption align="top"><strong>Bits: String Bit Field Description</strong></caption>
<tr align="center">
  <th width="10%">Bits</th>
  <th>Meaning</th>
</tr>
<tr valign=top>
  <td>0-3</td>
  <td><strong>Padding type.</strong> This four-bit value determines the type of padding to use for the
      string. The values are:
      <table>
      <tr>
        <th width="20%">Value</th>
        <th align="left">Description</th>
      </tr>
      <tr>
      <td><code>0</code></td>
      <td>Null Terminate: A zero byte marks the end of the string and is guaranteed to be present after
          converting a long string to a short string. When converting a short string to a long string the
          value is padded with additional null characters as necessary.</td>
      </tr>
      <tr>
      <td><code>1</code></td>
      <td>Null Pad: Null characters are added to the end of the value during conversions from short values
          to long values but conversion in the opposite direction simply truncates the value.</td>
      </tr>
      <tr>
      <td><code>2</code></td>
      <td>Space Pad: Space characters are added to the end of the value during conversions from short values
          to long values but conversion in the opposite direction simply truncates the value. This is the
          Fortran representation of the string.</td>
      </tr>
      <tr>
      <td><code>3-15</code></td>
      <td>Reserved.</td>
      </tr>
    </table>
</tr>
<tr valign=top>
  <td>4-7</td>
  <td><strong>Character Set.</strong> The character set used to encode the string.
      <table>
      <tr>
        <th width="20%" align="center">Value</th>
        <th width="80%" align="left">Description</th>
      </tr>
      <tr>
        <td align="center"><code>0</code></td>
        <td>ASCII character set encoding</td>
      </tr>
      <tr>
        <td align="center"><code>1</code></td>
        <td>UTF-8 character set encoding</td>
      </tr>
      <tr>
        <td align="center"><code>2-15</code></td>
        <td>Reserved</td>
      </tr>
  </table></td>
</tr>
<tr valign=top>
  <td>8-23</td>
  <td>Reserved (zero).</td>
</tr>
</table>

There are no properties defined for the string class.

\anchor FMT4ClassBitField <h4>Class specific information for Bitfields (Class 4):</h4>
<table>
<caption align="top"><strong>Bits: Bitfield Bit Field Description</strong></caption>
<tr align="center">
  <th width="10%">Bits</th>
  <th>Meaning</th>
</tr>
<tr valign=top>
  <td>0</td>
  <td><strong>Byte Order.</strong> If zero, byte order is little-endian; otherwise, byte order is big endian.</td>
</tr>
<tr valign=top>
  <td>1, 2</td>
  <td><strong>Padding type.</strong> Bit 1 is the lo_pad type and bit 2 is the hi_pad type. If a datum has
      unused bits at either end, then the lo_pad or hi_pad bit is copied to those locations.</td>
</tr>
<tr valign=top>
  <td>3-23</td>
  <td>Reserved (zero).</td>
</tr>
</table>

<table>
<caption align="top"><strong>Layout: Bit Field Property Description</strong></caption>
<tr align="center">
  <th width="25%">Byte</th>
  <th width="25%">Byte</th>
  <th width="25%">Byte</th>
  <th>Byte</th>
</tr>
<tr align="center">
  <td colspan="2">Bit Offset</td>
  <td colspan="2">Bit Precision</td>
</tr>
</table>

<table>
<caption align="top"><strong>Fields: Bit Field Property Description</strong></caption>
<tr>
  <th width="30%">Field Name</th>
  <th>Description</th>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Bit Offset</td>
  <td>The bit offset of the first significant bit of the bitfield within the datatype.  The bit
      offset specifies the number of bits &ldquo;to the right of&rdquo; the value.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Bit Precision</td>
  <td>The number of bits of precision of the bit field within the datatype.</td>
</tr>
</table>

\anchor FMT4ClassOpaque <h4>Class specific information for Opaque (Class 5):</h4>
<table>
<caption align="top"><strong>Bits: Opaque Bit Field Description</strong></caption>
<tr align="center">
  <th width="10%">Bits</th>
  <th>Meaning</th>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>0-7</td>
  <td>Length of ASCII tag in bytes.</td>
</tr>
<tr valign=top>
  <td>8-23</td>
  <td>Reserved (zero).</td>
</tr>
</table>

<table>
<caption align="top"><strong>Layout: Opaque Property Description</strong></caption>
<tr align="center">
  <th width="25%">Byte</th>
  <th width="25%">Byte</th>
  <th width="25%">Byte</th>
  <th>Byte</th>
</tr>
<tr align="center">
  <td colspan="4"><br />ASCII Tag<br /><br /></td>
</tr>
</table>

<table>
<caption align="top"><strong>Fields: Opaque Property Description</strong></caption>
<tr>
  <th width="30%">Field Name</th>
  <th>Description</th>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>ASCII Tag</td>
  <td>This NUL-terminated string provides a description for the opaque type. It is NUL-padded to a
      multiple of 8 bytes.</td>
</tr>
  </table>

\anchor FMT4ClassCompound <h4>Class specific information for Compound Types (Class 6):</h4>
<table>
<caption align="top"><strong>Bits: Compound Bit Field Description</strong></caption>
<tr align="center">
  <th width="10%">Bits</th>
  <th>Meaning</th>
</tr>
<tr valign=top>
  <td>0-15</td>
  <td><strong>Number of Members.</strong> This field contains the number of members defined for the
      compound datatype. The member definitions are listed in the Properties field of the data type
      message.</td>
</tr>
<tr valign=top>
  <td>16-23</td>
  <td>Reserved (zero).</td>
</tr>
</table>

The Properties field of a compound datatype is a list of the member definitions of the compound datatype.
The member definitions appear one after another with no intervening bytes. The member types are described
with a (recursively) encoded datatype message.

Note that the property descriptions are different for different versions of the datatype version. Additionally
note that the version 0 properties are deprecated and has been replaced with later encodings in
versions of the HDF5 library from the 1.4 release onward.

<table>
<caption align="top"><strong>Layout: Compound Properties Description for Datatype Version 1</strong></caption>
<tr align="center">
  <th width="25%">Byte</th>
  <th width="25%">Byte</th>
  <th width="25%">Byte</th>
  <th>Byte</th>
</tr>
<tr align="center">
  <td colspan="4"><br /><br />Name<br /><br >/<br /></td>
</tr>
<tr align="center">
  <td colspan="4">Byte Offset of Member</td>
</tr>
<tr align="center">
  <td>Dimensionality</td>
  <td colspan="3">Reserved (zero)</td>
</tr>
<tr align="center">
  <td colspan="4">Dimension Permutation</td>
</tr>
<tr align="center">
  <td colspan="4">Reserved (zero)</td>
</tr>
<tr align="center">
  <td colspan="4">Dimension \#1 Size (required)</td>
</tr>
<tr align="center">
  <td colspan="4">Dimension \#2 Size (required)</td>
</tr>
<tr align="center">
  <td colspan="4">Dimension \#3 Size (required)</td>
</tr>
<tr align="center">
  <td colspan="4">Dimension \#4 Size (required)</td>
</tr>
<tr align="center">
  <td colspan="4"><br />Member Type Message<br /><br /></td>
</tr>
</table>

<table>
<caption align="top"><strong>Fields: Compound Properties Description for Datatype Version 1</strong></caption>
<tr>
  <th width="30%">Field Name</th>
  <th>Description</th>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Name</td>
  <td>This NUL-terminated string provides a description for the opaque type. It is NUL-padded to a
      multiple of 8 bytes.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Byte Offset of Member</td>
  <td>This is the byte offset of the member within the datatype.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Dimensionality</td>
  <td>If set to zero, this field indicates a scalar member. If set to a value greater than zero,
      this field indicates that the member is an array of values. For array members, the size of
      the array is indicated by the &lsquo;Size of Dimension n&rsquo; field in this message.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Dimension Permutation</td>
  <td>This field was intended to allow an array field to have its dimensions permuted, but this was
      never implemented. This field should always be set to zero.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Dimension \#n Size</td>
  <td>This field is the size of a dimension of the array field as stored in the file. The first
      dimension stored in the list of dimensions is the slowest changing dimension and the last
      dimension stored is the fastest changing dimension.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Member Type Message</td>
  <td>This field is a datatype message describing the datatype of the member.</td>
</tr>
</table>

<table>
<caption><strong>Layout: Compound Properties Description for Datatype Version 2</strong></caption>
<tr>
  <th width="25%">Byte</th>
  <th width="25%">Byte</th>
  <th width="25%">Byte</th>
  <th width="25%">Byte</th>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="4"><br />Name<br><br /></td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="4">Byte Offset of Member</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="4"><br />Member Type Message<br><br /></td>
</tr>
</table>

<table>
<caption><strong>Fields: Compound Properties Description for Datatype Version 2</strong></caption>
<tr>
  <th width="30%">Field Name</th>
  <th>Description</th>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Name</td>
  <td>This NUL-terminated string provides a description for the opaque type. It is NUL-padded to a multiple
      of 8 bytes.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Byte Offset of Member</td>
  <td>This is the byte offset of the member within the datatype.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Member Type Message</td>
  <td>This field is a datatype message describing the datatype of the member.</td>
</tr>
</table>

<table>
<caption><strong>Layout: Compound Properties Description for Datatype Version 3</strong></caption>
<tr>
  <th width="25%">Byte</th>
  <th width="25%">Byte</th>
  <th width="25%">Byte</th>
  <th width="25%">Byte</th>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="4"><br />Name<br><br /></td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="4">Byte Offset of Member</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="4"><br />Member Type Message<br><br /></td>
</tr>
</table>

<table>
<caption><strong>Fields: Compound Properties Description for Datatype Version 3</strong></caption>
<tr>
  <th width="30%">Field Name</th>
  <th>Description</th>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Name</td>
  <td>This NUL-terminated string provides a description for the opaque type. It is <em>not</em> NUL-padded to a
      multiple of 8 bytes.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Byte Offset of Member</td>
  <td>This is the byte offset of the member within the datatype. The field size is the minimum number of bytes
      necessary, based on the size of the datatype element. For example, a datatype element size of less than
      256 bytes uses a 1 byte length, a datatype element size of 256-65535 bytes uses a 2 byte length, and
      so on.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Member Type Message</td>
  <td>This field is a datatype message describing the datatype of the member.</td>
</tr>
</table>

\anchor FMT4ClassReference <h4>Class specific information for Reference (Class 7):</h4><br />
Note that for region references, the stored data is a \ref FMT4GlobalHeapID "Global Heap ID" pointing to information
about the region stored in the global heap.

<table>
<caption><strong>Bits: Reference Bit Field Description for Datatype Version &lt; 4</strong></caption>
<tr>
  <th width="10%">Bits</th>
  <th>Meaning</th>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>0-3</td>
  <td><strong>Type.</strong> This four-bit value contains the reference types which are supported
      for backward compatibility. The values defined are:
      <table width=100%>
      <tr>
        <th width="20%">Value</th>
        <th align="left">Description</th>
      </tr>
      <tr>
        <td align="center"><code>0</code></td>
        <td>Object Reference (#H5R_OBJECT1): A reference to another object in this HDF5 file.</td>
      </tr>
      <tr>
        <td align="center"><code>1</code></td>
        <td>Dataset Region Reference (#H5R_DATASET_REGION1): A reference to a region within a dataset
            in this HDF5 file.</td>
      </tr>
      <tr>
        <td align="center"><code>2-15</code></td>
        <td>Reserved</td>
      </tr>
      </table></td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>4-23</td>
  <td>Reserved (zero).</td>
</tr>
</table>

<table>
<caption><strong>Bits: Reference Bit Field Description for Datatype Version 4</strong></caption>
<tr>
  <th width="10%">Bits</th>
  <th>Meaning</th>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>0-3</td>
  <td><strong>Type.</strong> This four-bit value contains the revised reference types. The values
      defined are:
      <table width=100%>
      <tr>
        <th width="20%">Value</th>
        <th align="left">Description</th>
      </tr>
      <tr>
        <td align="center"><code>2</code></td>
        <td>Object Reference (#H5R_OBJECT2): A reference to another object in this file or an
            external file.</td>
      </tr>
      <tr>
        <td align="center"><code>3</code></td>
        <td>Dataset Region Reference (#H5R_DATASET_REGION2): A reference to a region within a
            dataset in this file or an external file.</td>
      </tr>
      <tr>
        <td align="center"><code>4</code></td>
        <td>Attribute Reference (#H5R_ATTR): A reference to an attribute attached to an object
            in this file or an external file.</td>
      </tr>
      <tr>
        <td align="center"><code>5-15</code></td>
        <td>Reserved</td>
      </tr>
      </table>
  </td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>4-7</td>
  <td><strong>Version.</strong> This four-bit value contains the version for encoding the revised
      reference types. The values defined are:
      <table width=100%>
      <tr>
        <th width="20%">Value</th>
        <th align="left">Description</th>
      </tr>
      <tr>
        <td align="center"><code>0</code></td>
        <td>Unused</td>
      </tr>
      <tr>
        <td align="center"><code>1</code></td>
        <td>The version for encoding the revised reference types: Object Reference (2),
            Dataset Region Reference (3) and Attribute Reference (4).</td>
      </tr>
      <tr>
        <td align="center"><code>2-15</code></td>
        <td>Reserved</td>
      </tr>
      </table></td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>8-23</td>
  <td>Reserved (zero).</td>
</tr>
</table>

There are no properties defined for the reference class.

\anchor FMT4ClassEnum <h4>Class specific information for Enumeration (Class 8):</h4>
<table>
<caption align="top"><strong>Bits: Enumeration Bit Field Description</strong></caption>
<tr align="center">
  <th width="10%">Bits</th>
  <th>Meaning</th>
</tr>
<tr valign=top>
  <td>0-15</td>
  <td><strong>Number of Members.</strong> The number of name/value pairs defined for the enumeration type.</td>
</tr>
<tr valign=top>
  <td>16-23</td>
  <td>Reserved (zero).</td>
</tr>
</table>

<table>
<caption align="top"><strong>Layout: Enumeration Property Description for Datatype Versions 1 and 2</strong></caption>
<tr align="center">
  <th width="25%">Byte</th>
  <th width="25%">Byte</th>
  <th width="25%">Byte</th>
  <th>Byte</th>
</tr>
<tr align="center">
  <td colspan="4"><br />Base Type<br >/<br /></td>
</tr>
<tr align="center">
  <td colspan="4"><br />Names<br /><br /></td>
</tr>
<tr align="center">
  <td colspan="4"><br />Values<br /><br /></td>
</tr>
</table>

<table>
<caption align="top"><strong>Fields: Enumeration Property Description for Datatype Versions 1 and 2</strong></caption>
<tr>
  <th width="30%">Field Name</th>
  <th>Description</th>
</tr>
<tr align="left" valign=top>
  <td valign=top>Base Type</td>
  <td valign=top>Each enumeration type is based on some parent type, usually an integer. The information
      for that parent type is described recursively by this field.</td>
</tr>
<tr align="left" valign=top>
  <td valign=top>Names</td>
  <td valign=top>The name for each name/value pair. Each name is stored as a null terminated ASCII string
      in a multiple of eight bytes. The names are in no particular order.</td>
</tr>
<tr align="left" valign=top>
  <td valign=top>Values</td>
  <td valign=top>The list of values in the same order as the names. The values are packed (no inter-value
      padding) and the size of each value is determined by the parent type.</td>
</tr>
</table>

<table>
<caption align="top"><strong>Layout: Enumeration Property Description for Datatype Versions 3</strong></caption>
<tr align="center">
  <th width="25%">Byte</th>
  <th width="25%">Byte</th>
  <th width="25%">Byte</th>
  <th>Byte</th>
</tr>
<tr align="center">
  <td colspan="4"><br />Base Type<br >/<br /></td>
</tr>
<tr align="center">
  <td colspan="4"><br />Names<br /><br /></td>
</tr>
<tr align="center">
  <td colspan="4"><br />Values<br /><br /></td>
</tr>
</table>

<table>
<caption align="top"><strong>Fields: Enumeration Property Description for Datatype Versions 3</strong></caption>
<tr>
  <th width="30%">Field Name</th>
  <th>Description</th>
</tr>
<tr align="left" valign=top>
  <td valign=top>Base Type</td>
  <td valign=top>Each enumeration type is based on some parent type, usually an integer. The information
      for that parent type is described recursively by this field.</td>
</tr>
<tr align="left" valign=top>
  <td valign=top>Names</td>
  <td valign=top>The name for each name/value pair. Each name is stored as a null terminated ASCII string,
      <em>not</em> padded to a multiple of eight bytes. The names are in no particular order.</td>
</tr>
<tr align="left" valign=top>
  <td valign=top>Values</td>
  <td valign=top>The list of values in the same order as the names. The values are packed (no inter-value
      padding) and the size of each value is determined by the parent type.</td>
</tr>
</table>

\anchor FMT4ClassVarLen <h4>Class specific information for Variable-Length (Class 9):</h4>
<table>
<caption align="top"><strong>Bits: Variable-Length Bit Field Description</strong></caption>
<tr align="center">
  <th width="10%">Bits</th>
  <th>Meaning</th>
</tr>
<tr valign=top>
  <td>0-3</td>
  <td><strong>Type.</strong> This four-bit value contains the type of variable-length datatype described.
      The values defined are:
      <table>
      <tr>
        <th width="20%">Value</th>
        <th align="left">Description</th>
      </tr>
      <tr>
        <td align="center"><code>0</code></td>
        <td>Sequence: A variable-length sequence of any datatype. Variable-length sequences do not
            have padding or character set information.</td>
      </tr>
      <tr>
        <td align="center"><code>1</code></td>
        <td>String: A variable-length sequence of characters. Variable-length strings  have padding and
            character set information.</td>
      </tr>
      <tr>
        <td align="center"><code>2-15</code></td>
        <td>Reserved</td>
      </tr>
      </table></td>
</tr>
<tr valign=top>
  <td>4-7</td>
  <td><strong>Padding type.</strong> (variable-length string only). This four-bit value determines the
      type of padding used for variable-length strings. The values are the same as for the string padding
      type, as follows:
      <table>
      <tr>
        <th width="20%">Value</th>
        <th align="left">Description</th>
      </tr>
      <tr>
        <td align="center"><code>0</code></td>
        <td>0 Null terminate: A zero byte marks the end of a string and is guaranteed to be present after
            converting a long string to a short string. When converting a short string to a long string,
            the value is padded with additional null characters as necessary.</td>
      </tr>
      <tr>
      <td align="center"><code>1</code></td>
      <td>Null pad: Null characters are added to the end of the value during conversion from a short string to
          a longer string. Conversion from a long string to a shorter string simply truncates the value.</td>
      </tr>
      <tr>
        <td align="center"><code>2</code></td>
        <td>Space pad: Space characters are added to the end of the value during conversion from a short string
            to a longer string. Conversion from a long string to a shorter string simply truncates the value.
            This is the Fortran representation of the string.</td>
      </tr>
      <tr>
        <td align="center"><code>3-15</code></td>
        <td>Reserved</td>
      </tr>
      </table>
      This value is set to zero for variable-length sequences.</td>
</tr>
<tr valign=top>
  <td>8-11</td>
  <td><strong>Character Set.</strong> (variable-length string only) This four-bit value specifies the
      character set to be used for encoding the string:
      <table>
      <tr>
        <th width="20%">Value</th>
        <th align="left">Description</th>
      </tr>
      <tr>
        <td align="center"><code>0</code></td>
        <td>ASCII character set encoding.</td>
      </tr>
      <tr>
        <td align="center"><code>1</code></td>
        <td>UTF-8 character set encoding.</td>
      </tr>
      <tr>
        <td align="center"><code>2-15</code></td>
        <td>Reserved</td>
      </tr>
      </table>
      This value is set to zero for variable-length sequences.</td>
</tr>
<tr valign=top>
  <td>12-23</td>
  <td>Reserved (zero).</td>
</tr>
</table>

<table>
<caption align="top"><strong>Layout: Variable-Length Property Description</strong></caption>
<tr align="center">
  <th width="25%">Byte</th>
  <th width="25%">Byte</th>
  <th width="25%">Byte</th>
  <th>Byte</th>
</tr>
<tr align="center">
  <td colspan="4"><br />Parent Type Message<br /><br /></td>
</tr>
</table>

<table>
<caption align="top"><strong>Fields: Variable-Length Property Description</strong></caption>
<tr align=center>
  <th width="10%">Field Name</th>
  <th>Description</th>
</tr>
<tr align=center>
  <td>Parent Type</td>
  <td>Each variable-length type is based on some parent type. This field contains the datatype
      message describing that parent type. In the case of nested variable-length types, this parent
      datatype message will recursively contain all parent datatype messages. Variable-length strings
      are considered to have the parent type #H5T_NATIVE_UCHAR.</td>
</tr>
</table>

\anchor FMT4ClassArray <h4>Class specific information for Array (Class 10):</h4>

There are no bit fields defined for the array class.

Note that the dimension information defined in the property for this datatype class is independent of
dataspace information for a dataset. The dimension information here describes the dimensionality of the
information within a data element (or a component of an element, if the array datatype is nested within
another datatype) and the dataspace for a dataset describes the location of the elements in a dataset.

<table>
<caption><strong>Layout: Array Property Description for Datatype Version 2</strong></caption>
<tr>
  <th width="25%">Byte</th>
  <th width="25%">Byte</th>
  <th width="25%">Byte</th>
  <th width="25%">Byte</th>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Dimensionality</td>
  <td colspan="3">Reserved (zero)</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="4">Dimension \#1 Size</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="4">.<br />.<br />.<br /></td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="4">Dimension \#n Size</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="4">Permutation Index \#1</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="4">.<br />.<br />.<br /></td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="4">Permutation Index \#n</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="4"><br />Base Type<br /><br /></td>
</tr>
</table>

<table>
<caption><strong>Fields: Array Property Description for Datatype Version 2</strong></caption>
<tr>
  <th width="30%">Field Name</th>
  <th>Description</th>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Dimensionality</td>
  <td>This value is the number of dimensions that the array has.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Dimension \#n Size</td>
  <td>This value is the size of the dimension of the array as stored in the file. The first dimension
      stored in the list of dimensions is the slowest changing dimension and the last dimension stored
      is the fastest changing dimension.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Permutation Index \#n</td>
  <td>This value is the index permutation used to map each dimension from the canonical representation
      to an alternate axis for each dimension. Currently, dimension permutations are not supported and
      these indices should be set to the index position minus one (i.e. the first dimension should be
      set to 0, the second dimension should be set to 1, and so on.)</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Base Type</td>
  <td>Each array type is based on some parent type. The information for that parent type is described
      recursively by this field.</td>
</tr>
</table>

<table>
<caption><strong>Layout: Array Property Description for Datatype Version 3</strong></caption>
<tr>
  <th width="25%">Byte</th>
  <th width="25%">Byte</th>
  <th width="25%">Byte</th>
  <th width="25%">Byte</th>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Dimensionality</td>
  <td colspan="3" bgcolor="#DDDDDD"><em>This space inserted only to align table nicely</em></td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="4">Dimension \#1 Size</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="4">.<br />.<br />.<br /></td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="4">Dimension \#n Size</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="4"><br />Base Type<br /><br /></td>
</tr>
</table>

<table>
<caption><strong>Fields: Array Property Description for Datatype Version 3</strong></caption>
<tr>
  <th width="30%">Field Name</th>
  <th>Description</th>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Dimensionality</td>
  <td>This value is the number of dimensions that the array has.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Dimension \#n Size</td>
  <td>This value is the size of the dimension of the array as stored in the file. The first dimension
      stored in the list of dimensions is the slowest changing dimension and the last dimension stored
      is the fastest changing dimension.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Base Type</td>
  <td>Each array type is based on some parent type. The information for that parent type is described
      recursively by this field.</td>
</tr>
</table>

\anchor FMT4ClassComplex <h4>Class specific information for the Complex class (Class 11):</h4>
<table>
<caption><strong>Bits: Complex Bit Field Description</strong></caption>
<tr>
  <th width="10%">Bits</th>
  <th>Meaning</th>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>0</td>
  <td><strong>Homogeneous.</strong> If zero, each part of the complex number
      datatype is a different floating point datatype (heterogeneous).
      Otherwise, each part of the complex number datatype is the same
      floating point datatype (homogeneous). Currently, only homogeneous
      complex number datatypes are supported.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>1,2</td>
  <td><b>Complex number form.</b> This two-bit value contains the type of complex number datatype
      described. The values defined are:
      <table>
      <tr>
        <th width="20%" align="center">Value</th>
        <th align="left">Description</th>
      </tr>
      <tr>
        <td align="center"><code>0</code></td>
        <td>Rectangular</td>
      </tr>
      <tr>
        <td align="center"><code>1</code></td>
        <td>Polar</td>
      </tr>
      <tr>
        <td align="center"><code>2</code></td>
        <td>Exponential</td>
      </tr>
      <tr>
        <td align="center"><code>3</code></td>
        <td>Reserved</td>
      </tr>
      </table>
      Currently, only rectangular complex number datatypes are supported.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>3-23</td>
  <td>Reserved (zero).</td>
</tr>
</table>

<table>
<caption><strong>Layout: Complex Property Description</strong></caption>
<tr>
  <th width="25%">Byte</th>
  <th width="25%">Byte</th>
  <th width="25%">Byte</th>
  <th>Byte</th>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="4"><br />Parent Type Message<br /><br /></td>
</tr>
</table>

<table>
<caption><strong>Fields: Complex Property Description</strong></caption>
<tr>
  <th width="10%">Field Name</th>
  <th>Description</th>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Parent Type Message</td>
  <td>Each complex number type is based on a parent floating point type. This field contains the
      datatype message describing that parent type.</td>
</tr>
</table>

\subsubsection subsubsec_fmt4_dataobject_hdr_msg_ofvmessage IV.A.2.e. Data Storage - Fill Value (Old) Message
<table>
<tr>
  <td colspan="2"><b>Header Message Name:</b> Fill Value (old)</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="2"><b>Header Message Type:</b> 0x0004</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="2"><b>Length:</b> Varies</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="2"><b>Status:</b> Optional; may not be repeated.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td><b>Description:</b></td>
  <td>The fill value message stores a single data value which is returned to the application when an
      uninitialized data element is read from a dataset. The fill value is interpreted with the same
      datatype as the dataset. If no fill value message is present then a fill value of all zero bytes
      is assumed.<br />
      This fill value message is deprecated in favor of the &ldquo;new&rdquo; fill value message (Message
      Type 0x0005) and is only written to the file for forward compatibility with versions of the HDF5
      Library before the 1.6.0 version. Additionally, it only appears for datasets with a user-defined
      fill value (as opposed to the library default fill value or an explicitly set &ldquo;undefined&rdquo;
      fill value).</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="2"><b>Format of Data:</b> See the tables below.</td>
</tr>
</table>

<table>
<caption align="top"><strong>Layout: Fill Value Message (Old)</strong></caption>
<tr align="center">
  <th width="25%">byte</th>
  <th width="25%">byte</th>
  <th width="25%">byte</th>
  <th>byte</th>
</tr>
<tr align="center">
  <td colspan="4">Size (4 bytes)</td>
</tr>
<tr align="center">
  <td colspan="4"><br />Fill Value <em>(optional, variable size)</em><br /><br /></td>
</tr>
</table>
<br />
<table>
<caption align="top"><strong>Fields: Fill Value Message (Old)</strong></caption>
<tr>
  <th width="30%">Field Name</th>
  <th>Description</th>
</tr>
<tr valign=top>
  <td>Size</td>
  <td>This is the size of the Fill Value field in bytes.</td>
</tr>
<tr valign=top>
  <td>Fill Value</td>
  <td>The fill value.  The bytes of the fill value are interpreted using the same datatype as for the dataset.</td>
</tr>
</table>

\subsubsection subsubsec_fmt4_dataobject_hdr_msg_fvmessage IV.A.2.f. The Data Storage - Fill Value Message
<table>
<tr>
  <td colspan="2"><b>Header Message Name:</b> Fill Value</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="2"><b>Header Message Type:</b> 0x0005</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="2"><b>Length:</b> Varies</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="2"><b>Status:</b> Required for dataset objects; may not be repeated.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td><b>Description:</b></td>
  <td>The fill value message stores a single data value which is returned to the application when an
      uninitialized data element is read from a dataset. The fill value is interpreted with the same
      datatype as the dataset.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
    <td colspan="2"><b>Format of Data:</b> See the tables below.</td>
</tr>
</table>

<table>
<caption align="top"><strong>Layout: Fill Value Message - Versions 1 & 2</strong></caption>
<tr align="center">
  <th width="25%">byte</th>
  <th width="25%">byte</th>
  <th width="25%">byte</th>
  <th>byte</th>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Version</td>
  <td>Space Allocation Time</td>
  <td>Fill Value Write Time</td>
  <td>Fill Value Defined</td>
</tr>
<tr align="center">
  <td colspan="4">Size <em>(optional)</em></td>
</tr>
<tr align="center">
  <td colspan="4"><br />Fill Value <em>(optional, variable size)</em><br /><br /></td>
</tr>
</table>

<table>
<caption align="top"><strong>Fields: Fill Value Message - Versions 1 & 2</strong></caption>
<tr>
  <th width="30%">Field Name</th>
  <th>Description</th>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Version</td>
  <td>The version number information is used for changes in the format of the fill value message and
      is described here:
      <table>
        <tr>
          <th width="20%">Version</th>
          <th align="left">Description</th>
        </tr>
        <tr>
          <td align="center"><code>0</code></td>
          <td>Never used</td>
        </tr>
        <tr>
          <td align="center"><code>1</code></td>
          <td>Initial version of this message.</td>
        </tr>
        <tr>
          <td align="center"><code>2</code></td>
          <td>In this version, the Size and Fill Value fields are only present if the Fill Value Defined
              field is set to 1.</td>
        </tr>
        <tr>
          <td align="center"><code>3</code></td>
          <td>This version packs the other fields in the message more efficiently than version 2.</td>
        </tr>
      </table>
  </td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Space Allocation Time</td>
  <td>When the storage space for the dataset&rsquo;s raw data will be allocated. The allowed values are:
      <table>
      <tr>
        <th width="20%">Value</th>
        <th align="left">Description</th>
      </tr>
        <tr>
          <td align="center"><code>0</code></td>
          <td>Not used</td>
        </tr>
      <tr>
        <td align="center"><code>1</code></td>
        <td>Early allocation. Storage space for the entire dataset should be allocated in the file
            when the dataset is created.</td>
      </tr>
      <tr>
        <td align="center"><code>2</code></td>
        <td>Late allocation. Storage space for the entire dataset should not be allocated until the
            dataset is written to.</td>
      </tr>
      <tr>
        <td align="center"><code>3</code></td>
        <td>Incremental allocation. Storage space for the dataset should not be allocated until the
            portion of the dataset is written to. This is currently used in conjunction with chunked
            data storage for datasets.</td>
      </tr>
      </table></td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Fill Value Write Time</td>
  <td>At the time that storage space for the dataset&rsquo;s raw data is allocated, this value indicates
      whether the fill value should be written to the raw data storage elements. The allowed values are:
      <table>
      <tr>
        <th width="20%">Value</th>
        <th align="left">Description</th>
      </tr>
      <tr>
        <td align="center"><code>0</code></td>
        <td>On allocation. The fill value is always written to the raw data storage when the storage
           space is allocated.</td>
      </tr>
      <tr>
        <td align="center"><code>1</code></td>
        <td>Never. The fill value should never be written to the raw data storage.</td>
      </tr>
      <tr>
        <td align="center"><code>2</code></td>
        <td>Fill value written if set by user. The fill value will be written to the raw data storage
            when the storage space is allocated only if the user explicitly set the fill value. If the
            fill value is the library default or is undefined, it will not be written to the raw data storage.</td>
      </tr>
      </table></td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Fill Value Defined</td>
  <td>This value indicates if a fill value is defined for this dataset. If this value is 0, the fill
      value is undefined. If this value is 1, a fill value is defined for this dataset. For version 2
      or later of the fill value message, this value controls the presence of the Size and Fill field.</td>
</tr>
<tr valign=top>
  <td>Size</td>
  <td>This is the size of the Fill Value field in bytes. This field is not present if the Version
      field is greater than 1 and the Fill Value Defined field is set to 0.</td>
</tr>
<tr valign=top>
  <td>Fill Value</td>
  <td>The fill value. The bytes of the fill value are interpreted using the same datatype as for the
      dataset. This field is not present if the Version field is greater than 1 and the Fill Value
      Defined field is set to 0.</td>
</tr>
</table>

<table>
<caption align="top"><strong>Layout: Fill Value Message - Versions 3</strong></caption>
<tr align="center">
  <th width="25%">byte</th>
  <th width="25%">byte</th>
  <th width="25%">byte</th>
  <th>byte</th>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Version</td>
  <td>Flags</td>
  <td>Fill Value Write Time</td>
  <td colspan="2" bgcolor="#DDDDDD"><em>This space inserted only to align table nicely</em></td>
</tr>
<tr align="center">
  <td colspan="4">Size <em>(optional)</em></td>
</tr>
<tr align="center">
  <td colspan="4"><br />Fill Value <em>(optional, variable size)</em><br /><br /></td>
</tr>
</table>

<table>
<caption align="top"><strong>Fields: Fill Value Message - Versions 3</strong></caption>
<tr>
  <th width="30%">Field Name</th>
  <th>Description</th>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Version</td>
  <td>The version number information is used for changes in the format of the fill value message and
      is described here:
      <table>
        <tr>
          <th width="20%">Version</th>
          <th align="left">Description</th>
        </tr>
        <tr>
          <td align="center"><code>0</code></td>
          <td>Never used</td>
        </tr>
        <tr>
          <td align="center"><code>1</code></td>
          <td>Initial version of this message.</td>
        </tr>
        <tr>
          <td align="center"><code>2</code></td>
          <td>In this version, the Size and Fill Value fields are only present if the Fill Value Defined
              field is set to 1.</td>
        </tr>
        <tr>
          <td align="center"><code>3</code></td>
          <td>This version packs the other fields in the message more efficiently than version 2.</td>
        </tr>
      </table>
  </td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Flags</td>
  <td>When the storage space for the dataset&rsquo;s raw data will be allocated. The allowed values are:
      <table>
      <tr>
        <th width="20%">Bits</th>
        <th align="left">Description</th>
      </tr>
      <tr>
        <td align="center"><code>0-1</code></td>
        <td>Space Allocation Time, with the same values as versions 1 and 2 of the message.</td>
      </tr>
      <tr>
        <td align="center"><code>2-3</code></td>
        <td>Fill Value Write Time, with the same values as versions 1 and 2 of the message.</td>
      </tr>
      <tr>
        <td align="center"><code>4</code></td>
        <td>Fill Value Undefined, indicating that the fill value has been marked as &ldquo;undefined&rdquo;
            for this dataset. Bits 4 and 5 cannot both be set.</td>
      </tr>
      <tr>
        <td align="center"><code>5</code></td>
        <td>Fill Value Defined, with the same values as versions 1 and 2 of the message. Bits 4 and 5
            cannot both be set.</td>
      </tr>
      <tr>
        <td align="center"><code>6-7</code></td>
        <td>Reserved (zero).</td>
      </tr>
      </table></td>
</tr>
<tr valign=top>
  <td>Size</td>
  <td>This is the size of the Fill Value field in bytes. This field is not present if the Version
      field is greater than 1 and the Fill Value Defined flag is set to 0.</td>
</tr>
<tr valign=top>
  <td>Fill Value</td>
  <td>The fill value. The bytes of the fill value are interpreted using the same datatype as for the
      dataset. This field is not present if the Version field is greater than 1 and the Fill Value
      Defined flag is set to 0.</td>
</tr>
</table>

\subsubsection subsubsec_fmt4_dataobject_hdr_msg_link IV.A.2.g. The Link Message
<table>
<tr>
  <td colspan="2"><b>Header Message Name:</b> Link</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="2"><b>Header Message Type:</b> 0x0006</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="2"><b>Length:</b> Varies</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="2"><b>Status:</b> Optional; may be repeated.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td><b>Description:</b></td>
  <td>This message encodes the information for a link in a group&rsquo;s object header, when the group is
      storing its links &ldquo;compactly&rdquo;, or in the group&rsquo;s fractal heap, when the group is
      storing its links &ldquo;densely&rdquo;.<br />
      A group is storing its links compactly when the fractal heap address in the
      <em>@ref subsubsec_fmt4_dataobject_hdr_msg_linkinfo</em> is set to the
      @ref FMT4UndefinedAddress "undefined address" value.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="2"><b>Format of Data:</b> See the tables below.</td>
</tr>
</table>

<table>
<caption><strong>Layout: Link Message</strong></caption>
<tr>
  <th width="25%">byte</th>
  <th width="25%">byte</th>
  <th width="25%">byte</th>
  <th>byte</th>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Version</td>
  <td>Flags</td>
  <td>Link type <em>(optional)</em></td>
  <td bgcolor="#DDDDDD"><em>This space inserted only to align table nicely</em></td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="4"><br />Creation Order <em>(8 bytes, optional)</em><br /><br /></td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Link Name Character Set <em>(optional)</em></td>
  <td>Length of Link Name <em>(variable size)</em></td>
  <td colspan="2" bgcolor="#DDDDDD"><em>This space inserted only to align table nicely</em></td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="4">Link Name <em>(variable size)</em></td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="4"><br />Link Information <em>(variable size)</em><br /><br /></td>
</tr>
</table>

<table>
<caption><strong>Fields: Link Message</strong></caption>
<tr>
  <th width="30%">Field Name</th>
  <th>Description</th>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Version</td>
  <td>The version number for this message. This document describes version 1.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Flags</td>
  <td>This field contains information about the link and controls the presence of other fields below.
      <table>
      <tr>
        <th width="20%" align="center">Bits</th>
        <th align="left">Description</th>
      </tr>
      <tr>
        <td align="center"><code>0-1</code></td>
        <td>Determines the size of the <em>Length of Link Name</em> field.
            <table>
            <tr>
              <th width="20%" align="center">Value</th>
              <th width="80%" align="left">Description</th>
            </tr>
            <tr>
              <td align="center"><code>0</code></td>
              <td>The size of the <em>Length of Link Name</em> field is 1 byte.</td>
            </tr>
            <tr>
              <td align="center"><code>1</code></td>
              <td>The size of the <em>Length of Link Name</em> field is 2 bytes.</td>
            </tr>
            <tr>
              <td align="center"><code>2</code></td>
              <td>The size of the <em>Length of Link Name</em> field is 4 bytes.</td>
            </tr>
            <tr>
              <td align="center"><code>3</code></td>
              <td>The size of the <em>Length of Link Name</em> field is 8 bytes.</td>
            </tr>
            </table></td>
      </tr>
      <tr>
        <td align="center"><code>2</code></td>
        <td>Creation Order Field Present: if set, the <em>Creation Order</em> field is present. If
            not set, creation order information is not stored for links in this group.</td>
      </tr>
      <tr>
        <td align="center"><code>3</code></td>
        <td>Link Type Field Present: if set, the link is not a hard link and the <em>Link Type</em>
            field is present. If not set, the link is a hard link.</td>
      </tr>
      <tr>
        <td align="center"><code>4</code></td>
        <td>Link Name Character Set Field Present: if set, the link name is not represented with the
            ASCII character set and the <em>Link Name Character Set</em> field is present. If not set,
            the link name is represented with the ASCII character set.</td>
      </tr>
      <tr>
        <td align="center"><code>5-7</code></td>
        <td>Reserved (zero).</td>
      </tr>
      </table></td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Link type</td>
  <td>This is the link class type and can be one of the following values:
      <table>
      <tr>
        <th width="20%" align="center">Value</th>
        <th align="left">Description</th>
      </tr>
      <tr>
        <td align="center"><code>0</code></td>
        <td>A hard link (should never be stored in the file)</td>
      </tr>
      <tr>
        <td align="center"><code>1</code></td>
        <td>A soft link.</td>
      </tr>
      <tr>
        <td align="center"><code>2-63</code></td>
        <td>Reserved for future HDF5 internal use.</td>
      </tr>
      <tr>
        <td align="center"><code>64</code></td>
        <td>An external link.</td>
      </tr>
      <tr>
        <td align="center"><code>65-255</code></td>
        <td>Reserved, but available for user-defined link types.</td>
      </tr>
      </table>
      This field is present if bit 3 of <em>Flags</em> is set.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Creation Order</td>
  <td>This 64-bit value is an index of the link&rsquo;s creation time within the group. Values start at
      0 when the group is created an increment by one for each link added to the group. Removing a link
      from a group does not change existing links&rsquo; creation order field.<br />
      This field is present if bit 2 of <em>Flags</em> is set.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Link Name Character Set</td>
  <td>This is the character set for encoding the link&rsquo;s name:
      <table>
      <tr>
        <th width="20%" align="center">Value</th>
        <th align="left">Description</th>
      </tr>
      <tr>
        <td align="center"><code>0</code></td>
        <td>ASCII character set encoding (this should never be stored in the file)</td>
      </tr>
      <tr>
        <td align="center"><code>1</code></td>
        <td>UTF-8 character set encoding</td>
      </tr>
      </table>
      This field is present if bit 4 of <em>Flags</em> is set.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Length of link name</td>
  <td>This is the length of the link&rsquo;s name. The size of this field depends on bits 0 and 1 of <em>Flags</em>.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Link name</td>
  <td>This is the name of the link, non-NULL terminated.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Link information</td>
  <td>The format of this field depends on the <em>link type</em>.<br />
      For <b>hard</b> links, the field is formatted as follows:
      <table>
      <tr>
        <td width="20%"><i>@ref FMT4SizeOfOffsetsV0 "Size of Offsets"</i> bytes:</td>
        <td>The address of the object header for the object that the link points to.</td>
      </tr>
      </table>
      <br />
      For <b>soft</b> links, the field is formatted as follows:
      <table>
      <tr>
        <td width="20%">Bytes 1-2:</td>
        <td>Length of soft link value.</td>
      </tr>
      <tr>
        <td><em>Length of soft link value</em> bytes:</td>
        <td>A non-NULL-terminated string storing the value of the soft link.</td>
      </tr>
      </table>
      <br />
      For <b>external</b> links, the field is formatted as follows:
      <table>
      <tr>
        <td width="20%">Bytes 1-2:</td>
        <td>Length of external link value.</td>
      </tr>
      <tr>
        <td><em>Length of external link value</em> bytes:</td>
        <td>The first byte contains the version number in the upper 4 bits and flags in the lower 4 bits
            for the external link. Both version and flags are defined to be zero in this document. The
            remaining bytes consist of two NULL-terminated strings, with no padding between them. The first
            string is the name of the HDF5 file containing the object linked to and the second string is the
            full path to the object linked to, within the HDF5 file&rsquo;s group hierarchy.</td>
      </tr>
      </table>
      <br />
      For <b>user-defined</b> links, the field is formatted as follows:
      <table>
      <tr>
        <td width="20%">Bytes 1-2:</td>
        <td>Length of user-defined data.</td>
      </tr>
      <tr>
        <td><em>Length of user-defined link value</em> bytes:</td>
        <td>The data supplied for the user-defined link type.</td>
      </tr>
      </table></td>
</tr>
</table>

\subsubsection subsubsec_fmt4_dataobject_hdr_msg_external IV.A.2.h. The Data Storage - External Data Files Message
<table>
<tr>
  <td colspan="2"><b>Header Message Name:</b> External Data Files</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="2"><b>Header Message Type:</b> 0x0007</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="2"><b>Length:</b> Varies</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="2"><b>Status:</b> Optional; may not be repeated.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td><b>Description:</b></td>
  <td>The external data storage message indicates that the data for an object is stored outside the HDF5
      file. The filename of the object is stored as a Universal Resource Location (URL) of the actual
      filename containing the data. An external file list record also contains the byte offset of the
      start of the data within the file and the amount of space reserved in the file for that data.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="2"><b>Format of Data:</b> See the tables below.</td>
</tr>
</table>

<table>
<caption align="top"><strong>Layout: External File List Message</strong></caption>
<tr align="center">
  <th width="25%">byte</th>
  <th width="25%">byte</th>
  <th width="25%">byte</th>
  <th>byte</th>
</tr>
<tr align="center">
  <td>Version</td>
  <td colspan="3">Reserved (zero)</td>
</tr>
<tr align="center">
  <td colspan="2">Allocated Slots</td>
  <td colspan="2">Used Slots</td>
</tr>
<tr align="center">
  <td colspan="4"><br />Heap Address<sup>O</sup><br /><br /></td>
</tr>
<tr align="center">
  <td colspan="4"><br />Slot Definitions...<br /><br /></td>
</tr>
</table>
\li Items marked with an &lsquo;O&rsquo; in the above table are of the size specified in
    &ldquo;@ref FMT4SizeOfOffsetsV0 "Size of Offsets"&rdquo; field in the superblock.

<table>
<caption align="top"><strong>Fields: External File List Message</strong></caption>
<tr>
  <th width="30%">Field Name</th>
  <th>Description</th>
</tr>
<tr valign=top>
  <td>Version</td>
  <td>The version number information is used for changes in the format of External Data Storage Message
      and is described here:
      <table>
      <tr>
        <th width="20%">Version</th>
        <th align="left">Description</th>
      </tr>
      <tr>
        <td align="center"><code>0</code></td>
        <td>Never used.</td>
      </tr>
      <tr>
        <td align="center"><code>1</code></td>
        <td>The current version used by the library.</td>
      </tr>
      </table></td>
</tr>
<tr valign=top>
  <td>Allocated Slots</td>
  <td>The total number of slots allocated in the message. Its value must be at least as large as the value
      contained in the Used Slots field. (The current library simply uses the number of Used Slots for this
      message)</td>
</tr>
<tr valign=top>
  <td>Used Slots</td>
  <td>The number of initial slots which contain valid information.</td>
</tr>
<tr valign=top>
  <td>Heap Address</td>
  <td>This is the address of a local name heap which contains the names for the external files. (The local
      heap information can be found in @ref subsec_fmt4_infra_localheap in this document). The name at offset
      zero in the heap is always the empty string.</td>
</tr>
<tr valign=top>
  <td>Slot Definitions</td>
  <td>The slot definitions are stored in order according to the array addresses they represent.</td>
</tr>
</table>

<table>
<caption align="top"><strong>Layout: External File List Slot</strong></caption>
<tr align="center">
  <th width="25%">byte</th>
  <th width="25%">byte</th>
  <th width="25%">byte</th>
  <th>byte</th>
</tr>
<tr align="center">
  <td colspan="4"><br />Name Offset in Local Heap<sup>L</sup><br /><br /></td>
</tr>
<tr align="center">
  <td colspan="4"><br />File Offset in External Data File<sup>L</sup><br /><br /></td>
</tr>
<tr align="center">
  <td colspan="4"><br />Data Size in External File<sup>L</sup><br /><br /></td>
</tr>
</table>
\li Items marked with an &lsquo;L&rsquo; in the above table are of the size specified in
    &ldquo;@ref FMT4SizeOfLengthsV0 "Size of Lengths"&rdquo; field in the superblock.

<table>
<caption align="top"><strong>Fields: External File List Slot</strong></caption>
<tr>
  <th width="30%">Field Name</th>
  <th>Description</th>
</tr>
<tr valign=top>
  <td>Name Offset in Local Heap</td>
  <td>The byte offset within the local name heap for the name of the file. File names are stored as a URL
      which has a protocol name, a host name, a port number, and a file name:
      <code><em>protocol</em>:<em>port</em>//<em>host</em>/<em>file</em></code>. If the protocol is omitted
      then &ldquo;file&#58;&rdquo; is assumed. If the port number is omitted then a default port for that protocol
      is used. If both the protocol and the port number are omitted then the colon can also be omitted. If the double
      slash and host name are omitted then &ldquo;localhost&rdquo; is assumed. The file name is the only mandatory part,
      and if the leading slash is missing then it is relative to the application&rsquo;s current working directory
      (the use of relative names is not recommended).</td>
</tr>
<tr valign=top>
  <td>Offset in External Data File</td>
  <td>This is the byte offset to the start of the data in the specified file. For files that contain data for
      a single dataset this will usually be zero.</td>
</tr>
<tr valign=top>
  <td>Data Size in External File</td>
  <td>This is the total number of bytes reserved in the specified file for raw data storage. For a file that
    contains exactly one complete dataset which is not extendable, the size will usually be the exact size of
    the dataset. However, by making the size larger one allows HDF5 to extend the dataset. The size can be set
    to a value larger than the entire file since HDF5 will read zeros past the end of the file without failing.</td>
</tr>
</table>

\subsubsection subsubsec_fmt4_dataobject_hdr_msg_layout IV.A.2.i. The Data Layout Message
<table>
<tr>
  <td colspan="2"><b>Header Message Name:</b> Data Storage - Layout</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="2"><b>Header Message Type:</b> 0x0008</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="2"><b>Length:</b> Varies</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="2"><b>Status:</b> Required for datasets; may not be repeated.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td><b>Description:</b></td>
  <td>The Data Layout message describes how the elements of a multi-dimensional array
      are stored in the HDF5 file. Four types of data layout are supported:
      <ol>
      <li>Contiguous: The array is stored in one contiguous area of the file. This layout requires that the
          size of the array be constant: data manipulations such as chunking, compression, checksums or encryption
          are not permitted. The message stores the total storage size of the array. The offset of an element from
          the beginning of the storage area is computed as in a C array.</li>
      <li>Chunked: The array domain is regularly decomposed into chunks, and each chunk is allocated and stored
          separately. This layout supports arbitrary element traversals, compression, encryption, and checksums
          (these features are described in other messages). The message stores the size of a chunk instead of the
          size of the entire array; the size of the entire array can be calculated by traversing the B-tree that
          stores the chunk addresses.</li>
      <li>Compact: The array is stored in one contiguous block, as part of this object header messagei.</li>
      <li>Virtual: This is only supported for version 4 of the Data Layout message. The message stores information
          that is used to locate the global heap collection containing the Virtual Dataset (VDS) mapping information.
          The mapping associates the VDS to the source dataset elements that are stored across a collection
          of HDF5 files.</li>
      </ol></td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="2"><b>Format of Data:</b> See the tables below.</td>
</tr>
</table>

<table>
<caption align="top"><strong>Layout: Data Layout Message (Versions 1 and 2)</strong></caption>
<tr align="center">
  <th width="25%">byte</th>
  <th width="25%">byte</th>
  <th width="25%">byte</th>
  <th>byte</th>
</tr>
<tr align="center">
  <td>Version</td>
  <td>Dimensionality</td>
  <td>Layout Class</td>
  <td>Reserved <em>(zero)</em></td>
</tr>
<tr align="center">
  <td colspan="4">Reserved <em>(zero)</em></td>
</tr>
<tr align="center">
  <td colspan="4"><br />Data Address<sup>O</sup> <em>(optional)</em><br /><br /></td>
</tr>
<tr align="center">
  <td colspan="4">Dimension 0 Size</td>
</tr>
<tr align="center">
  <td colspan="4">Dimension 1 Size</td>
</tr>
<tr align="center">
  <td colspan="4">...</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="4">Dataset Element Size <em>(optional)</em></td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="4">Compact Data Size <em>(optional)</em></td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="4"><br />Compact Data...<em>(variable size, optional)</em><br /><br /></td>
</tr>
</table>
\li Items marked with an &lsquo;O&rsquo; in the above table are of the size specified in
    &ldquo;@ref FMT4SizeOfOffsetsV0 "Size of Offsets"&rdquo; field in the superblock.

<table>
<caption align="top"><strong>Fields: Data Layout Message (Versions 1 and 2)</strong></caption>
<tr>
  <th width="30%">Field Name</th>
  <th>Description</th>
</tr>
<tr valign=top>
  <td>Version</td>
  <td>The version number information is used for changes in the format of the data layout message and
      is described here:
      <table>
      <tr>
        <th width="20%">Version</th>
        <th align="left">Description</th>
      </tr>
      <tr>
        <td align="center"><code>0</code></td>
        <td>Never used.</td>
      </tr>
      <tr>
        <td align="center"><code>1</code></td>
        <td>Used by version 1.4 and before of the library to encode layout information. Data space is
            always allocated when the data set is created.</td>
      </tr>
      <tr>
        <td align="center"><code>2</code></td>
        <td>Used by version 1.6.x of the library to encode layout information. Data space is allocated
            only when it is necessary.</td>
      </tr>
      </table></td>
</tr>
<tr valign=top>
  <td>Dimensionality</td>
  <td>An array has a fixed dimensionality. This field specifies the number of dimension size fields later
      in the message. The value stored for chunked storage is 1 greater than the number of dimensions in
      the dataset&rsquo;s dataspace. For example, 2 is stored for a 1 dimensional dataset.</td>
</tr>
<tr valign=top>
  <td>Layout Class</td>
  <td>The layout class specifies the type of storage for the data and how the other fields of the layout
      message are to be interpreted.
      <table>
      <tr>
        <th width="20%" align="center">Value</th>
        <th align="left">Description</th>
      </tr>
      <tr>
        <td align="center"><code>0</code></td>
        <td>Compact Storage</td>
      </tr>
      <tr>
        <td align="center"><code>1</code></td>
        <td>Contiguous Storage</td>
      </tr>
      <tr>
        <td align="center"><code>2</code></td>
        <td>Chunked Storage</td>
      </tr>
      </table></td>
</tr>
<tr valign=top>
  <td>Data Address</td>
  <td>For contiguous storage, this is the address of the raw data in the file. For chunked storage this is
      the address of the @ref subsubsec_fmt4_infra_btrees_v1 that is used to look up the addresses of the
      chunks. This field is not present for compact storage. If the version for this message is greater than 1,
      the address may have the @ref FMT4UndefinedAddress "undefined address" value, to indicate that storage
      has not yet been allocated for this array.</td>
</tr>
<tr valign=top>
  <td>Dimension \#n Size</td>
  <td>For contiguous and compact storage the dimensions define the entire size of the array while for chunked storage
      they define the size of a single chunk. In all cases, they are in units of array elements (not bytes). The
      first dimension stored in the list of dimensions is the slowest changing dimension and the last dimension
      stored is the fastest changing dimension.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Dataset Element Size</td>
  <td>The size of a dataset element, in bytes. This field is only present for chunked storage.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Compact Data Size</td>
  <td>This field is only present for compact data storage. It contains the size of the raw data for the
      dataset array, in bytes.</td>
<tr>
  <td>Compact Data</td>
  <td>This field is only present for compact data storage. It contains the raw data for the dataset
      array.</td>
</tr>
</table>

Version 3 of this message re-structured the format into specific properties that are required for each layout class.
<table>
<caption><strong>Layout: Data Layout Message (Version 3)</strong></caption>
<tr>
  <th width="25%">byte</th>
  <th width="25%">byte</th>
  <th width="25%">byte</th>
  <th>byte</th>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Version</td>
  <td>Layout Class</td>
  <td colspan="2" bgcolor=#DDDDDD><em>This space inserted only to align table nicely</em></td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="4"><br />Properties <em>(variable size)</em><br /><br /></td>
</tr>
</table>

<table>
<caption><strong>Fields: Data Layout Message (Version 3)</strong></caption>
<tr>
  <th width="30%">Field Name</th>
  <th>Description</th>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Version</td>
  <td>The version number information is used for changes in the format of layout message and is
      described here:
      <table>
      <tr>
        <th width="20%">Version</th>
        <th align="left">Description</th>
      </tr>
      <tr>
        <td align="center"><code>3</code></td>
        <td>Used by the version 1.6.3 and later of the library to store properties for each layout class.</td>
      </tr>
      </table></td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Layout Class</td>
  <td>The layout class specifies how the other fields of the layout message are to be interpreted.
      <table>
      <tr>
        <th width="20%" align="center">Value</th>
        <th align="left">Description</th>
      </tr>
      <tr>
        <td align="center"><code>0</code></td>
        <td>Compact Storage</td>
      </tr>
      <tr>
        <td align="center"><code>1</code></td>
        <td>Contiguous Storage</td>
      </tr>
      <tr>
        <td align="center"><code>2</code></td>
        <td>Chunked Storage</td>
      </tr>
      </table></td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Properties</td>
  <td>This variable-sized field encodes information specific to each layout class and is described below. If
      there is no property information specified for a layout class, the size of this field is zero bytes.</td>
</tr>
</table>

\anchor FMT4CompactStorage <h4>Class-specific information for compact layout (Class 0):</h4><br />
(Note: The dimensionality information is in the Dataspace message)
<table>
<caption><strong>Layout: Compact Storage Property Description</strong></caption>
<tr>
  <th width="25%">byte</th>
  <th width="25%">byte</th>
  <th width="25%">byte</th>
  <th>byte</th>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="2">Size</td>
  <td colspan="2" bgcolor=#DDDDDD><em>This space inserted only to align table nicely</em></td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="4"><br />Raw Data...<em>(variable size)</em><br /><br /></td>
</tr>
</table>

<table>
<caption><strong>Fields: Compact Storage Property Description</strong></caption>
<tr>
  <th width="30%">Field Name</th>
  <th>Description</th>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Size</td>
  <td>This field contains the size of the raw data for the dataset array, in bytes.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Raw Data</td>
  <td>This field contains the raw data for the dataset array.</td>
</tr>
</table>

\anchor FMT4ContiguousStorage <h4>Class-specific information for contiguous storage (layout class 1):</h4><br />
(Note: The dimensionality information is in the Dataspace message)

<table>
<caption><strong>Layout: Contiguous Storage Property Description</strong></caption>
<tr>
  <th width="25%">byte</th>
  <th width="25%">byte</th>
  <th width="25%">byte</th>
  <th>byte</th>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="4"><br />Address<sup>O</sup><br /><br /></td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="4"><br />Size<sup>L</sup><br /><br /></td>
</tr>
</table>
\li Items marked with an &lsquo;O&rsquo; in the above table are of the size specified in
    &ldquo;@ref FMT4SizeOfOffsetsV0 "Size of Offsets"&rdquo; field in the superblock.
\li Items marked with an &lsquo;L&rsquo; in the above table are of the size specified in
    &ldquo;@ref FMT4SizeOfLengthsV0 "Size of Lengths"&rdquo; field in the superblock.

<table>
<caption><strong>Fields: Contiguous Storage Property Description</strong></caption>
<tr>
  <th width="30%">Field Name</th>
  <th>Description</th>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Address</td>
  <td>This is the address of the raw data in the file. The address may have the
      @ref FMT4UndefinedAddress "undefined address" value, to indicate that storage has not
      yet been allocated for this array.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Size</td>
  <td>This field contains the size allocated to store the raw data, in bytes.</td>
</tr>
</table>

Class-specific information for chunked storage (layout class 2):
<table>
<caption><strong>Layout: Chunked Storage Property Description</strong></caption>
<tr>
  <th width="25%">byte</th>
  <th width="25%">byte</th>
  <th width="25%">byte</th>
  <th>byte</th>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Dimensionality</td>
  <td colspan="3" bgcolor=#DDDDDD><em>This space inserted only to align table nicely</em></td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="4"><br />Address<sup>O</sup><br /><br /></td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="4">Dimension 0 Size</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="4">Dimension 1 Size</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="4">...</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="4">Dimension \#n Size</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="4">Dataset Element Size</td>
</tr>
</table>
\li Items marked with an &lsquo;O&rsquo; in the above table are of the size specified in
    &ldquo;@ref FMT4SizeOfOffsetsV0 "Size of Offsets"&rdquo; field in the superblock.

<table>
<caption><strong>Fields: Chunked Storage Property Description</strong></caption>
<tr>
  <th width="30%">Field Name</th>
  <th>Description</th>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Dimensionality</td>
  <td>>A chunk has a fixed dimensionality. This field specifies the number of dimension size fields
       later in the message.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Address</td>
  <td>This is the address of the @ref subsubsec_fmt4_infra_btrees_v1 that is used to look up the
      addresses of the chunks that actually store portions of the array data. The address may have the
      @ref FMT4UndefinedAddress "undefined address" value, to indicate
      that storage has not yet been allocated for this array.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Dimension \#n Size</td>
  <td>These values define the dimension size of a single chunk, in units of array elements (not bytes).
      The first dimension stored in the list of dimensions is the slowest changing dimension and the
      last dimension stored is the fastest changing dimension.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Dataset Element Size</td>
  <td>The size of a dataset element, in bytes.</td>
</tr>
</table>

\anchor FMT4DataLayoutV4 <h4>Version 4 of this message is similar to version 3 but has additional
information for the virtual layout class as well as indexing information for the chunked layout class.</h4>
<h4>Version 5 of this message is identical to version 4, except for the encoding of filtered chunk records for Fixed Array, Extensible Array, and v2 B-Tree indices. The Library also requires layout version 5 for datasets with chunk size greater than or equal to 4 GiB.</h4>
<table>
<caption><strong>Layout: Data Layout Message (Versions 4 and 5)</strong></caption>
<tr>
  <th width="25%">byte</th>
  <th width="25%">byte</th>
  <th width="25%">byte</th>
  <th>byte</th>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Version</td>
  <td>Layout Class</td>
  <td colspan="2" bgcolor=#DDDDDD><em>This space inserted only to align table nicely</em></td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="4"><br />Properties <em>(variable size)</em><br /><br /></td>
</tr>
</table>

<table>
<caption><strong>Fields: Data Layout Message (Versions 4 and 5)</strong></caption>
<tr>
  <th width="30%">Field Name</th>
  <th>Description</th>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Version</td>
  <td>The version number information is used for changes in the format of the data layout message and
      is described here:
      <table>
      <tr>
        <th width="20%">Version</th>
        <th align="left">Description</th>
      </tr>
      <tr>
        <td align="center"><code>4</code></td>
        <td>Used by version 1.10.0 and later of the library to store properties for each layout class and indexing information for the chunked layout.</td>
      </tr>
      <tr>
        <td align="center"><code>5</code></td>
        <td>Used by version 2.0.0 and later of the library and is identical to version 4, except the encoding of filtered chunk records for Fixed Array, Extensible Array, and v2 B-Tree indices has been changed to allow for filters that expand chunks up to 2<sup>64</sup>-1 bytes. The Library will also not allow creation of datasets with chunk size greater than 2<sup>32</sup>-1 bytes (4 GiB - 1) with layout version 4 or below (including unfiltered chunks), because versions of the library that don't understand layout version 5 cannot process these large chunks. However, such large chunks are not precluded by the version 4 layout encoding per se.</td>
      </tr>
      </table></td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Layout Class</td>
  <td>The layout class specifies specifies the type of storage for the data and how the other fields
      of the layout message are to be interpreted.
      <table>
      <tr>
        <th width="20%" align="center">Value</th>
        <th align="left">Description</th>
      </tr>
      <tr>
        <td align="center"><code>0</code></td>
        <td>Compact Storage</td>
      </tr>
      <tr>
        <td align="center"><code>1</code></td>
        <td>Contiguous Storage</td>
      </tr>
      <tr>
        <td align="center"><code>2</code></td>
        <td>Chunked Storage</td>
      </tr>
      <tr>
        <td align="center"><code>3</code></td>
        <td>Virtual Storage</td>
      </tr>
      </table></td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Properties</td>
  <td>This variable-sized field encodes information specific to each layout class as follows:
      <table>
      <tr>
        <th width="20%" align="center">Layout Class</th>
        <th align="left">Description</th>
      </tr>
      <tr>
        <td align="left">Compact Storage</td>
        <td>See @ref FMT4CompactStorage "Compact Storage Property Description" for the version 3
            Data Layout message.</td>
      </tr>
      <tr>
        <td align="left">Contiguous Storage</td>
        <td>See @ref FMT4ContiguousStorage "Contiguous Storage Property Description" for the version 3
            Data Layout message.</td>
      </tr>
      <tr>
        <td align="left">Chunked Storage</td>
        <td>See @ref FMT4ChunkedStorage "Chunked Storage Property Description" below.</td>
      </tr>
      <tr>
        <td align="left">Virtual Storage</td>
        <td>See @ref FMT4VirtualStorage "Virtual Storage Property Description" below.</td>
      </tr>
      </table></td>
</tr>
</table>

\anchor FMT4ChunkedStorage <h4>Class-specific information for chunked storage (layout class 2):</h4>
<table>
<caption><strong>Layout: Chunked Storage Property Description</strong></caption>
<tr>
  <th width="25%">byte</th>
  <th width="25%">byte</th>
  <th width="25%">byte</th>
  <th>byte</th>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Flags</td>
  <td>Dimensionality</td>
  <td>Dimension Size Encoded Length</td>
  <td bgcolor=#DDDDDD><em>This space inserted only to align table nicely</em></td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="4"><br />Dimension 0 Size <em>(variable size)</em><br /><br /></td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="4"><br />Dimension 1 Size <em>(variable size)</em><br /><br /></td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="4"><br />...<br /><br /></td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="4"><br />Dimension \#n Size <em>(variable size)</em><br /><br /></td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Chunk Indexing Type</td>
  <td colspan="3" bgcolor=#DDDDDD><em>This space inserted only to align table nicely</em></td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="4"><br />Indexing Type Information <em>(variable size)</em><br /><br /></td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="4"><br />Address<sup>O</sup><br /><br /></td>
</tr>
</table>
\li Items marked with an &lsquo;O&rsquo; in the above table are of the size specified in
    &ldquo;@ref FMT4SizeOfOffsetsV0 "Size of Offsets"&rdquo; field in the superblock.

<table>
<caption><strong>Fields: Chunked Storage Property Description</strong></caption>
<tr>
  <th width="30%">Field Name</th>
  <th>Description</th>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Flags</td>
  <td>This is the chunked layout feature flag:
      <table>
      <tr>
        <th width="55%" align="left">Value</th>
        <th align="left">Description</th>
      </tr>
      <tr>
        <td align="left"><code>DONT_FILTER_PARTIAL_BOUND_CHUNKS (bit 0)</code></td>
        <td>Do not apply filter to a partial edge chunk.</td>
      </tr>
      <tr>
        <td align="left"><code>SINGLE_INDEX_WITH_FILTER (bit 1)</code></td>
        <td>A filtered chunk for <i>Single Chunk</i> indexing.</td>
      </tr>
      </table></td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Dimensionality</td>
  <td>A chunk has fixed dimension. This field specifies the number of <em>Dimension Size</em> fields
      later in the message.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Dimension Size Encoded Length</td>
  <td>This is the size in bytes used to encode <em>Dimension Size</em>.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Dimension \#n Size</td>
  <td>These values define the dimension size of a single chunk, in units of array elements (not bytes).
      The first dimension stored in the list of dimensions is the slowest changing dimension and the
      last dimension stored is the fastest changing dimension.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Chunk Indexing Type</td>
  <td>There are five indexing types used to look up addresses of the chunks. For more information on each
      type, see @ref sec_fmt4_appendixc<br />
      <table>
      <tr>
        <th width="20%" align="center">Value</th>
        <th align="left">Description</th>
      </tr>
      <tr>
        <td align="center"><code>1</code></td>
        <td>@ref subsec_fmt4_appendixc_chunk indexing type.</td>
      </tr>
      <tr>
        <td align="center"><code>2</code></td>
        <td>@ref subsec_fmt4_appendixc_implicit indexing type.</td>
      </tr>
      <tr>
        <td align="center"><code>3</code></td>
        <td>@ref subsec_fmt4_appendixc_fixedarr indexing type.</td>
      </tr>
      <tr>
        <td align="center"><code>4</code></td>
        <td>@ref subsec_fmt4_appendixc_extarr indexing type.</td>
      </tr>
      <tr>
        <td align="center"><code>5</code></td>
        <td>@ref subsec_fmt4_appendixc_appv2btree indexing type.</td>
      </tr>
    </table></td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Indexing Type Information</td>
  <td>This variable-sized field encodes information specific to an indexing type. More information on
      what is encoded with each type can be found below this table.
      <ul>
        <li>See @ref FMT4IndexInfoSingle "<i>Single Chunk</i>" below.</li>
        <li>See @ref FMT4IndexInfoImplicit "<i>Implicit</i>" below.</li>
        <li>See @ref FMT4IndexInfoFixed "<i>Fixed Array</i>" below.</li>
        <li>See @ref FMT4IndexInfoExtensible "<i>Extensible Array</i>" below.</li>
        <li>See @ref FMT4IndexInfoV2Btrees "<i>Version 2 B-tree</i>" below.</li>
      </ul></td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Address</td>
  <td>This is the address specific to an indexing type. The address may be undefined if the chunk or
      index storage is not allocated yet.<br />
      <table>
        <tr>
          <th width="40%" align="left">Value</th>
          <th align="left">Description</th>
        </tr>
        <tr>
          <td align="left"><i>Single Chunk index</i></td>
          <td align="left">Address of the single chunk.</td>
        </tr>
        <tr>
          <td align="left"><i>Implicit index</i></td>
          <td align="left">Address of the array of dataset chunks.</td>
        </tr>
        <tr>
          <td align="left"><i>Fixed Array index</i></td>
          <td align="left">Address of the index.</td>
        </tr>
        <tr>
          <td align="left"><i>Extensible Array index</i></td>
          <td align="left">Address of the index.</td>
        </tr>
        <tr>
          <td align="left"><i>Version 2 B-tree index</i></td>
          <td align="left">Address of the index.</td>
        </tr>
        </table></td>
</tr>
</table>

<ol>
<li>\anchor FMT4IndexInfoSingle <h4>Index-specific information for <i>Single Chunk</i>:</h4>
The following information exists only when the chunk is filtered. In other words, when
<code>DONT_FILTER_PARTIAL_BOUND_CHUNKS</code> (bit 0) is enabled in the field <em>flags</em>.
<table>
<caption><strong>Layout: Single Chunk Indexing Information</strong></caption>
<tr>
  <th width="25%">byte</th>
  <th width="25%">byte</th>
  <th width="25%">byte</th>
  <th>byte</th>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="4"><br />Size of filtered chunk<sup>L</sup><br /><br /></td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="4">Filters for chunk</td>
</tr>
</table>
\li Items marked with an &lsquo;L&rsquo; in the above table are of the size specified in
    &ldquo;@ref FMT4SizeOfLengthsV0 "Size of Lengths"&rdquo; field in the superblock.

<table>
<caption><strong>Fields: Single Chunk Indexing Information</strong></caption>
<tr>
  <th width="30%">Field Name</th>
  <th>Description</th>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Size of filtered chunk</td>
  <td>This field is the size of a filtered chunk.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Filters for chunk</td>
  <td>This field contains filters for the chunk.</td>
</tr>
</table>
</li>

<li>\anchor FMT4IndexInfoImplicit <h4>Index-specific information for <i>Implicit</i>:</h4>
<table>
<caption><strong>Layout: Implicit Indexing Information</strong></caption>
<tr>
  <th width="25%">byte</th>
  <th width="25%">byte</th>
  <th width="25%">byte</th>
  <th>byte</th>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="4"><em>No specific indexing information</em></td>
</tr>
</table>
</li>

<li>\anchor FMT4IndexInfoFixed <h4>Index-specific information for <i>Fixed Array</i>:</h4>
<table>
<caption><strong>Layout: Fixed Array Indexing Information</strong></caption>
<tr>
  <th width="25%">byte</th>
  <th width="25%">byte</th>
  <th width="25%">byte</th>
  <th>byte</th>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="1">Page Bits</td>
  <td colspan="3" bgcolor="#DDDDDD"><em>This space inserted only to align table nicely</em></td>
</tr>
</table>
<table>
<caption><strong>Fields: Fixed Array Indexing Information</strong></caption>
<tr>
  <th width="30%">Field Name</th>
  <th>Description</th>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Page Bits</td>
  <td>This field contains the number of bits needed to store the maximum number of elements in a
      data block page.</td>
</tr>
</table>
</li>

<li>\anchor FMT4IndexInfoExtensible <h4>Index-specific information for <i>Extensible Array</i>:</h4>
<table>
<caption><strong>Layout: Extensible Array Indexing Information</strong></caption>
<tr>
  <th width="25%">byte</th>
  <th width="25%">byte</th>
  <th width="25%">byte</th>
  <th>byte</th>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Max Bits</td>
  <td>Index Elements</td>
  <td>Min Pointers</td>
  <td>Min Elements</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="2">Page Bits</td>
  <td colspan="2" bgcolor="#DDDDDD"><em>This space inserted only to align table nicely</em></td>
</tr>
</table>

<table>
<caption><strong>Fields: Extensible Array Indexing Information</strong></caption>
<tr>
  <th width="30%">Field Name</th>
  <th>Description</th>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Max Bits</td>
  <td>This field contains the number of bits needed to store the maximum number of elements
      in the array.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Index Elements</td>
  <td>This field contains the number of elements to store in the index block.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Min Pointers</td>
  <td>This field contains the minimum number of data block pointers for a superblock.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Min Elements</td>
  <td>This field contains the minimum number of elements per data block.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Page Bits</td>
  <td>This field contains the number of bits needed to store the maximum number of elements in
      a data block page.</td>
</tr>
</table>
</li>

<li>\anchor FMT4IndexInfoV2Btrees <h4>Index-specific information for <i>Version 2 B-tree</i>:</h4>
<table>
<caption><strong>Layout: Version 2 B-tree Indexing Information</strong></caption>
<tr>
  <th width="25%">byte</th>
  <th width="25%">byte</th>
  <th width="25%">byte</th>
  <th>byte</th>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="4">Node Size</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Split Percent</td>
  <td>Merge Percent</td>
  <td colspan="2" bgcolor="#DDDDDD"><em>This space inserted only to align table nicely</em></td>
</tr>
</table>
<table>
<caption><strong>Fields: Version 2 B-tree Indexing Information</strong></caption>
<tr>
  <th width="30%">Field Name</th>
  <th>Description</th>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Node Size</td>
  <td>This field is the size in bytes of a B-tree node.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Split Percent</td>
  <td>This field is the percentage full of a B-tree node at which to split the node.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Merge Percent</td>
  <td>This field is the percentage full of a B-tree node at which to merge the node.</td>
</tr>
</table>
</li>
</ol>

\anchor FMT4VirtualStorage <h4>Class-specific information for virtual storage (layout class 3):</h4>
<table>
<caption><strong>Layout: Virtual Storage Property Description</strong></caption>
<tr>
  <th width="25%">byte</th>
  <th width="25%">byte</th>
  <th width="25%">byte</th>
  <th>byte</th>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="4"><br />Address<sup>O</sup><br /><br /></td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="4">Index</td>
</tr>
</table>
\li Items marked with an &lsquo;O&rsquo; in the above table are of the size specified in
    &ldquo;@ref FMT4SizeOfOffsetsV0 "Size of Offsets"&rdquo; field in the superblock.

<table>
<caption><strong>Fields: Virtual Storage Property Description</strong></caption>
<tr>
  <th width="30%">Field Name</th>
  <th>Description</th>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Address</td>
  <td>This is the address of the global heap collection where the VDS mapping entries are stored.
      See @ref subsec_fmt4_infra_globalheapvds</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Index</td>
  <td>This is the index of the data object within the global heap collection.</td>
</tr>
</table>


\subsubsection subsubsec_fmt4_dataobject_hdr_msg_bogus IV.A.2.j. The Bogus Message
<table>
<tr>
  <td colspan="2"><b>Header Message Name:</b> Bogus</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="2"><b>Header Message Type:</b>0x0009</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="2"><b>Length:</b>  4 bytes</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="2"><b>Status:</b> For testing only; should never be stored in a valid file.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td><b>Description:</b></td>
  <td>This message is used for testing the HDF5 Library&rsquo;s response to an &ldquo;unknown&rdquo;
      message type and should never be encountered in a valid HDF5 file.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="2"><b>Format of Data:</b> See the tables below.</td>
</tr>
</table>

<table>
<caption><strong>Layout: Bogus Message</strong></caption>
<tr>
  <th width="25%">byte</th>
  <th width="25%">byte</th>
  <th width="25%">byte</th>
  <th>byte</th>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="4">Bogus Value</td>
</tr>
</table>

<table>
<caption><strong>Fields: Bogus Message</strong></caption>
<tr>
  <th width="30%">Field Name</th>
  <th>Description</th>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Bogus Value</td>
  <td>This value should always be: <code>0xdeadbeef</code>.</td>
</tr>
</table>

\subsubsection subsubsec_fmt4_dataobject_hdr_msg_groupinfo IV.A.2.k. The Group Info Message
<table>
<tr>
  <td colspan="2"><b>Header Message Name:</b> Group Info</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="2"><b>Header Message Type:</b> 0x000A</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="2"><b>Length:</b> Varies</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="2"><b>Status:</b> Optional; may not be repeated.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td><b>Description:</b></td>
  <td>This message stores information for the constants defining a &ldquo;new style&rdquo; group&rsquo;s
      behavior. Constant information will be stored in this message and variable information will be stored
      in the @ref subsubsec_fmt4_dataobject_hdr_msg_linkinfo message.<br />
      Note: the &ldquo;estimated entry&rdquo; information below is used when determining the size of the
      object header for the group when it is created.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="2"><b>Format of Data:</b> See the tables below.</td>
</tr>
</table>

<table>
<caption><strong>Layout: Group Info Message</strong></caption>
<tr>
  <th width="25%">byte</th>
  <th width="25%">byte</th>
  <th width="25%">byte</th>
  <th>byte</th>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Version</td>
  <td>Flags</td>
  <td colspan="2">Link Phase Change: Maximum Compact Value <em>(optional)</em></td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="2">Link Phase Change: Minimum Dense Value <em>(optional)</em></td>
  <td colspan="2">Estimated Number of Entries <em>(optional)</em></td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="2">Estimated Link Name Length of Entries <em>(optional)</em></td>
  <td colspan="2" bgcolor="#DDDDDD"><em>This space inserted only to align table nicely</em></td>
</tr>
</table>

<table>
<caption><strong>Fields: Group Info Message</strong></caption>
<tr>
  <th width="30%">Field Name</th>
  <th>Description</th>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Version</td>
  <td>The version number for this message. This document describes version 0.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Flags</td>
  <td>This is the group information flag with the following definition:
      <table>
      <tr>
        <th width="20%" align="center">Bit</th>
        <th width="80%" align="left">Description</th>
      </tr>
      <tr>
        <td align="center"><code>0</code></td>
        <td>If set, link phase change values are stored.</td>
      </tr>
      <tr>
        <td align="center"><code>1</code></td>
        <td>If set, the estimated entry information is non-default
            and is stored.</td>
      </tr>
      <tr>
        <td align="center"><code>2-7</code></td>
        <td>Reserved</td>
      </tr>
      </table></td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Link Phase Change: Maximum Compact Value</td>
  <td>The is the maximum number of links to store &ldquo;compactly&rdquo; (in the group&rsquo;s object header).<br />
      This field is present if bit 0 of <em>Flags</em> is set.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Link Phase Change: Minimum Dense Value</td>
  <td>This is the minimum number of links to store &ldquo;densely&rdquo; (in the group&rsquo;s fractal
      heap). The fractal heap&rsquo;s address is located in the @ref subsubsec_fmt4_dataobject_hdr_msg_linkinfo
      message.<br />
      This field is present if bit 0 of <em>Flags</em> is set.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Estimated Number of Entries</td>
  <td>This is the estimated number of entries in groups. If this field is not present, the default value of
      <code>4</code> will be used for the estimated number of group entries.<br />
      This field is present if bit 1 of <em>Flags</em> is set.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Estimated Link Name Length of Entries</td>
  <td>This is the estimated length of entry name. If this field is not present, the default value of
      <code>8</code> will be used for the estimated link name length of group entries.<br />
      This field is present if bit 1 of <em>Flags</em> is set.</td>
</tr>
</table>

\subsubsection subsubsec_fmt4_dataobject_hdr_msg_filter IV.A.2.l. The Data Storage - Filter Pipeline Message
<table>
<tr>
  <td colspan="2"><b>Header Message Name:</b> Data Storage - Filter Pipeline</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="2"><b>Header Message Type:</b> 0x000B</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="2"><b>Length:</b> Varies</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="2"><b>Status:</b> Optional; may not be repeated.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td><b>Description:</b></td>
  <td>This message describes the filter pipeline which should be applied to the data stream by providing filter
      identification numbers, flags, a name, and client data.<br />
      This message may be present in the object headers of both dataset and group objects. For datasets, it
      specifies the filters to apply to raw data. For groups, it specifies the filters to apply to the
      group&rsquo;s fractal heap. Currently, only datasets using chunked data storage use the filter pipeline
      on their raw data.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="2"><b>Format of Data:</b> See the tables below.</td>
</tr>
</table>

<table>
<caption align="top"><strong>Layout: Filter Pipeline Message - Version 1</strong></caption>
<tr align="center">
  <th width="25%">byte</th>
  <th width="25%">byte</th>
  <th width="25%">byte</th>
  <th>byte</th>
</tr>
<tr align="center">
  <td>Version</td>
  <td>Number of Filters</td>
  <td colspan="2">Reserved (zero)</td>
</tr>
<tr align="center">
  <td colspan="4">Reserved (zero)</td>
</tr>
<tr align="center">
  <td colspan="4"><br />Filter Description List <em>(variable size)</em><br /><br /></td>
</tr>
</table>

<table>
<caption align="top"><strong>Fields: Filter Pipeline Message - Version 1</strong></caption>
<tr>
  <th width="30%">Field Name</th>
  <th>Description</th>
</tr>
<tr valign=top>
  <td>Version</td>
  <td>The version number for this message. This table describes version 1.</td>
</tr>
<tr valign=top>
  <td>Number of Filters</td>
  <td>The total number of filters described in this message. The maximum possible number of filters in a
      message is 32.</td>
</tr>
<tr valign=top>
  <td>Filter Description List</td>
  <td>A description of each filter. A filter description appears in the next table.</td>
</tr>
</table>

<table>
<caption align="top"><strong>Layout: Filter Description</strong></caption>
<tr align="center">
  <th width="25%">byte</th>
  <th width="25%">byte</th>
  <th width="25%">byte</th>
  <th>byte</th>
</tr>
<tr align="center">
  <td colspan="2">Filter Identification</td>
  <td colspan="2">Name Length</td>
</tr>
<tr align="center">
  <td colspan="2">Flags</td>
  <td colspan="2">Number of Values for Client Data</td>
</tr>
<tr align="center">
  <td colspan="4"><br />Name <em>(variable size, optional)</em><br /><br /></td>
</tr>
<tr align="center">
  <td colspan="4"><br />Client Data <em>(variable size, optional)</em><br /><br /></td>
</tr>
<tr align="center">
  <td colspan="4">Padding <em>(variable size, optional)</em></td>
</tr>
</table>

<table>
<caption align="top"><strong>Fields: Filter Description</strong></caption>
<tr>
  <th width="30%">Field Name</th>
  <th>Description</th>
</tr>
<tr valign=top>
  <td>Filter Identification Value</td>
  <td>This value, often referred to as a filter identifier, is designed to be a unique identifier for
      the filter. Values from zero through 32,767 are reserved for filters supported by The HDF Group
      in the HDF5 library and for filters requested and supported by third parties. Filters supported
      by The HDF Group are documented immediately below. Information on 3rd-party filters can be found
      at The HDF Group&rsquo;s <a href="https://\PLURL/docs/RegisteredFilterPlugins.md">
      Registered Filters</a> page.<br />
      <a href="#FMT4Footnote1Change"><sup><small>1</small></sup></a><br /> To request a filter identifier,
      please contact The HDF Group&rsquo;s Help Desk at <a href="mailto:help@hdfgroup.org">HDF Help Desk</a>.
      You will be asked to provide the following information:
      <ol>
        <li>Contact information for the developer requesting the new identifier</li>
        <li>A short description of the new filter</li>
        <li>Links to any relevant information, including licensing information</li>
      </ol><br />
      Values from 32768 to 65535 are reserved for non-distributed uses (for example, internal company usage)
      or for application usage when testing a feature. The HDF Group does not track or document the use of
      the filters with identifiers from this range.<br />
      The filters currently in library version 1.8.0 are listed below:
      <table>
      <tr>
        <th width="20%" align="center">Identification</th>
        <th width="15%" align="left">Name</th>
        <th align="left">Description</th>
      </tr>
      <tr>
        <td align="center"><code>0</code></td>
        <td>N/A</td>
        <td>Reserved</td>
      </tr>
      <tr>
        <td align="center"><code>1</code></td>
        <td>deflate</td>
        <td>GZIP deflate compression</td>
      </tr>
      <tr>
        <td align="center"><code>2</code></td>
        <td>shuffle</td>
        <td>Data element shuffling</td>
      </tr>
      <tr>
        <td align="center"><code>3</code></td>
        <td>fletcher32</td>
        <td>Fletcher32 checksum</td>
      </tr>
      <tr>
        <td align="center"><code>4</code></td>
        <td>szip</td>
        <td>SZIP compression</td>
      </tr>
      <tr>
        <td align="center"><code>5</code></td>
        <td>nbit</td>
        <td>N-bit packing</td>
      </tr>
      <tr>
        <td align="center"><code>6</code></td>
        <td>scaleoffset</td>
        <td>Scale and offset encoded values</td>
      </tr>
      </table></td>
</tr>
<tr valign=top>
  <td>Name Length</td>
  <td>Each filter has an optional null-terminated ASCII name and this field holds the length of the name
      including the null termination padded with nulls to be a multiple of eight. If the filter has no name
      then a value of zero is stored in this field.</td>
</tr>
<tr valign=top>
  <td>Flags</td>
  <td>The flags indicate certain properties for a filter. The bit values defined so far are:
      <table>
      <tr>
        <th width="20%">Value</th>
        <th align="left">Description</th>
      </tr>
      <tr>
        <td align="center"><code>0</code></td>
        <td>If set then the filter is an optional filter. During output, if an optional filter fails it will be
            silently skipped in the pipeline.</td>
      </tr>
      <tr>
        <td align="center"><code>1-15</code></td>
        <td>Reserved (zero)</td>
      </tr>
      </table></td>
</tr>
<tr valign=top>
  <td>Number of Client Data Values</td>
  <td>Each filter can store integer values to control how the filter operates. The number of entries
      in the <em>Client Data</em> array is stored in this field.</td>
</tr>
<tr valign=top>
  <td>Name</td>
  <td>If the <em>Name Length</em> field is non-zero then it will contain the size of this field, padded
      to a multiple of eight. This field contains a null-terminated, ASCII character string to serve as
      a comment/name for the filter.</td>
</tr>
<tr valign=top>
  <td>Client Data</td>
  <td>This is an array of four-byte integers which will be passed to the filter function. The <em>Client Data
      Number of Values</em> determines the number of elements in the array.</td>
</tr>
<tr valign=top>
  <td>Padding</td>
  <td>Four bytes of zeroes are added to the message at this point if the Client Data Number of Values field
      contains an odd number.</td>
</tr>
</table>
\anchor FMT4Footnote1Change <sup>1</sup> If you are reading an earlier version of this document, this
link may have changed. If the link does not work, use the latest version of this document on
<a href="https://github.com/HDFGroup/hdf5">The HDF Group</a>&rsquo;s github website,
\ref SPEC; the link there will always be correct.

<table>
<caption align="top"><strong>Layout: Filter Pipeline Message - Version 2</strong></caption>
<tr align="center">
  <th width="25%">byte</th>
  <th width="25%">byte</th>
  <th width="25%">byte</th>
  <th>byte</th>
</tr>
<tr align="center">
  <td>Version</td>
  <td>Number of Filters</td>
  <td colspan="2" bgcolor="#DDDDDD"><em>This space inserted only to align table nicely</em></td>
</tr>
<tr align="center">
  <td colspan="4"><br />Filter Description List <em>(variable size)</em><br /><br /></td>
</tr>
</table>

<table>
<caption align="top"><strong>Fields: Filter Pipeline Message - Version 2</strong></caption>
<tr>
  <th width="30%">Field Name</th>
  <th>Description</th>
</tr>
<tr valign=top>
  <td>Version</td>
  <td>The version number for this message. This table describes version 2.</td>
</tr>
<tr valign=top>
  <td>Number of Filters</td>
  <td>The total number of filters described in this message. The maximum possible number of filters in a
      message is 32.</td>
</tr>
<tr valign=top>
  <td>Filter Description List</td>
  <td>A description of each filter. A filter description appears in the next table.</td>
</tr>
</table>

<table>
<caption align="top"><strong>Layout: Filter Description</strong></caption>
<tr align="center">
  <th width="25%">byte</th>
  <th width="25%">byte</th>
  <th width="25%">byte</th>
  <th>byte</th>
</tr>
<tr align="center">
  <td colspan="2">Filter Identification</td>
  <td colspan="2">Name Length <em>(optional)</em></td>
</tr>
<tr align="center">
  <td colspan="2">Flags</td>
  <td colspan="2">Number Client Data Values</td>
</tr>
<tr align="center">
  <td colspan="4"><br />Name <em>(variable size, optional)</em><br /><br /></td>
</tr>
<tr align="center">
  <td colspan="4"><br />Client Data <em>(variable size, optional)</em><br /><br /></td>
</tr>
</table>

<table>
<caption align="top"><strong>Fields: Filter Description</strong></caption>
<tr>
  <th width="30%">Field Name</th>
  <th>Description</th>
</tr>
<tr valign=top>
  <td>Filter Identification Value</td>
  <td>This value, often referred to as a filter identifier, is designed to be a unique identifier for
      the filter. Values from zero through 32,767 are reserved for filters supported by The HDF Group
      in the HDF5 library and for filters requested and supported by third parties. Filters supported
      by The HDF Group are documented immediately below. Information on 3rd-party filters can be found
      at The HDF Group&rsquo;s <a href="https://\PLURL/docs/RegisteredFilterPlugins.md">
      Registered Filters</a> page.<br />
      <a href="#FMT4Footnote1Change"><sup><small>1</small></sup></a><br /> To request a filter identifier,
      please contact The HDF Group&rsquo;s Help Desk at <a href="mailto:help@hdfgroup.org">HDF Help Desk</a>.
      You will be asked to provide the following information:
      <ol>
        <li>Contact information for the developer requesting the new identifier</li>
        <li>A short description of the new filter</li>
        <li>Links to any relevant information, including licensing information</li>
      </ol><br />
      Values from 32768 to 65535 are reserved for non-distributed uses (for example, internal company usage)
      or for application usage when testing a feature. The HDF Group does not track or document the use of
      the filters with identifiers from this range.<br />
      The filters currently in library version 1.8.0 are listed below:
      <table>
      <tr>
        <th width="20%" align="center">Identification</th>
        <th width="15%" align="left">Name</th>
        <th align="left">Description</th>
      </tr>
      <tr>
        <td align="center"><code>0</code></td>
        <td>N/A</td>
        <td>Reserved</td>
      </tr>
      <tr>
        <td align="center"><code>1</code></td>
        <td>deflate</td>
        <td>GZIP deflate compression</td>
      </tr>
      <tr>
        <td align="center"><code>2</code></td>
        <td>shuffle</td>
        <td>Data element shuffling</td>
      </tr>
      <tr>
        <td align="center"><code>3</code></td>
        <td>fletcher32</td>
        <td>Fletcher32 checksum</td>
      </tr>
      <tr>
        <td align="center"><code>4</code></td>
        <td>szip</td>
        <td>SZIP compression</td>
      </tr>
      <tr>
        <td align="center"><code>5</code></td>
        <td>nbit</td>
        <td>N-bit packing</td>
      </tr>
      <tr>
        <td align="center"><code>6</code></td>
        <td>scaleoffset</td>
        <td>Scale and offset encoded values</td>
      </tr>
      </table></td>
</tr>
<tr valign=top>
  <td>Name Length</td>
  <td>Each filter has an optional null-terminated ASCII name and this field holds the length of the name
      including the null termination padded with nulls to be a multiple of eight. If the filter has no name
      then a value of zero is stored in this field.<br />
      Filters with IDs less than 256 (in other words, filters that are defined in this format documentation)
      do not store the <em>Name Length</em> or <em>Name</em> fields.</td>
</tr>
<tr valign=top>
  <td>Flags</td>
  <td>The flags indicate certain properties for a filter. The bit values defined so far are:
      <table>
      <tr>
        <th width="20%">Value</th>
        <th align="left">Description</th>
      </tr>
      <tr>
        <td align="center"><code>0</code></td>
        <td>If set then the filter is an optional filter. During output, if an optional filter fails it will be
            silently skipped in the pipeline.</td>
      </tr>
      <tr>
        <td align="center"><code>1-15</code></td>
        <td>Reserved (zero)</td>
      </tr>
      </table></td>
</tr>
<tr valign=top>
  <td>Number of Client Data Values</td>
  <td>Each filter can store integer values to control how the filter operates. The number of entries
      in the <em>Client Data</em> array is stored in this field.</td>
</tr>
<tr valign=top>
  <td>Name</td>
  <td>If the <em>Name Length</em> field is non-zero then it will contain the size of this field, padded
      to a multiple of eight. This field contains a null-terminated, ASCII character string to serve as
      a comment/name for the filter.</td>
</tr>
<tr valign=top>
  <td>Client Data</td>
  <td>This is an array of four-byte integers which will be passed to the filter function. The <em>Client Data
      Number of Values</em> determines the number of elements in the array.</td>
</tr>
</table>

\subsubsection subsubsec_fmt4_dataobject_hdr_msg_attribute IV.A.2.m. The Attribute Message
<table>
<tr>
  <td colspan="2"><b>Header Message Name:</b> Attribute</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="2"><b>Header Message Type:</b> 0x000C</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="2"><b>Length:</b> Varies</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="2"><b>Status:</b> Optional; may be repeated.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td><b>Description:</b></td>
  <td>The <em>Attribute</em> message is used to store objects in the HDF5 file which are used as attributes,
      or &ldquo;metadata&rdquo; about the current object. An attribute is a small dataset; it has a name,
      a datatype, a dataspace, and raw data. Since attributes are stored in the object header, they should
      be relatively small (in other words, less than 64KB). They can be associated with any type of object
      which has an object header (groups, datasets, or committed (named) datatypes).<br />
      In 1.8.x versions of the library, attributes can be larger than 64KB. See the
      &ldquo; @ref subsec_attribute_special &rdquo; section of the Attributes chapter in
      the <cite>@ref UG</cite> for more information.<br />
      Note: Attributes on an object must have unique names: the HDF5 Library currently enforces this by
      causing the creation of an attribute with a duplicate name to fail. Attributes on different
      objects may have the same name, however.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="2"><b>Format of Data:</b> See the tables below.</td>
</tr>
</table>

<table>
<caption align="top"><strong>Layout: Attribute Message (Version 1)</strong></caption>
<tr align="center">
  <th width="25%">byte</th>
  <th width="25%">byte</th>
  <th width="25%">byte</th>
  <th>byte</th>
</tr>
<tr align="center">
  <td>Version</td>
  <td>Reserved (zero)</td>
  <td colspan="2">Name Size</td>
</tr>
<tr align="center">
  <td colspan="2">Datatype Size</td>
  <td colspan="2">Dataspace Size</td>
</tr>
<tr align="center">
  <td colspan="4"><br />Name <em>(variable size)</em><br /><br /></td>
</tr>
<tr align="center">
  <td colspan="4"><br />Datatype <em>(variable size)</em><br /><br /></td>
</tr>
<tr align="center">
  <td colspan="4"><br />Dataspace <em>(variable size)</em><br /><br /></td>
</tr>
<tr align="center">
  <td colspan="4"><br />Data <em>(variable size)</em><br /><br /></td>
</tr>
</table>

<table>
<caption align="top"><strong>Fields: Attribute Message (Version 1)</strong></caption>
<tr>
  <th width="30%">Field Name</th>
  <th>Description</th>
</tr>
<tr valign=top>
  <td>Version</td>
  <td>The version number information is used for changes in the format of the attribute message and is
      described here:
      <table>
      <tr>
        <th width="20%">Version</th>
        <th align="left">Description</th>
      </tr>
      <tr>
        <td align="center"><code>0</code></td>
        <td>Never used.</td>
      </tr>
      <tr>
        <td align="center"><code>1</code></td>
        <td>Used by the library before version 1.6 to encode attribute message. This version does not
            support shared datatypes.</td>
      </tr>
      </table></td>
</tr>
<tr valign=top>
  <td>Name Size</td>
  <td>The length of the attribute name in bytes including the null terminator. Note that the
      <em>Name</em> field below may contain additional padding not represented by this field.</td>
</tr>
<tr valign=top>
  <td>Datatype Size</td>
  <td>The length of the datatype description in the <em>Datatype</em> field below. Note that the
      <em>Datatype</em> field may contain additional padding not represented by this field.</td>
</tr>
<tr valign=top>
  <td>Dataspace Size</td>
  <td>The length of the dataspace description in the <em>Dataspace</em> field below. Note that the
      <em>Dataspace</em> field may contain additional padding not represented by this field.</td>
</tr>
<tr valign=top>
  <td>Name</td>
  <td>The null-terminated attribute name. This field is padded with additional null characters to make it a
      multiple of eight bytes.</td>
</tr>
<tr valign=top>
  <td>Type</td>
  <td>The datatype description follows the same format as described for the datatype object header message.
      This field is padded with additional zero bytes to make it a multiple of eight bytes.</td>
</tr>
<tr valign=top>
  <td>Space</td>
  <td>The dataspace description follows the same format as described for the dataspace object header message.
      This field is padded with additional zero bytes to make it a multiple of eight bytes.</td>
</tr>
<tr valign=top>
  <td>Data</td>
  <td>The raw data for the attribute. The size is determined from the datatype and dataspace descriptions.
      This field is <em>not</em> padded with additional bytes.</td>
</tr>
</table>

<table>
<caption><strong>Layout: Attribute Message (Version 2)</strong></caption>
<tr align="center">
  <th width="25%">byte</th>
  <th width="25%">byte</th>
  <th width="25%">byte</th>
  <th>byte</th>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Version</td>
  <td>Flags</td>
  <td colspan="2">Name Size</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="2">Datatype Size</td>
  <td colspan="2">Dataspace Size</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="4"><br />Name <em>(variable size)</em><br /><br /></td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="4"><br />Datatype <em>(variable size)</em><br /><br /></td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="4"><br />Dataspace <em>(variable size)</em><br /><br /></td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="4"><br />Data <em>(variable size)</em><br /><br /></td>
</tr>
</table>

<table>
<caption><strong>Fields: Attribute Message (Version 2)</strong></caption>
<tr>
  <th width="30%">Field Name</th>
  <th>Description</th>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Version</td>
  <td>The version number information is used for changes in the format of the attribute message and is
      described here:
      <table width="90%">
      <tr>
        <th width="20%">Version</th>
        <th align="left">Description</th>
      </tr>
      <tr>
        <td align="center"><code>2</code></td>
        <td>Used by the library of version 1.6.x and after to encode attribute messages. This version
            supports shared datatypes. The fields of name, datatype, and dataspace are not padded with
            additional bytes of zero.</td>
      </tr>
      </table></td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Flags</td>
  <td>>This bit field contains extra information about interpreting the attribute message:
    <table>
    <tr>
      <th width="20%">Bit</th>
      <th align="left">Description</th>
    </tr>
    <tr>
      <td align="center"><code>0</code></td>
      <td>If set, datatype is shared.</td>
    </tr>
    <tr>
      <td align="center"><code>1</code></td>
      <td>If set, dataspace is shared.</td>
    </tr>
    </table></td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Name Size</td>
  <td>The length of the attribute name in bytes including the null terminator.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Datatype Size</td>
  <td>The length of the datatype description in the <em>Datatype</em> field below.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Dataspace Size</td>
  <td>The length of the dataspace description in the <em>Dataspace</em> field below.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Name</td>
  <td>The null-terminated attribute name. This field is <em>not</em> padded with additional bytes.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Datatype</td>
  <td>The datatype description follows the same format as described for the datatype object
      header message.<br />
      If the <em>Flag</em> field indicates this attribute&rsquo;s datatype is shared, this field will
      contain a &ldquo;shared message&rdquo; encoding instead of the datatype encoding.<br />
      This field is <em>not</em> padded with additional bytes.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Dataspace</td>
  <td>The dataspace description follows the same format as described for the dataspace object
      header message.<br />
      If the <em>Flag</em> field indicates this attribute&rsquo;s dataspace is shared, this field will
      contain a &ldquo;shared message&rdquo; encoding instead of the dataspace encoding.<br />
      This field is <em>not</em> padded with additional bytes.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Data</td>
  <td>The raw data for the attribute. The size is determined from the datatype and dataspace
      descriptions.<br />
      This field is <em>not</em> padded with additional zero bytes.</td>
</tr>
</table>

<table>
<caption><strong>Layout: Attribute Message (Version 3)</strong></caption>
<tr align="center">
  <th width="25%">byte</th>
  <th width="25%">byte</th>
  <th width="25%">byte</th>
  <th>byte</th>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Version</td>
  <td>Flags</td>
  <td colspan="2">Name Size</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="2">Datatype Size</td>
  <td colspan="2">Dataspace Size</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Name Character Set Encoding</td>
  <td colspan="3" bgcolor="#DDDDDD"><em>This space inserted only to align table nicely</em></td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="4"><br />Name <em>(variable size)</em><br /><br /></td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="4"><br />Datatype <em>(variable size)</em><br /><br /></td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="4"><br />Dataspace <em>(variable size)</em><br /><br /></td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="4"><br />Data <em>(variable size)</em><br /><br /></td>
</tr>
</table>

<table>
<caption><strong>Fields: Attribute Message (Version 3)</strong></caption>
<tr>
  <th width="30%">Field Name</th>
  <th>Description</th>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Version</td>
  <td>The version number information is used for changes in the format of the attribute message and is
      described here:
      <table width="90%">
      <tr>
        <th width="20%">Version</th>
        <th align="left">Description</th>
      </tr>
      <tr>
        <td align="center"><code>2</code></td>
        <td>Used by the library of version 1.8.x and after to encode attribute messages. This version
            supports attributes with non-ASCII names.</td>
      </tr>
      </table></td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Flags</td>
  <td>>This bit field contains extra information about interpreting the attribute message:
    <table>
    <tr>
      <th width="20%">Bit</th>
      <th align="left">Description</th>
    </tr>
    <tr>
      <td align="center"><code>0</code></td>
      <td>If set, datatype is shared.</td>
    </tr>
    <tr>
      <td align="center"><code>1</code></td>
      <td>If set, dataspace is shared.</td>
    </tr>
    </table></td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Name Size</td>
  <td>The length of the attribute name in bytes including the null terminator.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Datatype Size</td>
  <td>The length of the datatype description in the <em>Datatype</em> field below.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Dataspace Size</td>
  <td>The length of the dataspace description in the <em>Dataspace</em> field below.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Name Character Set Encoding</td>
  <td>The character set encoding for the attribute&rsquo;s name:
      <table>
      <tr>
        <th width="20%" align="center">Value</th>
        <th align="left">Description</th>
      </tr>
      <tr>
        <td align="center"><code>0</code></td>
        <td>ASCII character set encoding</td>
      </tr>
      <tr>
        <td align="center"><code>1</code></td>
        <td>UTF-8 character set encoding</td>
      </tr>
      </table></td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Name</td>
  <td>The null-terminated attribute name. This field is <em>not</em> padded with additional bytes.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Datatype</td>
  <td>The datatype description follows the same format as described for the datatype object
      header message.<br />
      If the <em>Flag</em> field indicates this attribute&rsquo;s datatype is shared, this field will
      contain a &ldquo;shared message&rdquo; encoding instead of the datatype encoding.<br />
      This field is <em>not</em> padded with additional bytes.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Dataspace</td>
  <td>The dataspace description follows the same format as described for the dataspace object
      header message.<br />
      If the <em>Flag</em> field indicates this attribute&rsquo;s dataspace is shared, this field will
      contain a &ldquo;shared message&rdquo; encoding instead of the dataspace encoding.<br />
      This field is <em>not</em> padded with additional bytes.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Data</td>
  <td>The raw data for the attribute. The size is determined from the datatype and dataspace
      descriptions.<br />
      This field is <em>not</em> padded with additional zero bytes.</td>
</tr>
</table>

\subsubsection subsubsec_fmt4_dataobject_hdr_msg_comment IV.A.2.n. The Object Comment Message
<table>
<tr>
  <td colspan="2"><b>Header Message Name:</b> Object Comment</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="2"><b>Header Message Type:</b> 0x000D</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="2"><b>Length:</b> Varies</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="2"><b>Status:</b> Optional; may not be repeated.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td><b>Description:</b></td>
  <td>The object comment is designed to be a short description of an object. An object comment is a sequence
      of non-zero (<code>\0</code>) ASCII characters with no other formatting included by the library.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="2"><b>Format of Data:</b> See the tables below.</td>
</tr>
</table>

<table>
<caption align="top"><strong>Layout: Object Comment Message</strong></caption>
<tr align="center">
  <th width="25%">byte</th>
  <th width="25%">byte</th>
  <th width="25%">byte</th>
  <th>byte</th>
</tr>
<tr align="center">
  <td colspan="4"><br />Comment <em>(variable size)</em><br /><br /></td>
</tr>
</table>
<br />

<table>
<caption align="top"><strong>Fields: Object Comment Message</strong></caption>
<tr>
  <th width="30%">Field Name</th>
  <th>Description</th>
</tr>
<tr valign=top>
  <td>Name</td>
  <td>A null terminated ASCII character string.</td>
</tr>
</table>

\subsubsection subsubsec_fmt4_dataobject_hdr_msg_omodified IV.A.2.o. The Object Modification Time (Old) Message
<table>
<tr>
  <td colspan="2"><b>Header Message Name:</b> Object Modification Time (Old)</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="2"><b>Header Message Type:</b> 0x000E</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="2"><b>Length:</b> Fixed</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="2"><b>Status:</b> Optional; may not be repeated.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td><b>Description:</b></td>
  <td>The object modification date and time is a timestamp which indicates (using ISO-8601 date and
      time format) the last modification of an object. The time is updated when any object header
      message changes according to the system clock where the change was posted. All fields of this
      message should be interpreted as coordinated universal time (UTC).<br />
      This modification time message is deprecated in favor of the &ldquo;new&rdquo;
      @ref subsubsec_fmt4_dataobject_hdr_msg_mod message and is no longer written to the file in
      versions of the HDF5 Library after the 1.6.0 version.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
    <td colspan="2"><b>Format of Data:</b> See the tables below.</td>
</tr>
</table>

<table>
<caption align="top"><strong>Layout: Modification Time Message (Old)</strong></caption>
<tr align="center">
  <th width="25%">byte</th>
  <th width="25%">byte</th>
  <th width="25%">byte</th>
  <th>byte</th>
</tr>
<tr align="center">
  <td colspan="4">Year</td>
</tr>
<tr align="center">
  <td colspan="2">Month</td>
  <td colspan="2">Day of Month</td>
</tr>
<tr align="center">
  <td colspan="2">Hour</td>
  <td colspan="2">Minute</td>
</tr>
<tr align="center">
  <td colspan="2">Second</td>
  <td colspan="2">Reserved</td>
</tr>
</table>

<table>
<caption align="top"><strong>Fields: Modification Time Message (Old)</strong></caption>
<tr>
  <th width="30%">Field Name</th>
  <th>Description</th>
</tr>
<tr valign=top>
  <td>Year</td>
  <td>The four-digit year as an ASCII string. For example, <code>1998</code>.</td>
</tr>
<tr valign=top>
  <td>Month</td>
  <td>The month number as a two digit ASCII string where January is <code>01</code> and December is
      <code>12</code>.</td>
</tr>
<tr valign=top>
  <td>Day of Month</td>
  <td>The day number within the month as a two digit ASCII string. The first day of the month is
      <code>01</code>.</td>
</tr>
<tr valign=top>
  <td>Hour</td>
  <td>The hour of the day as a two digit ASCII string where midnight is <code>00</code> and 11:00pm
      is <code>23</code>.</td>
</tr>
<tr valign=top>
  <td>Minute</td>
  <td>The minute of the hour as a two digit ASCII string where the first minute of the hour is
      <code>00</code> and the last is <code>59</code>.</td>
</tr>
<tr valign=top>
  <td>Second</td>
  <td>The second of the minute as a two digit ASCII string where the first second of the minute is
      <code>00</code> and the last is <code>59</code>.</td>
</tr>
<tr valign=top>
  <td>Reserved</td>
  <td>This field is reserved and should always be zero.</td>
</tr>
</table>

\subsubsection subsubsec_fmt4_dataobject_hdr_msg_shared IV.A.2.p. The Shared Message Table Message
<table>
<tr>
  <td colspan="2"><b>Header Message Name:</b> Shared Message Table</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="2"><b>Header Message Type:</b> 0x000F</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="2"><b>Length:</b> Fixed</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="2"><b>Status:</b> Optional; may not be repeated.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td><b>Description:</b></td>
  <td>This message is used to locate the table of shared object header message (SOHM) indexes. Each
      index consists of information to find the shared messages from either the heap or object header.
      This message is <em>only</em> found in the superblock extension.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="2"><b>Format of Data:</b> See the tables below.</td>
</tr>
</table>

<table>
<caption align="top"><strong>Layout: Shared Message Table Message</strong></caption>
<tr align="center">
  <th width="25%">byte</th>
  <th width="25%">byte</th>
  <th width="25%">byte</th>
  <th>byte</th>
</tr>
<tr align="center">
  <td>Version</td>
  <td colspan="3" bgcolor="#DDDDDD"><em>This space inserted only to align table nicely</em></td>
</tr>
<tr align="center">
  <td colspan="4"><br />Shared Object Header Message Table Address<sup>O</sup><br /><br /></td>
</tr>
<tr align="center">
  <td>Number of Indices</td>
  <td colspan="3" bgcolor="#DDDDDD"><em>This space inserted only to align table nicely</em></td>
</tr>
</table>
\li Items marked with an &lsquo;O&rsquo; in the above table are of the size specified in
    &ldquo;@ref FMT4SizeOfOffsetsV0 "Size of Offsets"&rdquo; field in the superblock.

<table>
<caption align="top"><strong>Fields: Shared Message Table Message</strong></caption>
<tr>
  <th width="30%">Field Name</th>
  <th>Description</th>
</tr>
<tr valign=top>
  <td>Version</td>
  <td>The version number for this message. This document describes version 0.</td>
</tr>
<tr valign=top>
  <td>Shared Object Header Message Table Address</td>
  <td>This field is the address of the master table for shared object header message indexes.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Number of Indices</td>
  <td>This field is the number of indices in the master table.</td>
</tr>
</table>

\subsubsection subsubsec_fmt4_dataobject_hdr_msg_continuation IV.A.2.q. The Object Header Continuation Message
<table>
<tr>
  <td colspan="2"><b>Header Message Name:</b> Object Header Continuation</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="2"><b>Header Message Type:</b> 0x0010</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="2"><b>Length:</b> Fixed</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="2"><b>Status:</b> Optional; may be repeated.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td><b>Description:</b></td>
  <td>The object header continuation is the location in the file of a block containing more header messages
      for the current data object. This can be used when header blocks become too large or are likely to
      change over time.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="2"><b>Format of Data:</b> See the tables below.</td>
</tr>
</table>

<table>
<caption><strong>Layout: Object Header Continuation Message</strong></caption>
<tr align="center">
  <th width=25%>byte</th>
  <th width=25%>byte</th>
  <th width=25%>byte</th>
  <th>byte</th>
</tr>
<tr align="center">
  <td colspan="4"><br />Offset<sup>O</sup><br /><br /></td>
</tr>
<tr align="center">
  <td colspan="4"><br />Length<sup>L</sup><br /><br /></td>
</tr>
</table>
\li Items marked with an &lsquo;O&rsquo; in the above table are of the size specified in
    &ldquo;@ref FMT4SizeOfOffsetsV0 "Size of Offsets"&rdquo; field in the superblock.
\li Items marked with an &lsquo;L&rsquo; in the above table are of the size specified in
    &ldquo;@ref FMT4SizeOfLengthsV0 "Size of Lengths"&rdquo; field in the superblock.

<table>
<caption><strong>Fields: Object Header Continuation Message</strong></caption>
<tr>
  <th width=30%>Field Name</th>
  <th>Description</th>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Offset</td>
  <td>This value is the address in the file where the header continuation block is located.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Length</td>
  <td>This value is the length in bytes of the header continuation block in the file.</td>
</tr>
</table>

The format of the header continuation block that this message points to depends on the version of the
object header that the message is contained within.

Continuation blocks for version 1 object headers have no special formatting information; they are
merely a list of object header message info sequences (type, size, flags, reserved bytes and data for
each message sequence). See the description of @ref subsubsec_fmt4_dataobject_hdr_prefix_one.

Continuation blocks for version 2 object headers <em>do</em> have special formatting information as
described here (see also the description of @ref subsubsec_fmt4_dataobject_hdr_prefix_two):

<table>
<caption><strong>Layout: Version 2 Object Header Continuation Block</strong></caption>
<tr>
  <th width=25%>byte</th>
  <th width=25%>byte</th>
  <th width=25%>byte</th>
  <th>byte</th>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="4">Signature</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Header Message Type \#1</td>
  <td colspan="2">Size of Header Message Data \#1</td>
  <td>Header Message \#1 Flags</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="2">Header Message \#1 Creation Order <em>(optional)</em></td>
  <td colspan="2" bgcolor="#DDDDDD"><em>This space inserted only to align table nicely</em></td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="4"><br />Header Message Data \#1<br /><br /></td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="4">.<br />.<br />.<br /></td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Header Message Type \#n</td>
  <td colspan="2">Size of Header Message Data \#n</td>
  <td>Header Message \#n Flags</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="2">Header Message \#n Creation Order <em>(optional)</em></td>
  <td colspan="2" bgcolor="#DDDDDD"><em>This space inserted only to align table nicely</em></td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="4"><br />Header Message Data \#n<br /><br /></td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="4">Gap <em>(optional, variable size)</em></td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="4">Checksum</td>
</tr>
</table>

<table>
<caption><strong>Fields: Version 2 Object Header Continuation Block</strong></caption>
<tr>
  <th width="30%">Field Name</th>
  <th>Description</th>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Signature</td>
  <td>The ASCII character string &ldquo;<code>OCHK</code>&rdquo; is used to indicate the
      beginning of an object header continuation block. This gives file consistency checking
      utilities a better chance of reconstructing a damaged file.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Header Message \#n Type</td>
  <td>Same format as version 1 of the object header, described above.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Size of Header Message \#n Data</td>
  <td>Same format as version 1 of the object header, described above.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Header Message \#n Flags</td>
  <td>Same format as version 1 of the object header, described above.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Header Message \#n Creation Order</td>
  <td>This field stores the order that a message of a given type was created in.<br />
      This field is present if bit 2 of <em>flags</em> is set.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Header Message \#n Data</td>
  <td>Same format as version 1 of the object header, described above.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Gap</td>
  <td>A gap in an object header chunk is inferred by the end of the messages for the chunk before the
      beginning of the chunk&rsquo;s checksum. Gaps are always smaller than the size of an object header
      message prefix (message type + message size + message flags).<br />
      Gaps are formed when a message (typically an attribute message) in an earlier chunk is deleted
      and a message from a later chunk that does not quite fit into the free space is moved into the
      earlier chunk.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Checksum</td>
  <td>This is the checksum for the object header chunk.</td>
</tr>
</table>

\subsubsection subsubsec_fmt4_dataobject_hdr_msg_stmgroup IV.A.2.r. The Symbol Table Message
<table>
<tr>
  <td colspan="2"><b>Header Message Name:</b> Symbol Table Message</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="2"><b>Header Message Type:</b> 0x0011</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="2"><b>Length:</b> Fixed</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="2"><b>Status:</b> Required for &ldquo;old style&rdquo; groups; may not be repeated.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td><b>Description:</b></td>
  <td>Each &ldquo;old style&rdquo; group has a v1 B-tree and a local heap for storing symbol table entries,
      which are located with this message.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="2"><b>Format of data:</b> See the tables below.</td>
</tr>
</table>

<table>
<caption><strong>Layout: Symbol Table Message</strong></caption>
<tr align="center">
  <th width="25%">byte</th>
  <th width="25%">byte</th>
  <th width="25%">byte</th>
  <th>byte</th>
</tr>
<tr align="center">
  <td colspan="4"><br />v1 B-tree Address<sup>O</sup><br /><br /></td>
</tr>
<tr align="center">
  <td colspan="4"><br />Local Heap Address<sup>O</sup><br /><br /></td>
</tr>
</table>
\li Items marked with an &lsquo;O&rsquo; in the above table are of the size specified in
    &ldquo;@ref FMT4SizeOfOffsetsV0 "Size of Offsets"&rdquo; field in the superblock.

<table>
<caption><strong>Fields: Symbol Table Message</strong></caption>
<tr>
  <th width=30%>Field Name</th>
  <th>Description</th>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>v1 B-tree Address</td>
  <td>This value is the address of the v1 B-tree containing the symbol table entries for the group.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Local Heap Address</td>
  <td>This value is the address of the local heap containing the link names for the symbol table
      entries for the group.</td>
</tr>
</table>

\subsubsection subsubsec_fmt4_dataobject_hdr_msg_mod IV.A.2.s. The Object Modification Time Message
<table>
<tr>
  <td colspan="2"><b>Header Message Name:</b> Object Modification Time</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="2"><b>Header Message Type:</b> 0x0012</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="2"><b>Length:</b> Fixed</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="2"><b>Status:</b> Optional; may not be repeated.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td><b>Description:</b></td>
  <td>The object modification time is a timestamp which indicates the time of the last modification of
      an object. The time is updated when any object header message changes according to the system clock
      where the change was posted.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="2"><b>Format of Data:</b> See the tables below.</td>
</tr>
</table>

<table>
<caption><strong>Layout: Modification Time Message</strong></caption>
<tr>
  <th width="25%">byte</th>
  <th width="25%">byte</th>
  <th width="25%">byte</th>
  <th>byte</th>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Version</td>
  <td colspan="3">Reserved <em>(zero)</em></td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="4">Seconds After UNIX Epoch</td>
</tr>
</table>

<table>
<caption><strong>Fields: Modification Time Message</strong></caption>
<tr>
  <th width="30%">Field Name</th>
  <th>Description</th>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Version</td>
  <td>The version number is used for changes in the format of Object Modification Time and is described
      here:
      <table>
      <tr>
        <th width="20%">Version</th>
        <th align="left">Description</th>
      </tr>
      <tr>
        <td align="center"><code>0</code></td>
        <td>Never used.</td>
      </tr>
      <tr>
        <td align="center"><code>1</code></td>
        <td>Used by Version 1.6.1 and after of the library to encode time. In this version, the time is
            the seconds after Epoch.</td>
      </tr>
      </table></td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Seconds After UNIX Epoch</td>
  <td>A 32-bit unsigned integer value that stores the number of seconds since 0 hours, 0 minutes,
      0 seconds, January 1, 1970, Coordinated Universal Time.</td>
</tr>
</table>

\subsubsection subsubsec_fmt4_dataobject_hdr_msg_btreek IV.A.2.t. The B-tree &lsquo;K&rsquo; Values Message
<table>
<tr>
  <td colspan="2"><b>Header Message Name:</b> B-tree &lsquo;K&rsquo; Values</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="2"><b>Header Message Type:</b> 0x0013</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="2"><b>Length:</b> Fixed</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="2"><b>Status:</b> Optional; may not be repeated.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td><b>Description:</b></td>
  <td>This message retrieves non-default &lsquo;K&rsquo; values for internal and leaf nodes of a group
      or indexed storage v1 B-trees. This message is <em>only</em> found in the superblock extension.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="2"><b>Format of Data:</b> See the tables below.</td>
</tr>
</table>

<table>
<caption><strong>Layout: B-tree &lsquo;K&rsquo; Values Message</strong></caption>
<tr>
  <th width="25%">byte</th>
  <th width="25%">byte</th>
  <th width="25%">byte</th>
  <th>byte</th>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Version</td>
  <td colspan="2">Indexed Storage Internal Node K</td>
  <td bgcolor="#DDDDDD"><em>This space inserted only to align table nicely</em></td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="2">Group Internal Node K</td>
  <td colspan="2">Group Leaf Node K</td>
</tr>
</table>

<table>
<caption><strong>Fields: B-tree &lsquo;K&rsquo; Values Message</strong></caption>
<tr>
  <th width="30%">Field Name</th>
  <th>Description</th>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Version</td>
  <td>The version number for this message. This document describes version 0.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Indexed Storage Internal Node K</td>
  <td>This is the node &lsquo;K&rsquo; value for each internal node of an indexed storage v1 B-tree.
      See the description of this field in version 0 and 1 of the superblock as well the section on
      v1 B-trees.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Group Internal Node K</td>
  <td>This is the node &lsquo;K&rsquo; value for each internal node of a group v1 B-tree. See the
      description of this field in version 0 and 1 of the superblock as well as the section
      on v1 B-trees.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Group Leaf Node K</td>
  <td>This is the node &lsquo;K&rsquo; value for each leaf node of a group v1 B-tree. See the
      description of this field in version 0 and 1 of the superblock as well as the section on v1
      B-trees.</td>
</tr>
</table>

\subsubsection subsubsec_fmt4_dataobject_hdr_msg_drvinfo IV.A.2.u. The Driver Info Message
<table>
<tr>
  <td colspan="2"><b>Header Message Name:</b> Driver Info</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="2"><b>Header Message Type:</b> 0x0014</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="2"><b>Length:</b> Varies</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="2"><b>Status:</b> Optional; may not be repeated.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td><b>Description:</b></td>
  <td>This message contains information needed by the file driver to reopen a file. This message is
      <em>only</em> found in the superblock extension: see the @ref subsec_fmt4_boot_supext section
      for more information. For more information on the fields in the driver info message, see the
      @ref subsec_fmt4_boot_driver section; those who use the multi and family file drivers will find
      this section particularly helpful.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="2"><b>Format of Data:</b> See the tables below.</td>
</tr>
</table>

<table>
<caption><strong>Layout: Driver Info Message</strong></caption>
<tr>
  <th width="25%">byte</th>
  <th width="25%">byte</th>
  <th width="25%">byte</th>
  <th>byte</th>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Version</td>
  <td colspan="3" bgcolor="#DDDDDD"><em>This space inserted only to align table nicely</em></td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="4"><br />Driver Identification</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="2">Driver Information Size</td>
  <td colspan="2" bgcolor="#DDDDDD"><em>This space inserted only to align table nicely</em></td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="4"><br /><br />Driver Information <em>(variable size)</em><br /><br /><br /></td>
</tr>
</table>

<table>
<caption><strong>Fields: Driver Info Message</strong></caption>
<tr>
  <th width="30%">Field Name</th>
  <th>Description</th>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Version</td>
  <td>The version number for this message. This document describes version 0.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Driver Identification</td>
  <td>This is an eight-byte ASCII string without null termination which identifies the driver.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Driver Information Size</td>
  <td>The size in bytes of the <em>Driver Information</em> field of this message.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Driver Information</td>
  <td>Driver information is stored in a format defined by the file driver.</td>
</tr>
</table>

\subsubsection subsubsec_fmt4_dataobject_hdr_msg_attrinfo IV.A.2.v. The Attribute Info Message
<table>
<tr>
  <td colspan="2"><b>Header Message Name:</b> Attribute Info</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="2"><b>Header Message Type:</b> 0x0015</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="2"><b>Length:</b> Varies</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="2"><b>Status:</b> Optional; may not be repeated.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td><b>Description:</b></td>
  <td>This message stores information about the attributes on an object, such as the maximum creation
      index for the attributes created and the location of the attribute storage when the attributes
      are stored &ldquo;densely&rdquo;.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="2"><b>Format of Data:</b> See the tables below.</td>
</tr>
</table>

<table>
<caption><strong>Layout: Attribute Info Message</strong></caption>
<tr>
  <th width="25%">byte</th>
  <th width="25%">byte</th>
  <th width="25%">byte</th>
  <th>byte</th>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Version</td>
  <td>Flags</td>
  <td colspan="2">Maximum Creation Index <em>(optional)</em></td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="4"><br />Fractal Heap Address<sup>O</sup><br /><br /></td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="4"><br />Attribute Name v2 B-tree Address<sup>O</sup><br /><br /></td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="4"><br />Attribute Creation Order v2 B-tree Address<sup>O</sup> <em>(optional)</em><br /><br /></td>
</tr>
</table>
\li Items marked with an &lsquo;O&rsquo; in the above table are of the size specified in
    &ldquo;@ref FMT4SizeOfOffsetsV0 "Size of Offsets"&rdquo; field in the superblock.

<table>
<caption><strong>Fields: Attribute Info Message</strong></caption>
<tr>
  <th width="30%">Field Name</th>
  <th>Description</th>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Version</td>
  <td>The version number for this message. This document
            describes version 0.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Flags</td>
  <td>This is the attribute index information flag with the following definition:
      <table>
      <tr>
        <th width="20%" align="center">Bit</th>
        <th align="left">Description</th>
      </tr>
      <tr>
        <td align="center"><code>0</code></td>
        <td>If set, creation order for attributes is tracked.</td>
      </tr>
      <tr>
        <td align="center"><code>1</code></td>
        <td>If set, creation order for attributes is indexed.</td>
      </tr>
      <tr>
        <td align="center"><code>2-7</code></td>
        <td>Reserved</td>
      </tr>
      </table></td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Maximum Creation Index</td>
  <td>The is the maximum creation order index value for the attributes on the object.<br />
      This field is present if bit 0 of <em>Flags</em> is set.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Fractal Heap Address</td>
  <td>This is the address of the fractal heap to store dense attributes. Each attribute stored in the
      fractal heap is described by the @ref subsubsec_fmt4_dataobject_hdr_msg_attribute.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Attribute Name v2 B-tree Address</td>
  <td>This is the address of the version 2 B-tree to index the names of densely stored attributes.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Attribute Creation Order v2 B-tree Address</td>
  <td>This is the address of the version 2 B-tree to index the creation order of densely stored 
      attributes.<br />
      This field is present if bit 1 of <em>Flags</em> is set.</td>
</tr>
</table>

\subsubsection subsubsec_fmt4_dataobject_hdr_msg_refcount IV.A.2.w. The Object Reference Count Message
<table>
<tr>
  <td colspan="2"><b>Header Message Name:</b> Object Reference Count</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="2"><b>Header Message Type:</b> 0x0016</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="2"><b>Length:</b> Fixed</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="2"><b>Status:</b> Optional; may not be repeated.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td><b>Description:</b></td>
  <td>This message stores the number of hard links (in groups or objects) pointing to an object: in
      other words, its <em>reference count</em>.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="2"><b>Format of Data:</b> See the tables below.</td>
</tr>
</table>

<table>
<caption><strong>Layout: Object Reference Count</strong></caption>
<tr>
  <th width="25%">byte</th>
  <th width="25%">byte</th>
  <th width="25%">byte</th>
  <th>byte</th>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Version</td>
  <td colspan="3" bgcolor="#DDDDDD"><em>This space inserted only to align table nicely</em></td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="4">Reference count</td>
</tr>
</table>

<table>
<caption><strong>Fields: Object Reference Count</strong></caption>
<tr>
  <th width="30%">Field Name</th>
  <th>Description</th>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Version</td>
  <td>The version number for this message. This document describes version 0.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Reference Count</td>
  <td>The unsigned 32-bit integer is the reference count for the object. This message is only present
      in &ldquo;version 2&rdquo; (or later) object headers, and if not present in those object header versions,
      the reference count for the object is assumed to be 1.</td>
</tr>
</table>

\subsubsection subsubsec_fmt4_dataobject_hdr_msg_fsinfo IV.A.2.x. The File Space Info Message
<table>
<tr>
  <td colspan="2"><b>Header Message Name:</b> File Space Info</td>
</tr>
<tr>
    <td colspan="2"><b>Header Message Type:</b> 0x0017</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="2"><b>Length:</b> Fixed</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="2"><b>Status:</b> Optional; may not be repeated.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td><b>Description:</b></td>
  <td>This message stores the file space management information that the library uses in handling file
      space requests for the file. Version 0 of the message is used for release 1.10.0 only. Version 1
      of the message is used for release 1.10.1+. There is no File Space Info message before release
      1.10 as the library does not track file space across multiple file opens.<br />
      Note that version 0 is deprecated starting in release 1.10.1. That means when the 1.10.1+ library
      opens an HDF5 file with a version 0 message, the library will decode and map the message to
      version 1. On file close, it will encode the message as a version 1 message.<br />
      The library uses the following three mechanisms to manage file space in an HDF5 file:
      <ul>
        <li> Free-space managers<br />
             They track free-space sections of various sizes in the file that are not currently
             allocated. Each free-space manager corresponds to a file space type. There are two main
             groups of file space types: metadata and raw data. Metadata is further divided into five
             types: superblock, B-tree, global heap, local heap, and object header. See the description
             of @ref subsec_fmt4_infra_freespaceindex as well the description of file space allocation
             types in @ref sec_fmt4_appendixb.</li>
        <li> Aggregators<br />
             The library manages two aggregators, one for metadata and one for raw data. Aggregator is
             a contiguous block of free-space in the file. The size of each aggregator is tunable via
             public routines #H5Pset_meta_block_size and #H5Pset_small_data_block_size respectively.</li>
        <li> Virtual file drivers<br />
             The library's virtual file driver interface dispatches requests for additional space to the
             allocation routine of the file driver associated with the file. For example, if the sec2
             file driver is being used, its allocation routine will increase the size of the file to
             service the requests.</li>
      </ul>
      For release 1.10.0, the library derives the following four file space strategies based on the mechanisms:
      <ul>
        <li>#H5F_FILE_SPACE_ALL
          <ul>
            <li>Mechanisms used: free-space managers, aggregators, and virtual file drivers</li>
            <li>Does not persist free-space across file opens</li>
            <li>This strategy is the library default</li>
          </ul>
        </li>
        <li>#H5F_FILE_SPACE_ALL_PERSIST</li>
        <ul>
          <li>Mechanisms used: free-space managers, aggregators, and virtual file drivers</li>
          <li>Persist free-space across file opens</li>
        </ul>
        <li>#H5F_FILE_SPACE_AGGR_VFD</li>
        <ul>
          <li>Mechanisms used: aggregators and virtual file drivers</li>
          <li>Does not persist free-space across file opens</li>
        </ul>
        <li>#H5F_FILE_SPACE_VFD</li>
        <ul>
          <li>Mechanisms used: virtual file drivers</li>
          <li>Does not persist free-space across file opens</li>
        </ul>
      </ul>
      For release 1.10.1+, the free-space manager mechanism is modified to handle paged aggregation
      which aggregates small metadata and raw data allocations into constant-sized well-aligned pages
      to allow efficient I/O accesses. With the support of this feature, the library derives the
      following four file space strategies:
      <ul>
        <li>#H5F_FSPACE_STRATEGY_FSM_AGGR </li>
        <ul>
          <li>Mechanisms used: free-space managers, aggregators, and virtual file drivers</li>
          <li>This strategy is the library default</li>
        </ul>
        <li>#H5F_FSPACE_STRATEGY_PAGE</li>
        <ul>
          <li>Mechanisms used: free-space managers with embedded paged aggregation and virtual file drivers</li>
        </ul>
        <li>#H5F_FSPACE_STRATEGY_AGGR</li>
        <ul>
          <li>Mechanisms used: aggregators and virtual file drivers</li>
        </ul>
        <li>#H5F_FSPACE_STRATEGY_NONE</li>
        <ul>
          <li>Mechanisms used: virtual file drivers</li>
        </ul>
      </ul>
      The default is not persisting free-space across file opens for the above four strategies. User can use
      the public routine #H5Pset_file_space_strategy to request persisting free-space.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="2"><b>Format of Data:</b> See the tables below.</td>
</tr>
</table>

<table>
<caption><strong>Layout: File Space Info</strong></caption>
<tr>
  <th width="25%">byte</th>
  <th width="25%">byte</th>
  <th width="25%">byte</th>
  <th>byte</th>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Version</td>
  <td>Strategy</td>
  <td colspan="2">Threshold<sup>L</sup></td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="4"><br />Free-space manager address<sup>O</sup> for #H5FD_MEM_SUPER<br /><br /></td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="4"><br />Free-space manager address<sup>O</sup> for #H5FD_MEM_BTREE<br /><br /></td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="4"><br />Free-space manager address<sup>O</sup> for #H5FD_MEM_DRAW<br /><br /></td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="4"><br />Free-space manager address<sup>O</sup> for #H5FD_MEM_GHEAP<br /><br /></td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="4"><br />Free-space manager address<sup>O</sup> for #H5FD_MEM_LHEAP<br /><br /></td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="4"><br />Free-space manager address<sup>O</sup> for #H5FD_MEM_OHDR<br /><br /></td>
</tr>
</table>
\li Items marked with an &lsquo;O&rsquo; in the above table are of the size specified in
    &ldquo;@ref FMT4SizeOfOffsetsV0 "Size of Offsets"&rdquo; field in the superblock.
\li Items marked with an &lsquo;L&rsquo; in the above table are of the size specified in
    &ldquo;@ref FMT4SizeOfLengthsV0 "Size of Lengths"&rdquo; field in the superblock.

<table>
<caption><strong>Fields: File Space Info</strong></caption>
<tr>
  <th width="30%">Field Name</th>
  <th>Description</th>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Version</td>
  <td>This is the version 0 of this message.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Strategy</td>
  <td>This is the file space strategy used to manage file space. There are four types:
      <table>
      <tr>
        <th width="20%" align="center">Value</th>
        <th width="80%" align="left">Description</th>
      </tr>
      <tr>
        <td align="center"><code>1</code></td>
        <td>#H5F_FILE_SPACE_ALL_PERSIST</td>
      </tr>
      <tr>
        <td align="center"><code>2</code></td>
        <td>#H5F_FILE_SPACE_ALL</td>
      </tr>
      <tr>
        <td align="center"><code>3</code></td>
        <td>#H5F_FILE_SPACE_AGGR_VFD</td>
      </tr>
      <tr>
        <td align="center"><code>4</code></td>
        <td>#H5F_FILE_SPACE_VFD</td>
      </tr>
      </table></td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Threshold</td>
  <td>This is the smallest free-space section size that the free-space manager will track.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Free-space manager addresses</td>
  <td>These are the six free-space manager addresses for the six file space allocation types:
      <ul>
        <li>#H5FD_MEM_SUPER</li>
        <li>#H5FD_MEM_BTREE</li>
        <li>#H5FD_MEM_DRAW</li>
        <li>#H5FD_MEM_GHEAP</li>
        <li>#H5FD_MEM_LHEAP</li>
        <li>#H5FD_MEM_OHDR</li>
      </ul>
  Note that these six fields exist only if the value for the field &ldquo;<em>Strategy</em>&rdquo;
  is #H5F_FILE_SPACE_ALL_PERSIST.</td>
</tr>
</table>

<table>
<caption><strong>Layout: File Space Info - Version 1</strong></caption>
<tr>
  <th width="25%">byte</th>
  <th width="25%">byte</th>
  <th width="25%">byte</th>
  <th>byte</th>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Version</td>
  <td>Strategy</td>
  <td>Persisting free-space</td>
  <td bgcolor="#DDDDDD"><em>This space inserted only to align table nicely</em></td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="4">Free-space Section Threshold<sup>L</sup></td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="4">File Space Page Size</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="2">Page-end Metadata threshold</td>
  <td colspan="2" bgcolor="#DDDDDD"><em>This space inserted only to align table nicely</em></td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="4">EOA<sup>O</sup></td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="4"><br />Address<sup>O</sup> of small-sized free-space manager for #H5FD_MEM_SUPER<br /><br /></td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="4"><br />Address<sup>O</sup> of small-sized free-space manager for #H5FD_MEM_BTREE<br /><br /></td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="4"><br />Address<sup>O</sup> of small-sized free-space manager for #H5FD_MEM_DRAW<br /><br /></td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="4"><br />Address<sup>O</sup> of small-sized free-space manager for #H5FD_MEM_GHEAP<br /><br /></td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="4"><br />Address<sup>O</sup> of small-sized free-space manager for #H5FD_MEM_LHEAP<br /><br /></td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="4"><br />Address<sup>O</sup> of small-sized free-space manager for #H5FD_MEM_OHDR<br /><br /></td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="4"><br />Address<sup>O</sup> of large-sized free-space manager for #H5FD_MEM_SUPER<br /><br /></td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="4"><br />Address<sup>O</sup> of large-sized free-space manager for #H5FD_MEM_BTREE<br /><br /></td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="4"><br />Address<sup>O</sup> of large-sized free-space manager for #H5FD_MEM_DRAW<br /><br /></td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="4"><br />Address<sup>O</sup> of large-sized free-space manager for #H5FD_MEM_GHEAP<br /><br /></td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="4"><br />Address<sup>O</sup> of large-sized free-space manager for #H5FD_MEM_LHEAP<br /><br /></td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="4"><br />Address<sup>O</sup> of large-sized free-space manager for #H5FD_MEM_OHDR<br /><br /></td>
</tr>
</table>
\li Items marked with an &lsquo;O&rsquo; in the above table are of the size specified in
    &ldquo;@ref FMT4SizeOfOffsetsV0 "Size of Offsets"&rdquo; field in the superblock.
\li Items marked with an &lsquo;L&rsquo; in the above table are of the size specified in
    &ldquo;@ref FMT4SizeOfLengthsV0 "Size of Lengths"&rdquo; field in the superblock.

<table>
<caption><strong>Fields: File Space Info - Version 1</strong></caption>
<tr>
  <th width="30%">Field Name</th>
  <th>Description</th>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Version</td>
  <td>This is the version 1 of this message.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Strategy</td>
  <td>This is the file space strategy used to manage file space. There are four types:
      <table>
      <tr>
        <th width="20%" align="center">Value</th>
        <th width="80%" align="left">Description</th>
      </tr>
      <tr>
        <td align="center"><code>0</code></td>
        <td>#H5F_FSPACE_STRATEGY_FSM_AGGR</td>
      </tr>
      <tr>
        <td align="center"><code>1</code></td>
        <td>#H5F_FSPACE_STRATEGY_PAGE</td>
      </tr>
      <tr>
        <td align="center"><code>2</code></td>
        <td>#H5F_FSPACE_STRATEGY_AGGR</td>
      </tr>
      <tr>
        <td align="center"><code>3</code></td>
        <td>#H5F_FSPACE_STRATEGY_NONE</td>
      </tr>
      </table></td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Persisting free-space</td>
  <td>True or false in persisting free-space.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Free-space Section Threshold</td>
  <td>This is the smallest free-space section size that the free-space manager will track.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>File space page size</td>
  <td>This is the file space page size, which is used when the paged aggregation feature is enabled.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Page-end metadata threshold</td>
  <td>This is the smallest free-space section size at the end of a page that the free-space manager will
      track. This is used when the paged aggregation feature is enabled.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>EOA</td>
  <td>The EOA before the allocation of free-space manager header and section info for the self-referential
      free-space managers when persisting free-space.<br />
      Note that self-referential free-space managers are managers that involve file space allocation for
      the managers' free-space header and section info.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Addresses of small-sized free-space managers</td>
  <td>These are the addresses of the six small-sized free-space manager addresses for the six file space
      allocation types:
      <ul>
        <li>#H5FD_MEM_SUPER</li>
        <li>#H5FD_MEM_BTREE</li>
        <li>#H5FD_MEM_DRAW</li>
        <li>#H5FD_MEM_GHEAP</li>
        <li>#H5FD_MEM_LHEAP</li>
        <li>#H5FD_MEM_OHDR</li>
      </ul>
      Note that these six fields exist only if the value for the field
      &ldquo;<em>Persisting free-space</em>&rdquo; is true.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Addresses of large-sized free-space managers</td>
  <td>These are the addresses of the six large-sized free-space manager addresses for the six file space
      allocation types:
      <ul>
        <li>#H5FD_MEM_SUPER</li>
        <li>#H5FD_MEM_BTREE</li>
        <li>#H5FD_MEM_DRAW</li>
        <li>#H5FD_MEM_GHEAP</li>
        <li>#H5FD_MEM_LHEAP</li>
        <li>#H5FD_MEM_OHDR</li>
      </ul>
      Note that these six fields exist only if the value for the field
      &ldquo;<em>Persisting free-space</em>&rdquo; is true.</td>
</tr>
</table>

\subsection subsec_fmt4_dataobject_storage IV.B. Disk Format: Level 2B - Data Object Data Storage
The data for an object is stored separately from the header information in the file and may not actually
be located in the HDF5 file itself if the header indicates that the data is stored externally. The
information for each record in the object is stored according to the dimensionality of the object
(indicated in the dataspace header message). Multi-dimensional array data is stored in C order; in other
words, the &ldquo;last&rdquo; dimension changes fastest.

Data whose elements are composed of atomic datatypes are stored in IEEE format, unless
they are specifically defined as being stored in a different machine format with the architecture-type
information from the datatype header message. This means that each architecture will need to
[potentially] byte-swap data values into the internal representation for that particular machine.

Data with a variable-length datatype is stored in the global heap of the HDF5 file. Global heap
identifiers are stored in the data object storage.

Data whose elements are composed of reference datatypes are stored in several different ways depending
on the particular reference type involved. Object pointers are just stored as the offset of the
object header being pointed to with the size of the pointer being the same number of bytes as offsets
in the file.

Dataset region references are stored as a heap-ID which points to the following information within the
file-heap: an offset of the object pointed to, number-type information (same format as header message),
dimensionality information (same format as header message), sub-set start and end information (in other
words, a coordinate location for each), and field start and end names (in other words,  a [pointer to the]
string indicating the first field included and a [pointer to the] string name for the last field).

Data of a compound datatype is stored as a contiguous stream of the items in the structure, with each
item formatted according to its datatype.<br />
Description of datatypes for variable-length, references and compound classes can be found in
@ref subsubsec_fmt4_dataobject_hdr_msg_dtmessage.<br />
Information about global heap and heap ID can be found in @ref subsec_fmt4_infra_globalheap..<br />
For reference datatype, see also the encoding description for @ref subsec_fmt4_appendixd_encoderv and
@ref subsec_fmt4_appendixd_encodedp in Appendix D.


\section sec_fmt4_appendixa V. Appendix A: Definitions
Definitions of various terms used in this document are included in this section.
<table>
<tr>
  <th width="20%">Term</th>
  <th>Definition</th>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td><strong>Undefined Address</strong></td>
  <td>\anchor FMT4UndefinedAddress The "undefined address" for a file is a file address with all bits
      set: in other words, <code>0xffff...ff</code>.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td><strong>Unlimited Size</strong></td>
  <td>\anchor FMT4UnlimitedDim The "unlimited size" for a size is a value with all bits set: in other words,
      <code>0xffff...ff</code>.</td>
</tr>
</table>

\section sec_fmt4_appendixb VI. Appendix B: File Space Allocation Types
There are six basic types of file memory allocation as follows:
<table>
<tr>
  <th width="30%">Basic Allocation Type</th>
  <th>Description</th>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>#H5FD_MEM_SUPER</td>
  <td>File space allocated for <em>Superblock.</em></td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>#H5FD_MEM_BTREE</td>
  <td>File space allocated for <em>B-tree.</em></td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>#H5FD_MEM_DRAW</td>
  <td>File space allocated for raw data.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>#H5FD_MEM_GHEAP</td>
  <td>File space allocated for <em>Global Heap.</em></td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>#H5FD_MEM_LHEAP</td>
  <td>File space allocated for <em>Local Heap.</em></td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>#H5FD_MEM_OHDR</td>
  <td>File space allocated for <em>Object Header.</em></td>
</tr>
</table>

There are other file space allocation types that are mapped to the above six basic types
because they are similar in nature. The mapping and the corresponding description are
listed in the following two tables:
<table>
<tr>
  <th width="30%">Basic Allocation Type</th>
  <th>Mapping of Allocation Types to Basic Allocation Types</th>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>#H5FD_MEM_SUPER</td>
  <td><em>none</em></td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>#H5FD_MEM_BTREE</td>
  <td>#H5FD_MEM_SOHM_INDEX</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>#H5FD_MEM_DRAW</td>
  <td>#H5FD_MEM_FHEAP_HUGE_OBJ</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>#H5FD_MEM_GHEAP</td>
  <td><em>none</em></td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>#H5FD_MEM_LHEAP</td>
  <td>#H5FD_MEM_FHEAP_DBLOCK, #H5FD_MEM_FSPACE_SINFO</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>#H5FD_MEM_OHDR</td>
  <td>#H5FD_MEM_FHEAP_HDR, #H5FD_MEM_FHEAP_IBLOCK, #H5FD_MEM_FSPACE_HDR, #H5FD_MEM_SOHM_TABLE</td>
</tr>
</table>

<table>
<tr>
  <th width="30%">Allocation Type</th>
  <th>Description</th>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>#H5FD_MEM_FHEAP_HDR</td>
  <td>File space allocated for <em>Fractal Heap Header.</em></td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>#H5FD_MEM_FHEAP_DBLOCK</td>
  <td>File space allocated for <em>Fractal Heap Direct Blocks.</em></td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>#H5FD_MEM_FHEAP_IBLOCK</td>
  <td>File space allocated for <em>Fractal Heap Indirect Blocks.</em></td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>#H5FD_MEM_FHEAP_HUGE_OBJ</td>
  <td>File space allocated for huge objects in the fractal heap.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>#H5FD_MEM_FSPACE_HDR</td>
  <td>File space allocated for <em>Free-space Manager Header.</em></td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>#H5FD_MEM_FSPACE_SINFO</td>
  <td>File space allocated for <em>Free-space Section List</em> of the free-space manager.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>#H5FD_MEM_SOHM_TABLE</td>
  <td>File space allocated for <em>Shared Object Header Message Table.</em></td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>#H5FD_MEM_SOHM_INDEX</td>
  <td>File space allocated for <em>Shared Message Record List.</em></td>
</tr>
</table>

\section sec_fmt4_appendixc VII. Appendix C: Types of Indexes for Dataset Chunks
For an HDF5 file without the latest format enabled, the library uses the
@ref subsubsec_fmt4_infra_btrees_v1 to index dataset chunks.<br />
For an HDF5 file with the latest format enabled, the library uses one of the following five
indexing types depending on a chunked dataset&rsquo;s dimension specification and the way it
is extended.

\subsection subsec_fmt4_appendixc_chunk VII.A. The Single Chunk Index
The <i>Single Chunk</i> index can be used when the dataset fulfills the following condition:
<ul>
  <li>the current, maximum, and chunk dimension sizes are all the same</li>
</ul>

The dataset has only one chunk, and the address of the single chunk is stored in the version 4
<i>Data Layout</i> message. See the @ref subsec_fmt4_appendixc_chunk layout and field description tables.

\subsection subsec_fmt4_appendixc_implicit VII.B. The Implicit Index
The <i>Implicit</i> index can be used when the dataset fulfills the following conditions:
<ul>
  <li>fixed maximum dimension sizes</li>
  <li>no filter applied to the dataset</li>
  <li>the timing for the space allocation of the dataset chunks is
    <code>#H5D_ALLOC_TIME_EARLY</code></li>
</ul>

Since the dataset&rsquo;s dimension sizes are known and storage space is to be allocated early, an
array of dataset chunks are allocated based on the maximum dimension sizes when the dataset is created.
The base address of the array is stored in the version 4 <i>Data Layout</i> message. See the
@ref subsec_fmt4_appendixc_chunk layout layout and field description tables.<br />
When accessing a dataset chunk with a specified offset, the address of the chunk in the array is computed
as below:
\code
base address + (size of a chunk in bytes * chunk index associated with the offset)
\endcode

\anchor FMT4ChunkIndex A chunk index starts at 0 and increases according to the fastest changing
dimension, then the next fastest, and so on. The chunk index for a dataset chunk offset is computed as below:
<ol>
  <li>Calculate the scaled offset for each dimension in <code>scaled_offset</code>:<br />
      <code>scaled_offset = chunk_offset/chunk_dims</code></li>
  <li>Calculate the # of chunks for each dimension in <code>nchunks</code>:<br />
      <code>nchunks = (curr_dims + chunk_dims - 1)/chunk_dims</code></li>
  <li>Calculate the down chunks for each dimension in <code>down_chunks</code>:<br />
      <code>
        // n is the # of dimensions
        for(i = (int)(n-1), acc = 1; i >= 0; i--) {
            down_chunks[i] = acc;
            acc *= nchunks[i];
        }
      </code></li>
  <li>Calculate the chunk index in <code>chunk_index</code>:<br />
      <code>
        // n is the # of dimensions
        for(u = 0, chunk_index = 0; u < n; u++)
            chunk_index += down_chunks[u] * scaled_offset[u];
      </code></li>
</ol>

For example, for a 2-dimensional dataset with <code>curr_dims[4,5]</code> and
<code>chunk_dims[3,2]</code>, there will be a total of 6 chunks, with 3 chunks in the fastest
changing dimension and 2 chunks in the slowest changing dimension. See the figure below.
The chunk index for the chunk offset <code>[3,4]</code> is computed as below:
<ol>
  <li><code>scaled_offset[0] = 1, scaled_offset[1] = 2</code></li>
  <li><code>nchunks[0] = 2, nchunks[1] = 3</code></li>
  <li><code>down_chunks[0] = 3, down_chunks[1] = 1</code></li>
  <li><code>chunk_index = 5</code></li>
</ol>

<table>
<tr>
<td><strong>Figure 3:</strong> Implicit index chunk diagram</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>\image html FileFormatSpecChunkDiagram.jpg</td>
</tr>
</table>

\subsection subsec_fmt4_appendixc_fixedarr VII.C. The Fixed Array Index
The <i>Fixed Array</i> index can be used when the dataset fulfills the following condition:
<ul>
  <li>fixed maximum dimension sizes</li>
</ul>

Since the maximum number of chunks is known, an array of in-file-on-disk addresses based on the
maximum number of chunks is allocated when data is written to the dataset. To access a dataset
chunk with a specified offset, the @ref FMT4ChunkIndex "chunk index" associated with the offset
is calculated. The index is mapped into the array to locate the disk address for the chunk.<br />
The Fixed Array (FA) index structure provides space and speed improvements in locating chunks over
index structures that handle more dynamic data accesses like a
@ref subsec_fmt4_appendixc_appv2btree index.The entry into the Fixed Array is the Fixed Array
header which contains metadata about the entries stored in the array. The header contains a
pointer to a data block which stores the array of entries that describe the dataset chunks.
For greater efficiency, the array will be divided into multiple pages if the number of entries
exceeds a threshold value. The space for the data block and possibly data block pages are allocated
as a single contiguous block of space.<br />
The content of the data block depends on whether paging is activated or not. When paging is not
used, elements that describe the chunks are stored in the data block. If paging is turned on,
the data block contains a bitmap indicating which pages are initialized. Then subsequent data
block pages will contain the entries that describe the chunks.<br />
An entry describes either a filtered or non-filtered dataset chunk. The formats for both element
types are described below.<br />
<table>
<caption><strong>Layout: Fixed Array Header</strong></caption>
<tr>
  <th width="25%">byte</th>
  <th width="25%">byte</th>
  <th width="25%">byte</th>
  <th>byte</th>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="4">Signature</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Version</td>
  <td>Client ID</td>
  <td>Entry Size</td>
  <td>Page Bits</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="4"><br />Max Num Entries<sup>L</sup><br /><br /></td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="4"><br />Data Block Address<sup>O</sup><br /><br /></td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="4">Checksum</td>
</tr>
</table>
\li Items marked with an &lsquo;O&rsquo; in the above table are of the size specified in
    &ldquo;@ref FMT4SizeOfOffsetsV0 "Size of Offsets"&rdquo; field in the superblock.
\li Items marked with an &lsquo;L&rsquo; in the above table are of the size specified in
    &ldquo;@ref FMT4SizeOfLengthsV0 "Size of Lengths"&rdquo; field in the superblock.

<table>
<caption><strong>Fields: Fixed Array Header</strong></caption>
<tr>
  <th width="40%">Field Name</th>
  <th>Description</th>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Signature</td>
  <td>The ASCII character string &ldquo;<code>FAHD</code>&rdquo;
      is used to indicate the beginning of a Fixed Array header.
      This gives file consistency checking utilities a better
      chance of reconstructing a damaged file.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Version</td>
  <td>This document describes version 0.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Client ID</td>
  <td>The ID for identifying the client of the Fixed Array:
      <table>
        <tr>
          <th width="20%" align="center">ID</th>
          <th align="left">Description</th>
        </tr>
        <tr>
          <td align="center"><code>0</code></td>
          <td>Non-filtered dataset chunks</td>
        </tr>
        <tr>
          <td align="center"><code>1</code></td>
          <td>Filtered dataset chunks</td>
        </tr>
        <tr>
          <td align="center"><code>2+</code></td>
          <td>Reserved</td>
        </tr>
      </table></td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Entry Size</td>
  <td>The size in bytes of an entry in the Fixed Array.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Page Bits</td>
  <td>The number of bits needed to store the maximum number of entries in a
      @ref FMT4FADataBlockPage "data block page"</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Max Num Entries</td>
  <td>The maximum number of entries in the Fixed Array.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Data Block Address</td>
  <td>The address of the data block in the Fixed Array.</td>
<tr>
  <td>Checksum</td>
  <td>The checksum for the header.</td>
</tr>
</table>

<table>
<caption><strong>Layout: Fixed Array Data Block</strong></caption>
<tr>
  <th width="25%">byte</th>
  <th width="25%">byte</th>
  <th width="25%">byte</th>
  <th>byte</th>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="4">Signature</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Version</td>
  <td>Client ID</td>
  <td colspan="2" bgcolor="#DDDDDD"><em>This space inserted only to align table nicely</em></td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="4"><br />Header Address<sup>O</sup><br /><br /></td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="4"><br />Page Bitmap <em>(variable size and optional)</em><br /><br /></td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="4"><br />Elements <em>(variable size and optional)</em><br /><br /></td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="4">Checksum</td>
</tr>
</table>
\li Items marked with an &lsquo;O&rsquo; in the above table are of the size specified in
    &ldquo;@ref FMT4SizeOfOffsetsV0 "Size of Offsets"&rdquo; field in the superblock.

<table>
<caption><strong>Fields: Fixed Array Data Block</strong></caption>
<tr>
  <th width="40%">Field Name</th>
  <th>Description</th>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Signature</td>
  <td>The ASCII character string &ldquo;<code>FADB</code>&rdquo; is used to indicate the
      beginning of a Fixed Array data block. This gives file consistency checking utilities a
      better chance of reconstructing a damaged file.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Version</td>
  <td>This document describes version 0.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Client ID</td>
  <td>The ID for identifying the client of the Fixed Array:
      <table>
      <tr>
        <th width="20%" align="center">ID</th>
        <th width="80%" align="left">Description</th>
      </tr>
      <tr>
        <td align="center"><code>0</code></td>
        <td>Non-filtered dataset chunks</td>
      </tr>
      <tr>
        <td align="center"><code>1</code></td>
        <td>Filtered dataset chunks</td>
      </tr>
      <tr>
        <td align="center"><code>2+</code></td>
        <td>Reserved.</td>
      </tr>
      </table></td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Header Address</td>
  <td>The address of the Fixed Array header. Principally used for file integrity checking.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Page Bitmap</td>
  <td>A bitmap indicating which data block pages are initialized.<br />
      Exists only if the data block is paged.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Elements</td>
  <td>Contains the elements stored in the data block and exists only if the data block is not paged.
      There are two element types:
      <table>
      <tr>
        <th width="20%" align="center">ID</th>
        <th align="left">Description</th>
      </tr>
      <tr>
        <td align="center"><code>0</code></td>
        <td>@ref FMT4FaNonFilterChunk "Non-filtered dataset chunks"</td>
      </tr>
      <tr>
        <td align="center"><code>1</code></td>
        <td>@ref FMT4FaFilterChunk "Filtered dataset chunks"</td>
      </tr>
      </table></td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Checksum</td>
  <td>The checksum for the Fixed Array data block.</td>
</tr>
</table>

<table>
<caption><strong>\anchor FMT4FADataBlockPage Layout: Fixed Array Data Block Page</strong></caption>
<tr>
  <th width="25%">byte</th>
  <th width="25%">byte</th>
  <th width="25%">byte</th>
  <th>byte</th>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="4"><br />Elements <em>(variable size)</em><br /><br /></td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="4">Checksum</td>
</tr>
</table>

<table>
<caption><strong>Fields: Fixed Array Data Block Page</strong></caption>
<tr>
  <th width="40%">Field Name</th>
  <th>Description</th>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Elements</td>
  <td>Contains the elements stored in the data block page.
      There are two element types:
      <table>
      <tr>
        <th width="20%" align="center">ID</th>
        <th align="left">Description</th>
      </tr>
      <tr>
        <td align="center"><code>0</code></td>
        <td>@ref FMT4FaNonFilterChunk "Non-filtered dataset chunks"</td>
      </tr>
      <tr>
        <td align="center"><code>1</code></td>
        <td>@ref FMT4FaFilterChunk "Filtered dataset chunks"</td>
      </tr>
      </table></td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Checksum</td>
  <td>The checksum for a Fixed Array data block page.</td>
</tr>
</table>

\anchor FMT4FaNonFilterChunk
<table>
<caption><strong> Layout: Data Block Element for Non-filtered Dataset Chunk</strong></caption>
<tr>
  <th width="25%">byte</th>
  <th width="25%">byte</th>
  <th width="25%">byte</th>
  <th>byte</th>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="4"><br />Address<sup>O</sup><br /><br /></td>
</tr>
</table>
\li Items marked with an &lsquo;O&rsquo; in the above table are of the size specified in
    &ldquo;@ref FMT4SizeOfOffsetsV0 "Size of Offsets"&rdquo; field in the superblock.

<table>
<caption><strong>Fields: Data Block Element for Non-filtered Dataset Chunk</strong></caption>
<tr>
  <th width="30%">Field Name</th>
  <th>Description</th>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Address</td>
  <td>The address of the dataset chunk in the file.</td>
</tr>
</table>

\anchor FMT4FaFilterChunk
<table>
<caption><strong>Layout: Data Block Element for Filtered Dataset Chunk (Layout Version 4)</strong></caption>
<tr>
  <th width="25%">byte</th>
  <th width="25%">byte</th>
  <th width="25%">byte</th>
  <th>byte</th>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="4"><br />Address<sup>O</sup><br /><br /></td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="4"><br />Chunk Size <em>(variable size; at most 8 bytes)</em><br /><br /></td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="4">Filter Mask</td>
</tr>
</table>
\li Items marked with an &lsquo;O&rsquo; in the above table are of the size specified in
    &ldquo;@ref FMT4SizeOfOffsetsV0 "Size of Offsets"&rdquo; field in the superblock.
\li This encoding is used when this Fixed Array is used as an index for a dataset with layout message version 4.

<table>
<caption><strong>Layout: Data Block Element for Filtered Dataset Chunk (Layout Version 5)</strong></caption>
<tr>
  <th width="25%">byte</th>
  <th width="25%">byte</th>
  <th width="25%">byte</th>
  <th>byte</th>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="4"><br />Address<sup>O</sup><br /><br /></td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="4"><br />Chunk Size<sup>O</sup><br /><br /></td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="4">Filter Mask</td>
</tr>
</table>
\li Items marked with an &lsquo;O&rsquo; in the above table are of the size specified in
    &ldquo;@ref FMT4SizeOfOffsetsV0 "Size of Offsets"&rdquo; field in the superblock.
\li This encoding is used when this Fixed Array is used as an index for a dataset with layout message version 5 or above.

<table>
<caption><strong>Fields: Data Block Element for Filtered Dataset Chunk</strong></caption>
<tr>
  <th width="30%">Field Name</th>
  <th>Description</th>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Address</td>
  <td>The address of the dataset chunk in the file.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Chunk Size</td>
  <td>The size of the dataset chunk in bytes. The length of this field is determined depending on the version of the associated layout message as follows:
      <table>
      <tr>
        <th width="20%" align="center">Layout Message Version</th>
        <th align="left">Chunk Size Encoding Length</th>
      </tr>
      <tr>
        <td align="center"><code>4</code></td>
        <td>One more than the number of bytes that would be needed to encode the size of an unfiltered chunk, but not more than 8.</td>
      </tr>
      <tr>
        <td align="center"><code>5</code> or above</td>
        <td>The size specified in the &ldquo;@ref FMT4SizeOfOffsetsV0 "Size of Offsets"&rdquo; field in the superblock.</td>
      </tr>
      </table></td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Filter Mask</td>
  <td>Indicates the filter to skip for the dataset chunk. Each
      filter has an index number in the pipeline; if that filter is
      skipped, the bit corresponding to its index is set.</td>
</tr>
</table>

\section subsec_fmt4_appendixc_extarr VII.D. The Extensible Array Index
The <i>Extensible Array</i> index can be used when the dataset fulfills the following condition:
<ul>
  <li>only one dimension of unlimited extent</li>
</ul>

The Extensible Array (EA) is a data structure that is used as a chunk index in datasets where the
dataspace has a single unlimited dimension. In other words, one dimension is set to
<code>H5S_UNLIMITED</code>, and the other dimensions are any number of fixed-size dimensions. The
idea behind the extensible array is that a particular data object can be located via a lightweight
indexing structure of fixed depth for a given address space. This indexing structure requires only
a few (2-3) file operations per element lookup and gives good cache performance. Unlike the B-tree
structure, the extensible array is optimized for appends. Where a B-tree would always add at the
rightmost node under these circumstances, either creating a deep tree (version 1) or requiring
expensive rebalances to correct (version 2), the extensible array has already mapped out a pre-balanced
internal structure. This optimized internal structure is instantiated as needed when chunk
records are inserted into the structure.<br />
An Extensible Array consists of a header, an index block, secondary blocks, data blocks, and
(optional) data block pages. The general scheme is that the index block is used to reference a
secondary block, which is, in turn, used to reference the data block page where the chunk information
is stored. The data blocks will be paged for efficiency when their size passes a threshold value.
These pages are laid out contiguously on the disk after the data block, are initialized as needed,
and are tracked via bitmaps stored in the secondary block. The number of secondary and data
blocks/pages in a chunk index varies as they are allocated as needed and the first few are
(conceptually) stored in parent elements as an optimization.

<table>
<caption><strong>
  Layout: Extensible Array Header
</strong></caption>
<tr>
  <th width="25%">byte</th>
  <th width="25%">byte</th>
  <th width="25%">byte</th>
  <th>byte</th>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="4">Signature</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Version</td>
  <td>Client ID</td>
  <td>Element Size</td>
  <td>Max Nelmts Bits</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Index Blk Elmts</td>
  <td>Data Blk Min Elmts</td>
  <td>Secondary Blk Min Data Ptrs</td>
  <td>Max Data Blk Page Nelmts Bits</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="4"><br />Num Secondary Blks<sup>L</sup><br /><br /></td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="4"><br />Secondary Blk Size<sup>L</sup><br /><br /></td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="4"><br />Num Data Blks<sup>L</sup><br /><br /></td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="4"><br />Data Blk Size<sup>L</sup><br /><br /></td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="4"><br />Max Index Set<sup>L</sup><br /><br /></td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="4"><br />Num Elements<sup>L</sup><br /><br /></td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="4"><br />Index Block Address<sup>O</sup><br /><br /></td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="4">Checksum</td>
</tr>
</table>
\li Items marked with an &lsquo;O&rsquo; in the above table are of the size specified in
    &ldquo;@ref FMT4SizeOfOffsetsV0 "Size of Offsets"&rdquo; field in the superblock.
\li Items marked with an &lsquo;L&rsquo; in the above table are of the size specified in
    &ldquo;@ref FMT4SizeOfLengthsV0 "Size of Lengths"&rdquo; field in the superblock.

<table>
<caption><strong>Fields: Extensible Array Header</strong></caption>
<tr>
  <th width="40%">Field Name</th>
  <th>Description</th>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Signature</td>
  <td>The ASCII character string &ldquo;<code>EAHD</code>&rdquo; is used to indicate the beginning
      of an Extensible Array header. This gives file consistency checking utilities a better chance
      of reconstructing a damaged file.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Version</td>
  <td>This document describes version 0.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Client ID</td>
  <td>The ID for identifying the client of the Fixed Array:
      <table>
      <tr>
        <th width="20%" align="center">ID</th>
        <th align="left">Description</th>
      </tr>
      <tr>
        <td align="center"><code>0</code></td>
        <td>Non-filtered dataset chunks</td>
      </tr>
      <tr>
        <td align="center"><code>1</code></td>
        <td>Filtered dataset chunks</td>
      </tr>
      <tr>
        <td align="center"><code>2+</code></td>
        <td>Reserved.</td>
      </tr>
      </table></td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Element Size</td>
  <td>The size in bytes of an element in the Extensible Array.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Max Nelmts Bits</td>
  <td>The number of bits needed to store the maximum number of elements in the Extensible Array.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Index Blk Elmts</td>
  <td>The number of elements to store in the index block.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Data Blk Min Elmts</td>
  <td>The minimum number of elements per data block.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Secondary Blk Min Data Ptrs</td>
  <td>The minimum number of data block pointers for a secondary block.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Max Dblk Page Nelmts Bits</td>
  <td>The number of bits needed to store the maximum number of elements in a data block page.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Num Secondary Blks</td>
  <td>The number of secondary blocks created.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Secondary Blk Size</td>
  <td>The size of the secondary blocks created.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Num Data Blks</td>
  <td>The number of data blocks created.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Data Blk Size</td>
  <td>The size of the data blocks created.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Max Index Set</td>
  <td>The maximum index set.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Num Elmts</td>
  <td>The number of elements realized.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Index Block Address</td>
  <td>The address of the index block.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Checksum</td>
  <td>The checksum for the header.</td>
</tr>
</table>

<table>
<caption><strong>Layout: Extensible Array Index Block</strong></caption>
<tr>
  <th width="25%">byte</th>
  <th width="25%">byte</th>
  <th width="25%">byte</th>
  <th>byte</th>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="4">Signature</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Version</td>
  <td>Client ID</td>
  <td colspan="2" bgcolor="#DDDDDD"><em>This space inserted only to align table nicely</em></td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="4"><br />Header Address<sup>O</sup><br /><br /></td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="4"><br />Elements <em>(variable size and optional)</em><br /><br /></td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="4"><br />Data Block Addresses <em>(variable size and optional)</em><br /><br /></td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="4"><br />Secondary Block Addresses <em>(variable size and optional)</em><br /><br /></td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="4">Checksum</td>
</tr>
</table>
\li Items marked with an &lsquo;O&rsquo; in the above table are of the size specified in
    &ldquo;@ref FMT4SizeOfOffsetsV0 "Size of Offsets"&rdquo; field in the superblock.

<table>
<caption><strong>Fields: Extensible Array Index Block</strong></caption>
<tr>
  <th width="40%">Field Name</th>
  <th>Description</th>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Signature</td>
  <td>The ASCII character string &ldquo;<code>EAIB</code>&rdquo; is used to indicate the beginning
      of an Extensible Array Index Block. This gives file consistency checking utilities a better
      chance of reconstructing a damaged file.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Version</td>
  <td>This document describes version 0.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Client ID</td>
  <td>The client ID for identifying the user of the Extensible Array:
      <table>
      <tr>
        <th width="20%" align="center">ID</th>
        <th align="left">Description</th>
      </tr>
      <tr>
        <td align="center"><code>0</code></td>
        <td>Non-filtered dataset chunks</td>
      </tr>
      <tr>
        <td align="center"><code>1</code></td>
        <td>Filtered dataset chunks</td>
      </tr>
      <tr>
        <td align="center"><code>2+</code></td>
        <td>Reserved.</td>
      </tr>
      </table></td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Header Address</td>
  <td>The address of the Extensible Array header. Principally used for file integrity checking.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Elements</td>
  <td>Contains the elements that are stored directly in the index block. An optimization to avoid unnecessary
      secondary blocks.<br />There are two element types:
      <table>
      <tr>
        <th width="20%" align="center">ID</th>
        <th align="left">Description</th>
      </tr>
      <tr>
        <td align="center"><code>0</code></td>
        <td>@ref FMT4EaNonFilterChunk "Non-filtered dataset chunks"</td>
      </tr>
      <tr>
        <td align="center"><code>1</code></td>
        <td>@ref FMT4EaFilterChunk "Filtered dataset chunks"</td>
      </tr>
      </table></td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Data Block Addresses</td>
  <td>Contains the addresses of the data blocks that are stored directly in the Index Block. An
      optimization to avoid unnecessary secondary blocks.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Secondary Block Addresses</td>
  <td>Contains the addresses of the secondary blocks.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Checksum</td>
  <td>The checksum for the Extensible Array Index Block.</td>
</tr>
</table>

<table>
<caption><strong>Layout: Extensible Array Secondary Block</strong></caption>
<tr>
  <th width="25%">byte</th>
  <th width="25%">byte</th>
  <th width="25%">byte</th>
  <th>byte</th>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="4">Signature</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Version</td>
  <td>Client ID</td>
  <td colspan="2" bgcolor="#DDDDDD"><em>This space inserted only to align table nicely</em></td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="4"><br />Header Address<sup>O</sup><br /><br /></td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="4"><br />Block Offset <em>(variable size)</em><br /><br /></td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="4"><br />Page Bitmap <em>(variable size and optional)</em><br /><br /></td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="4"><br />Data Block Addresses <em>(variable size and optional)</em><br /><br /></td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="4">Checksum</td>
</tr>
</table>
\li Items marked with an &lsquo;O&rsquo; in the above table are of the size specified in
    &ldquo;@ref FMT4SizeOfOffsetsV0 "Size of Offsets"&rdquo; field in the superblock.

<table>
<caption><strong>Fields: Extensible Array Secondary Block</strong></caption>
<tr>
  <th width="40%">Field Name</th>
  <th>Description</th>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Signature</td>
  <td>The ASCII character string &ldquo;<code>EASB</code>&rdquo; is used to indicate the beginning
      of an Extensible Array Secondary Block. This gives file consistency checking utilities
      a better chance of reconstructing a damaged file.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Version</td>
  <td>This document describes version 0.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Client ID</td>
  <td>The ID for identifying the client of the Extensible Array:
      <table>
      <tr>
        <th width="20%" align="center">ID</th>
        <th align="left">Description</th>
      </tr>
      <tr>
        <td align="center"><code>0</code></td>
        <td>Non-filtered dataset chunks</td>
      </tr>
      <tr>
        <td align="center"><code>1</code></td>
        <td>Filtered dataset chunks</td>
      </tr>
      <tr>
        <td align="center"><code>2+</code></td>
        <td>Reserved.</td>
      </tr>
      </table></td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Header Address</td>
  <td>The address of the Extensible Array header. Principally used for file integrity checking.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Block Offset</td>
  <td>Stores the offset of the block in the array.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Page Bitmap</td>
  <td>A bitmap indicating which data block pages are initialized.<br />
      Exists only if the data block is paged.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Data Block Addresses</td>
  <td>Contains the addresses of the data blocks referenced by this secondary block.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Checksum</td>
  <td>The checksum for the Extensible Array Secondary Block.</td>
</tr>
</table>

<table>
<caption><strong>Layout: Extensible Array Data Block</strong></caption>
<tr>
  <th width="25%">byte</th>
  <th width="25%">byte</th>
  <th width="25%">byte</th>
  <th>byte</th>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="4">Signature</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Version</td>
  <td>Client ID</td>
  <td colspan="2" bgcolor="#DDDDDD"><em>This space inserted only to align table nicely</em></td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="4"><br />Header Address<sup>O</sup><br /><br /></td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="4"><br />Block Offset <em>(variable size)</em><br /><br /></td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="4"><br />Elements <em>(variable size and optional)</em><br /><br /></td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="4">Checksum</td>
</tr>
</table>
\li Items marked with an &lsquo;O&rsquo; in the above table are of the size specified in
    &ldquo;@ref FMT4SizeOfOffsetsV0 "Size of Offsets"&rdquo; field in the superblock.

<table>
<caption><strong>Fields: Extensible Array Data Block</strong></caption>
<tr>
  <th width="40%">Field Name</th>
  <th>Description</th>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Signature</td>
  <td>The ASCII character string &ldquo;<code>EADB</code>&rdquo; is used to indicate the beginning
      of an Extensible Array data block. This gives file consistency checking utilities a better
      chance of reconstructing a damaged file.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Version</td>
  <td>This document describes version 0.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Client ID</td>
  <td>The ID for identifying the client of the Extensible Array:
      <table>
      <tr>
        <th width="20%" align="center">ID</th>
        <th align="left">Description</th>
      </tr>
      <tr>
        <td align="center"><code>0</code></td>
        <td>Non-filtered dataset chunks</td>
      </tr>
      <tr>
        <td align="center"><code>1</code></td>
        <td>Filtered dataset chunks</td>
      </tr>
      <tr>
        <td align="center"><code>2+</code></td>
        <td>Reserved.</td>
      </tr>
      </table></td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Header Address</td>
  <td>The address of the Extensible Array header. Principally used for file integrity checking.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Block Offset</td>
  <td>The offset of the block in the array.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Elements</td>
  <td>Contains the elements stored in the data block and exists only if the data block is not paged.
      <br />There are two element types:
      <table>
      <tr>
        <th width="20%" align="center">ID</th>
        <th align="left">Description</th>
      </tr>
      <tr>
        <td align="center"><code>0</code></td>
        <td>@ref FMT4EaNonFilterChunk "Non-filtered dataset chunks"</td>
      </tr>
      <tr>
        <td align="center"><code>1</code></td>
       <td>@ref FMT4EaFilterChunk "Filtered dataset chunks"</td>
      </tr>
      </table></td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Checksum</td>
  <td>The checksum for the Extensible Array data block.</td>
</tr>
</table>

<table>
<caption><strong>Layout: Extensible Array Data Block Page</strong></caption>
<tr>
  <th width="25%">byte</th>
  <th width="25%">byte</th>
  <th width="25%">byte</th>
  <th>byte</th>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="4"><br />Elements <em>(variable size)</em><br /><br /></td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="4">Checksum</td>
</tr>
</table>
<br />
<table>
<caption><strong>Fields: Extensible Array Data Block Page</strong></caption>
<tr>
  <th width="40%">Field Name</th>
  <th>Description</th>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Elements</td>
  <td>Contains the elements stored in the data block page.<br />
      There are two element types:
      <table>
      <tr>
        <th width="20%" align="center">ID</th>
        <th align="left">Description</th>
      </tr>
      <tr>
        <td align="center"><code>0</code></td>
        <td>@ref FMT4EaNonFilterChunk "Non-filtered dataset chunks"</td>
      </tr>
      <tr>
        <td align="center"><code>1</code></td>
        <td>@ref FMT4EaFilterChunk "Filtered dataset chunks"</td>
      </tr>
      </table></td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Checksum</td>
  <td>The checksum for an Extensible Array data block page.</td>
</tr>
</table>

\anchor FMT4EaNonFilterChunk
<table>
<caption><strong>Layout: Data Block Element for Non-filtered Dataset Chunk</strong></caption>
<tr>
  <th width="25%">byte</th>
  <th width="25%">byte</th>
  <th width="25%">byte</th>
  <th>byte</th>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="4"><br />Address<sup>O</sup><br /><br /></td>
</tr>
</table>
\li Items marked with an &lsquo;O&rsquo; in the above table are of the size specified in
    &ldquo;@ref FMT4SizeOfOffsetsV0 "Size of Offsets"&rdquo; field in the superblock.

<table>
<caption><strong>Fields: Data Block Element for Non-filtered Dataset Chunk</strong></caption>
<tr>
  <th width="30%">Field Name</th>
  <th>Description</th>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Address</td>
  <td>The address of the dataset chunk in the file.</td>
</tr>
</table>

\anchor FMT4EaFilterChunk
<table>
<caption><strong>Layout: Data Block Element for Filtered Dataset Chunk (Layout Version 4)</strong></caption>
<tr>
  <th width="25%">byte</th>
  <th width="25%">byte</th>
  <th width="25%">byte</th>
  <th>byte</th>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="4"><br />Address<sup>O</sup><br /><br /></td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="4"><br />Chunk Size<em> (variable size; at most 8 bytes)</em><br /><br /></td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="4">Filter Mask</td>
</tr>
</table>
\li Items marked with an &lsquo;O&rsquo; in the above table are of the size specified in
    &ldquo;@ref FMT4SizeOfOffsetsV0 "Size of Offsets"&rdquo; field in the superblock.
\li This encoding is used when this B-Tree is used as an index for a dataset with layout message version 4.


<table>
<caption><strong>Layout: Data Block Element for Filtered Dataset Chunk (Layout Version 5)</strong></caption>
<tr>
  <th width="25%">byte</th>
  <th width="25%">byte</th>
  <th width="25%">byte</th>
  <th>byte</th>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="4"><br />Address<sup>O</sup><br /><br /></td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="4"><br />Chunk Size<em> (variable size; at most 8 bytes)</em><br /><br /></td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="4">Filter Mask</td>
</tr>
</table>
\li Items marked with an &lsquo;O&rsquo; in the above table are of the size specified in
    &ldquo;@ref FMT4SizeOfOffsetsV0 "Size of Offsets"&rdquo; field in the superblock.
\li This encoding is used when this B-Tree is used as an index for a dataset with layout message version 5 or above.

<table>
<caption><strong>Fields: Data Block Element for Filtered Dataset Chunk</strong></caption>
<tr>
  <th width="30%">Field Name</th>
  <th>Description</th>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Address</td>
  <td>The address of the dataset chunk in the file.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Chunk Size</td>
  <td>The size of the dataset chunk in bytes. The length of this field is determined depending on the version of the associated layout message as follows:
      <table>
      <tr>
        <th width="20%" align="center">Layout Message Version</th>
        <th align="left">Chunk Size Encoding Length</th>
      </tr>
      <tr>
        <td align="center"><code>4</code></td>
        <td>One more than the number of bytes that would be needed to encode the size of an unfiltered chunk, but not more than 8.</td>
      </tr>
      <tr>
        <td align="center"><code>5</code> or above</td>
        <td>The size specified in the &ldquo;@ref FMT4SizeOfOffsetsV0 "Size of Offsets"&rdquo; field in the superblock.</td>
      </tr>
      </table></td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Filter Mask</td>
  <td>Indicates the filter to skip for the dataset chunk.
      Each filter has an index number in the pipeline; if that
      filter is skipped, the bit corresponding to its index is set.</td>
</tr>
</table>

\section subsec_fmt4_appendixc_appv2btree VII.E. The Version 2 B-trees Index
The <i>Version 2 B-trees</i> index can be used when the dataset fulfills the following condition:
<ul>
  <li>more than one dimension of unlimited extent</li>
</ul>

Version 2 B-trees can be used to index various objects in the library. See
@ref subsubsec_fmt4_infra_btrees_v2 for more information. The B-tree types
@ref FMT4V2BtType10 "10" and @ref FMT4V2BtType11 "11" record layouts are for
indexing dataset chunks.

\section sec_fmt4_appendixd VIII. Appendix D: Encoding for Dataspace and Reference

\section subsec_fmt4_appendixd_encode VIII.A. Dataspace Encoding
<i>#H5Sencode</i> is a public routine that encodes a dataspace description into a buffer while
<i>#H5Sdecode</i> is the corresponding routine that decodes the description encoded in the buffer.
See the reference manual description for these two public routines.

<table>
<caption><strong>Layout: Dataspace Description for #H5Sencode/#H5Sdecode</strong></caption>
<tr>
  <th width="25%">byte</th>
  <th width="25%">byte</th>
  <th width="25%">byte</th>
  <th>byte</th>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Dataspace ID</td>
  <td>Encode Version</td>
  <td>Size of Size</td>
  <td colspan="2" bgcolor="#DDDDDD"><em>This space inserted only to align table nicely</em></td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="4"><br />Size of Extent<br /><br /></td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="4"><br /><br />Dataspace Message <em>(variable size)</em><br /><br /></td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="4"><br /><br />Dataspace Selection <em>(variable size)</em><br /><br /></td>
</tr>
</table>

<table>
<caption><strong> Fields: Dataspace Description for #H5Sencode/#H5Sdecode</strong></caption>
<tr>
  <th width="40%">Field Name</th>
  <th>Description</th>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Dataspace ID</td>
  <td>The datspace message ID which is 1.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Encode Version</td>
  <td>H5S_ENCODE_VERSION which is 0.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Size of Size</td>
  <td>The number of bytes used to store the size of an object.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Size of Extent</td>
  <td>Size of the dataspace message.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Dataspace Message</td>
  <td>The dataspace message information. See @ref subsubsec_fmt4_dataobject_hdr_msg_simple</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Dataspace Selection</td>
  <td>The dataspace selection information. See @ref FMT4DataspaceSEL"Dataspace Selection".</td>
</tr>
</table>

\anchor FMT4DataspaceSEL
<table>
<caption><strong>Layout: Dataspace Selection</strong></caption>
<tr>
  <th width="25%">byte</th>
  <th width="25%">byte</th>
  <th width="25%">byte</th>
  <th>byte</th>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="4">Selection Type</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="4"><br />Selection Info (<em>variable size</em>)<br /><br /></td>
</tr>
</table>
<br />
<table>
<caption><strong>Fields: Dataspace Selection</strong></caption>
<tr>
  <th width="30%">Field Name</th>
  <th>Description</th>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Selection Type</td>
  <td>There are 4 types of selection:
      <table>
      <tr>
        <th width="20%" align="center">Value</th>
        <th align="left">Description</th>
      </tr>
      <tr>
        <td align="center"><code>0</code></td>
        <td>#H5S_SEL_NONE: Nothing selected</td>
      </tr>
      <tr>
        <td align="center"><code>1</code></td>
        <td>#H5S_SEL_POINTS: Sequence of points selected</td>
      </tr>
      <tr>
        <td align="center"><code>2</code></td>
        <td>#H5S_SEL_HYPERSLABS: Hyperslab selected</td>
      </tr>
      <tr>
        <td align="center"><code>3</code></td>
        <td>#H5S_SEL_ALL: Entire extent selected</td>
      </tr>
      </table></td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Selection Info</td>
  <td>There are 4 types of selection info:
      <table>
      <tr>
        <th width="20%" align="center">Value</th>
        <th align="left">Description</th>
      </tr>
      <tr>
        <td align="center"><code>0</code></td>
        <td>Selection info for #H5S_SEL_NONE Layout and Fields @ref FMT4SelNONE "tables"</td>
      </tr>
      <tr>
        <td align="center"><code>1</code></td>
        <td>Selection info for #H5S_SEL_POINTS Layout and Fields @ref FMT4SelPOINTS "tables"</td>
      </tr>
      <tr>
        <td align="center"><code>2</code></td>
        <td>Selection info for #H5S_SEL_HYPERSLABS Layout and Fields @ref FMT4SelHYPER "tables"</td>
      </tr>
      <tr>
        <td align="center"><code>3</code></td>
        <td>Selection for #H5S_SEL_ALL Layout and Fields @ref FMT4SelALL "tables"</td>
      </tr>
      </table></td>
</tr>
</table>

\anchor FMT4SelNONE
<table>
<caption><strong>Layout: Selection Info for #H5S_SEL_NONE</strong></caption>
<tr>
  <th width="25%">byte</th>
  <th width="25%">byte</th>
  <th width="25%">byte</th>
  <th>byte</th>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="4">Version</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="4"><br />Reserved <em>(zero, 8 bytes)</em><br /><br /></td>
</tr>
</table>
<br />
<table>
<caption><strong>Fields: Selection Info for #H5S_SEL_NONE</strong></caption>
<tr>
  <th width="30%">Field Name</th>
  <th>Description</th>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Version</td>
  <td>The version number for the #H5S_SEL_NONE Selection Info. The value is 1.</td>
</tr>
</table>

\anchor FMT4SelPOINTS
<table>
<caption><strong>Layout: Selection Info for #H5S_SEL_POINTS</strong></caption>
<tr>
  <th width="25%">byte</th>
  <th width="25%">byte</th>
  <th width="25%">byte</th>
  <th>byte</th>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="4">Version</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="4"><br /><br />Points Selection Info <em>(variable size)</em><br /><br /></td>
</tr>
</table>

<table>
<caption><strong>Fields: Selection Info for #H5S_SEL_POINTS</strong></caption>
<tr>
  <th width="30%">Field Name</th>
  <th>Description</th>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Version</td>
  <td>The version number for the #H5S_SEL_POINTS Selection Info. The value is either 1 or 2.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Points Selection Info</td>
  <td>Depending on <em>version</em>:
      <table>
      <tr>
        <th width="20%" align="center">Version</th>
        <th align="left">Description</th>
      </tr>
      <tr>
        <td align="center"><code>1</code></td>
        <td>See @ref FMT4SelPOINTSV1 "Version 1 Points Selection Info"</td>
      </tr>
      <tr>
        <td align="center"><code>2</code></td>
        <td>See @ref FMT4SelPOINTSV2 "Version 2 Points Selection Info"</td>
      </tr>
      </table></td>
</tr>
</table>

\anchor FMT4SelPOINTSV1
<table>
<caption><strong>Layout: Version 1 Points Selection Info</strong></caption>
<tr>
  <th width="25%">byte</th>
  <th width="25%">byte</th>
  <th width="25%">byte</th>
  <th>byte</th>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="4">Reserved <em>(zero)</em></td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="4">Length</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="4">Rank</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="4">Num Points</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="4">Point \#1: coordinate \#1</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="4">.<br />.<br />.<br /></td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="4">Point \#1: coordinate \#u</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="4">.<br />.<br />.<br /></td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="4">Point \#n: coordinate \#1</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="4">.<br />.<br />.<br /></td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="4">Point \#n: coordinate \#u</td>
</tr>
</table>

<table>
<caption><strong>Fields: Version 1 Points Selection Info</strong></caption>
<tr>
  <th width="30%">Field Name</th>
  <th>Description</th>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Length</td>
  <td>The size in bytes from <em>Length</em> to the end of the selection info.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Rank</td>
  <td>The number of dimensions.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Num Points</td>
  <td>The number of points in the selection.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Point \#n: coordinate \#u</td>
  <td>The array of points in the selection. The points selected are \#1 to \#n where n is
      <em>Num Points</em>. The list of coordinates for each point are \#1 to \#u where u is
      <em>Rank</em>.</td>
</tr>
</table>

\anchor FMT4SelPOINTSV2
<table>
<caption><strong>Layout: Version 2 Points Selection Info</strong></caption>
<tr>
  <th width="25%">byte</th>
  <th width="25%">byte</th>
  <th width="25%">byte</th>
  <th>byte</th>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="1">Encode Size</td>
  <td colspan="3" bgcolor="#DDDDDD"><em>This space inserted only to align table nicely</em>  </td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="4">Rank</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="4">Num Points(2, 4 or 8 bytes)<br /></td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="4">Point \#1: coordinate \#1(2, 4 or 8 bytes)<br /></td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="4">.<br />.<br />.<br /></td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="4">Point \#1: coordinate \#u(2, 4 or 8 bytes)<br /></td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="4">.<br />.<br />.<br /></td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="4">Point \#n: coordinate \#1 (2, 4 or 8 bytes)<br /></td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="4">.<br />.<br />.<br /></td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="4">Point \#n: coordinate \#u(2, 4 or 8 bytes)<br /></td>
</tr>
</table>

<table>
<caption><strong>Fields: Version 2 Points Selection Info</strong></caption>
<tr>
  <th width="30%">Field Name</th>
  <th>Description</th>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Encode Size</td>
  <td>The size for encoding the points selection info which can be 2, 4 or 8 bytes.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Rank</td>
  <td>The number of dimensions.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Num Points</td>
  <td>The number of points in the selection. The field <em>Encode Size</em> indicates the size
      of this field</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Point \#n: coordinate \#u</td>
  <td>The array of points in the selection. The points selected are \#1 to \#n where n is
      <em>Num Points</em>. The list of coordinates for each point are \#1 to \#u where u is
      <em>Rank</em>. The field <em>Encode Size</em> indicates the size of this field</td>
</tr>
</table>

\anchor FMT4SelHYPER
<table>
<caption><strong>Layout: Selection Info for #H5S_SEL_HYPERSLABS</strong></caption>
<tr>
  <th width="25%">byte</th>
  <th width="25%">byte</th>
  <th width="25%">byte</th>
  <th>byte</th>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="4">Version</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="4"><br />Hyperslab Selection Info (<em>variable size</em>)<br /><br /></td>
</tr>
</table>

<table>
<caption><strong>Fields: Selection Info for #H5S_SEL_HYPERSLABS</strong></caption>
<tr>
  <th width="30%">Field Name</th>
  <th>Description</th>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Version</td>
  <td>The version number for the #H5S_SEL_HYPERSLABS selection info. The value is 1, 2 or 3.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Hyperslab Selection Info</td>
  <td>Depending on <em>version</em>:
      <table>
      <tr>
        <th width="20%" align="center">Version</th>
        <th align="left">Description</th>
      </tr>
      <tr>
        <td align="center"><code>1</code></td>
        <td>See @ref FMT4SelHYPERV1 "Version 1 Hyperslab Selection Info".</td>
      </tr>
      <tr>
        <td align="center"><code>2</code></td>
        <td>See @ref FMT4SelHYPERV2 "Version 2 Hyperslab Selection Info"</td>
      </tr>
      <tr>
        <td align="center"><code>3</code></td>
        <td>See @ref FMT4SelHYPERV3 "Version 3 Hyperslab Selection Info"</td>
      </tr>
      </table></td>
</tr>
</table>

\anchor FMT4SelHYPERV1
<table>
<caption><strong>Layout: Version 1 Hyperslab Selection Info</strong></caption>
<tr>
  <th width="25%">byte</th>
  <th width="25%">byte</th>
  <th width="25%">byte</th>
  <th>byte</th>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="4">Reserved</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="4">Length</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="4">Rank</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="4">Num Blocks</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="4">Starting Offset \#1 for Block \#1</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="4">.<br />.<br />.<br /></td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="4">Starting Offset \#n for Block \#1</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="4">Ending Offset \#1 for Block \#1</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="4">.<br />.<br />.<br /></td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="4">Ending Offset \#n for Block \#1</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="4">.<br />.<br />.<br /></td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="4">.<br />.<br />.<br /></td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="4">.<br />.<br />.<br /></td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="4">Starting Offset \#1 for Block \#u</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="4">.<br />.<br />.<br /></td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="4">Starting Offset \#n for Block \#u</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="4">Ending Offset \#1 for Block \#u</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="4">.<br />.<br />.<br /></td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="4">Ending Offset \#n for Block \#u</td>
</tr>
</table>

<table>
<caption><strong>Fields: Version 1 Hyperslab Selection Info</strong></caption>
<tr>
  <th width="30%">Field Name</th>
  <th>Description</th>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Length</td>
  <td>The size in bytes from the field <em>Rank</em> to the end of the Selection Info.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Rank</td>
  <td>The number of dimensions in the dataspace.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Num Blocks</td>
  <td>The number of blocks in the selection.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Starting Offset \#n for Block \#u</td>
  <td>The offset \#n of the starting element in block \#u. \#n is from 1 to <em>Rank</em>.
      \#u is from 1 to <em>Num Blocks</em> moving from the fastest changing dimension to
      the slowest changing dimension.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Ending Offset \#n for Block \#u</td>
  <td>The offset \#n of the ending element in block \#u. \#n is from 1 to <em>Rank</em>.
      \#u is from 1 to <em>Num Blocks</em> moving from the fastest changing dimension to
      the slowest changing dimension.</td>
</tr>
</table>

\anchor FMT4SelHYPERV2
<table>
<caption><strong>Layout: Version 2 Hyperslab Selection Info</strong></caption>
<tr>
  <th width="25%">byte</th>
  <th width="25%">byte</th>
  <th width="25%">byte</th>
  <th>byte</th>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Flags</td>
  <td colspan="3" bgcolor="#DDDDDD"><em>This space inserted only to align table nicely</em></td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="4">Length</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="4">Rank</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="4">Start \#1 <em>(8 bytes)</em></td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="4">Stride \#1 <em>(8 bytes)</em></td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="4">Count \#1 <em>(8 bytes)</em></td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="4">Block \#1 <em>(8 bytes)</em></td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="4">.<br />.<br />.<br /></td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="4">Start \#n <em>(8 bytes)</em></td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="4">Stride \#n <em>(8 bytes)</em></td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="4">Count \#n <em>(8 bytes)</em></td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="4">Block \#n <em>(8 bytes)</em></td>
</tr>
</table>

<table>
<caption><strong>Fields: Version 2 Hyperslab Selection Info</strong></caption>
<tr>
  <th width="30%">Field Name</th>
  <th>Description</th>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Flags</td>
  <td>This is a bit field with the following definition. Currently, this is always set to 0x1.
      <table>
      <tr>
        <th width="20%" align="center">Bit</th>
        <th align="left">Description</th>
      </tr>
      <tr>
        <td align="center"><code>0</code></td>
        <td>If set, it is a regular hyperslab, otherwise, irregular.</td>
      </tr>
      </table></td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Length</td>
  <td>The size in bytes from the field <em>Rank</em> to the end of the Selection Info.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Rank</td>
  <td>The number of dimensions in the dataspace.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Start \#n</td>
  <td>The offset of the starting element in the block. \#n is from 1 to <em>Rank</em>.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Stride \#n</td>
  <td>The number of elements to move in each dimension. \#n is from 1 to <em>Rank</em>. </td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Count \#n</td>
  <td>The number of blocks to select in each dimension. \#n is from 1 to <em>Rank</em>.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Block \#n</td>
  <td>The size (in elements) of each block in each dimension. \#n is from 1 to <em>Rank</em>.</td>
</tr>
</table>

\anchor FMT4SelHYPERV3
<table>
<caption><strong>Layout: Version 3 Hyperslab Selection Info</strong></caption>
<tr>
  <th width="25%">byte</th>
  <th width="25%">byte</th>
  <th width="25%">byte</th>
  <th>byte</th>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Flags</td>
  <td>Encode Size</td>
  <td colspan="2" bgcolor="#DDDDDD"><em>This space inserted only to align table nicely</em></td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="4">Rank</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="4"><br />Regular/Irregular Hyperslab Selection Info <em>(variable size)</em><br /><br/></td>
</tr>
</table>

<table>
<caption><strong>Fields: Version 3 Hyperslab Selection Info</strong></caption>
<tr>
  <th width="30%">Field Name</th>
  <th>Description</th>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Flags</td>
  <td>This is a bit field with the following definition:
      <table>
      <tr>
        <th width="20%" align="center">Bit</th>
        <th align="left">Description</th>
      </tr>
      <tr>
        <td align="center"><code>0</code></td>
        <td>If set, it is a regular hyperslab, otherwise, irregular.</td>
      </tr>
      </table></td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Encode Size</td>
  <td>The size for encoding hyperslab selection info, which can 2, 4 or 8 bytes.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Rank</td>
  <td>The number of dimensions in the dataspace.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Regular/Irregular Hyperslab Selection Info</td>
  <td>This is the selection info for version 3 hyperslab which can be regular or irregular.
      If bit 0 of the field <em>Flags</em> is set, see
      @ref FMT4SelHYPERV3REG "Version 3 Regular Hyperslab Selection Info"
      Otherwise, see @ref FMT4SelHYPERV3IRREG "Version 3 Irregular Hyperslab Selection Info"</td>
</tr>
</table>

\anchor FMT4SelHYPERV3REG
<table>
<caption><strong>Layout: Version 3 Regular Hyperslab Selection Info</strong></caption>
<tr>
  <th width="25%">byte</th>
  <th width="25%">byte</th>
  <th width="25%">byte</th>
  <th>byte</th>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="4">Start \#1 <em>(2, 4 or 8 bytes)</em></td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="4">Stride \#1 <em>(2, 4 or 8 bytes)</em></td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="4">Count \#1 <em>(2, 4 or 8 bytes)</em></td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="4">Block \#1 <em>(2, 4 or 8 bytes)</em></td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="4">.<br />.<br />.<br /></td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="4">Start \#n <em>(2, 4 or 8 bytes)</em></td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="4">Stride \#n <em>(2, 4 or 8 bytes)</em></td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="4">Count \#n <em>(2, 4 or 8 bytes)</em></td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="4">Block \#n <em>(2, 4 or 8 bytes)</em></td>
</tr>
</table>

<table>
<caption><strong>Fields: Version 3 Regular Hyperslab Selection Info</strong></caption>
<tr>
  <th width="30%">Field Name</th>
  <th>Description</th>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Start \#n</td>
  <td>The offset of the starting element in the block. \#n is from 1 to <em>Rank</em>.
      The field <em>Encode Size</em> indicates the size of this field.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Stride \#n</td>
  <td>The number of elements to move in each dimension. \#n is from 1 to <em>Rank</em>.
      The field <em>Encode Size</em> indicates the size of this field.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Count \#n</td>
  <td>The number of blocks to select in each dimension. \#n is from 1 to <em>Rank</em>.
      The field <em>Encode Size</em> indicates the size of this field.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Block \#n</td>
  <td>The size (in elements) of each block in each dimension. \#n is from 1 to <em>Rank</em>.
      The field <em>Encode Size</em> indicates the size of this field.</td>
</tr>
</table>

\anchor FMT4SelHYPERV3IRREG
<table>
<caption><strong>Layout: Version 3 Irregular Hyperslab Selection Info</strong></caption>
<tr>
  <th width="25%">byte</th>
  <th width="25%">byte</th>
  <th width="25%">byte</th>
  <th>byte</th>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="4">Num Blocks <em>(2, 4 or 8 bytes)</em></td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="4">Starting Offset \#1 for Block \#1 <em>(2, 4 or 8 bytes)</em></td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="4">.<br />.<br />.<br /></td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="4">Starting Offset \#n for Block \#1 <em>(2, 4 or 8 bytes)</em></td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="4">Ending Offset \#1 for Block \#1 <em>(2, 4 or 8 bytes)</em></td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="4">.<br />.<br />.<br /></td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="4">Ending Offset \#n for Block \#1 <em>(2, 4 or 8 bytes)</em></td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="4">.<br />.<br />.<br /></td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="4">.<br />.<br />.<br /></td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="4">.<br />.<br />.<br /></td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="4">Starting Offset \#1 for Block \#u <em>(2, 4 or 8 bytes)</em></td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="4">.<br />.<br />.<br /></td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="4">Starting Offset \#n for Block \#u <em>(2, 4 or 8 bytes)</em></td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="4">Ending Offset \#1 for Block \#u <em>(2, 4 or 8 bytes)</em></td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="4">.<br />.<br />.<br /></td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="4">Ending Offset \#n for Block \#u <em>(2, 4 or 8 bytes)</em></td>
</tr>
</table>

<table>
<caption><strong>Fields: Version 3 Irregular Hyperslab Selection Info</strong></caption>
<tr>
  <td>Num Blocks</td>
  <td>The number of blocks in the selection. The field <em>Encode Size</em> indicates the size of
      this field</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Starting Offset \#n for Block \#u</td>
  <td>The offset \#n of the starting element in block \#u. \#n is from 1 to <em>Rank</em>.
      \#u is from 1 to <em>Num Blocks</em> moving from the fastest changing dimension to the slowest
      changing dimension. The field <em>Encode Size</em> indicates the size of this field</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Ending Offset \#n for Block \#u</td>
  <td>The offset \#n of the ending element in block \#u. \#n is from 1 to <em>Rank</em>. \#u is from
      1 to <em>Num Blocks</em> moving from the fastest changing dimension to the slowest changing
      dimension. The field <em>Encode Size</em> indicates the size of this field</td>
</tr>
</table>

\anchor FMT4SelALL
<table>
<caption><strong>Layout: Selection Info for #H5S_SEL_ALL</strong></caption>
<tr>
  <th width="25%">byte</th>
  <th width="25%">byte</th>
  <th width="25%">byte</th>
  <th>byte</th>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="4">Version</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="4"><br />Reserved <em>(zero, 8 bytes)</em><br /><br /></td>
</tr>
</table>
<br />
<table>
<caption><strong>Fields: Selection Info for #H5S_SEL_ALL</strong></caption>
<tr>
  <th width="30%">Field Name</th>
  <th>Description</th>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Version</td>
  <td>The version number for the #H5S_SEL_ALL Selection Info; the value is 1.</td>
</tr>
</table>

\section subsec_fmt4_appendixd_encoderv VIII.B. Reference Encoding (Revised)
For the following reference type, the Reference Header and Reference Block are stored together
as the dataset's raw data:
<ul>
  <li>Object Reference (#H5R_OBJECT2) (without reference to an external file)</li>
</ul>

For the following reference types, the Reference Header plus the @ref FMT4GlobalHeapID "Global Heap ID"
are stored as the dataset's raw data in the file. The global heap ID is used to locate the
Reference Block stored in the global heap:
<ul>
  <li>Object Reference (#H5R_OBJECT2) (with reference to an external file)</li>
  <li>Dataset Region Reference (#H5R_DATASET_REGION2) (with/without reference to an external file)</li>
  <li>Attribute Reference (#H5R_ATTR) (with/without reference to an external file)</li>
</ul>

<table>
<caption><strong>Layout: Reference Header</strong></caption>
<tr>
  <th width="25%">byte</th>
  <th width="25%">byte</th>
  <th width="25%">byte</th>
  <th>byte</th>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Reference Type</td>
  <td>Flags</td>
  <td colspan="2" bgcolor="#DDDDDD"><em>This space inserted only to align table nicely</em></td>
</tr>
</table>

<table>
<caption><strong>Fields: Reference Header</strong></caption>
<tr>
  <th width="30%">Field Name</th>
  <th>Description</th>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Reference Type</td>
  <td>There are 3 types of references:
      <table>
      <tr>
        <th width="20%" align="center">Value</th>
        <th align="left">Description</th>
      </tr>
      <tr>
        <td align="center"><code>2</code></td>
        <td>#H5R_OBJECT2: Object Reference</td>
      </tr>
      <tr>
        <td align="center"><code>3</code></td>
        <td>#H5R_DATASET_REGION2: Dataset Region Reference</td>
      </tr>
      <tr>
        <td align="center"><code>4</code></td>
        <td>#H5R_ATTR: Attribute Reference</td>
      </tr>
      </table></td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Flags</td>
  <td>This field describes the reference:
      <table>
      <tr>
        <th width="20%" align="center">Bit</th>
        <th align="left">Description</th>
      </tr>
      <tr>
        <td align="center"><code>0</code></td>
        <td>If set, the reference is to an external file.</td>
      </tr>
      <tr>
        <td align="center"><code>1-7</code></td>
        <td>Reserved</td>
      </tr>
      </table></td>
</tr>
</table>

<table>
<caption><strong>Layout: Reference Block</strong></caption>
<tr>
  <th width="25%">byte</th>
  <th width="25%">byte</th>
  <th width="25%">byte</th>
  <th>byte</th>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Token Size</td>
  <td colspan="3" bgcolor="#DDDDDD"><em>This space inserted only to align table nicely</em></td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="4"><br />Token <em>(variable size)</em><br /><br /></td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="2">Length of External File Name</td>
  <td colspan="2" bgcolor="#DDDDDD"><em>This space inserted only to align table nicely</em></td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="4"><br />External File Name <em>(variable size)</em><br /><br /></td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="4">Size of Dataspace Selection</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="4">Rank of Dataspace Selection</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="4"><br />Dataspace Selection Information <em>(variable size)</em><br /><br /></td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="2">Length of Attribute Name </td>
  <td colspan="2" bgcolor="#DDDDDD"><em>This space inserted only to align table nicely</em></td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="4"><br />Attribute Name <em>(variable size)</em><br /><br /></td>
</tr>
</table>

<table>
<caption><strong>Fields: Reference Block</strong></caption>
<tr>
  <th width="30%">Field Name</th>
  <th>Description</th>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Token size</td>
  <td>This is the size of the token for the object.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Token</td>
  <td>This is the token for the object.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Length of External File Name</td>
  <td>This is the length for the external file name.<br />
      This field exists if bit 0 of <em>flags</em> is set.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>External File Name</td>
  <td>This is the name of the external file being referenced.<br />
      This field exists if bit 0 of <em>flags</em> is set.
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Dataspace Selection Information</td>
  <td>See @ref FMT4DataspaceSEL "Dataspace Selection".<br />
      This field exists if the <em>Reference Type</em> is #H5R_DATASET_REGION2.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Length of Attribute Name</td>
  <td>This is the length of the attribute name.<br />
      This field exists if the <em>Reference Type</em> is #H5R_ATTR.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Attribute Name</td>
  <td>This is the name of the attribute being referenced.<br />
      This field exists if the <em>Reference Type</em> is #H5R_ATTR.</td>
</tr>
</table>

\section subsec_fmt4_appendixd_encodedp VIII.C. Reference Encoding (Backward Compatibility)
The two references described below are maintained to preserve compatibility with previous versions
of the library.<br />
For the following reference type, the reference encoding is stored as the dataset's raw data in the file:
<ul>
  <li>Object Reference (#H5R_OBJECT1)</li>
</ul>

For the following reference type, the @ref FMT4GlobalHeapID "Global Heap ID" is stored as the dataset's
raw data in the file. The global heap ID is used to locate the reference encoding stored in the global heap:
<ul>
  <li>Dataset Region Reference (#H5R_DATASET_REGION1)</li>
</ul>

<table>
<caption><strong>Layout: Reference for #H5R_OBJECT1</strong></caption>
<tr>
  <th width="25%">byte</th>
  <th width="25%">byte</th>
  <th width="25%">byte</th>
  <th>byte</th>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="4"><br />Object Address<sup>O</sup><br /><br /></td>
</tr>
</table>
\li Items marked with an &lsquo;O&rsquo; in the above table are of the size specified in
    &ldquo;@ref FMT4SizeOfOffsetsV0 "Size of Offsets"&rdquo; field in the superblock.

<table>
<caption><strong>Fields: Reference for #H5R_OBJECT1</strong></caption>
<tr>
  <th width="30%">Field Name</th>
  <th>Description</th>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Object Address</td>
  <td>Address of the object being referenced</td>
</tr>
</table>
<br />
<table>
<caption><strong>Layout: Reference for #H5R_DATASET_REGION1</strong></caption>
<tr>
  <th width="25%">byte</th>
  <th width="25%">byte</th>
  <th width="25%">byte</th>
  <th>byte</th>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="4"><br />Object Address<sup>O</sup><br /><br /></td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td colspan="4"><br />Dataspace Selection Information <em>(variable size)</em><br /><br /></td>
</tr>
</table>
\li Items marked with an &lsquo;O&rsquo; in the above table are of the size specified in
    &ldquo;@ref FMT4SizeOfOffsetsV0 "Size of Offsets"&rdquo; field in the superblock.

<table>
<caption><strong>Fields: Reference for #H5R_DATASET_REGION1</strong></caption>
<tr>
  <th width="30%">Field Name</th>
  <th>Description</th>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Object Address</td>
  <td>This is the address of the object being referenced.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
  <td>Dataspace Selection Information</td>
  <td>This is the dataspace selection for the object being referenced. See
      @ref FMT4DataspaceSEL "Dataspace Selection".</td>
</tr>
</table>

<hr>
Navigate back: \ref index "Main" / \ref SPEC

*/
